U.S. patent application number 14/537771 was filed with the patent office on 2015-04-30 for boron-containing small molecules.
The applicant listed for this patent is Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc.. Invention is credited to Tsutomu Akama, Michael Richard Kevin Alley, Stephen J. BAKER, Stephen J. Benkovic, Michael DiPierro, Vincent S. Hernandez, Karin M. Hold, Isaac Kennedy, Igor Likhotvorik, Weimin Mao, Kirk Maples, Jacob J. Plattner, Fernando Rock, Virginia Sanders, Aaron M. Stemphoski, George Petros Yiannikouros, Siead Zegar, Yong-Kang Zhang, Huchen Zhou.
Application Number | 20150119364 14/537771 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 38225302 |
Filed Date | 2015-04-30 |
United States Patent
Application |
20150119364 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
BAKER; Stephen J. ; et
al. |
April 30, 2015 |
BORON-CONTAINING SMALL MOLECULES
Abstract
This invention relates to compounds useful for treating fungal
infections, more specifically topical treatment of onychomycosis
and/or cutaneous fungal infections. This invention is directed to
compounds that are active against fungi and have properties that
allow the compound, when placed in contact with a patient, to reach
the particular part of the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof infected
by the fungus. In particular the present compounds have
physiochemical properties that facilitate penetration of the nail
plate.
Inventors: |
BAKER; Stephen J.;
(Collegeville, PA) ; Akama; Tsutomu; (Sunnyvale,
CA) ; Alley; Michael Richard Kevin; (Santa Clara,
CA) ; Benkovic; Stephen J.; (State College, PA)
; DiPierro; Michael; (Wadsworth, IL) ; Hernandez;
Vincent S.; (Watsonville, CA) ; Hold; Karin M.;
(Belmont, CA) ; Kennedy; Isaac; (Bolingbrook,
IL) ; Likhotvorik; Igor; (Wilmette, IL) ; Mao;
Weimin; (Sunnyvale, CA) ; Maples; Kirk; (San
Jose, CA) ; Plattner; Jacob J.; (Berkeley, CA)
; Rock; Fernando; (Los Altos, CA) ; Sanders;
Virginia; (San Francisco, CA) ; Stemphoski; Aaron
M.; (Florence, SC) ; Yiannikouros; George Petros;
(Florence, SC) ; Zegar; Siead; (Orlando Park,
IL) ; Zhang; Yong-Kang; (Moraga, CA) ; Zhou;
Huchen; (Shanghai, CN) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. |
Palo Alto |
CA |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
38225302 |
Appl. No.: |
14/537771 |
Filed: |
November 10, 2014 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
14201459 |
Mar 7, 2014 |
|
|
|
14537771 |
|
|
|
|
13356488 |
Jan 23, 2012 |
8722917 |
|
|
14201459 |
|
|
|
|
12629753 |
Dec 2, 2009 |
8115026 |
|
|
13356488 |
|
|
|
|
11505591 |
Aug 16, 2006 |
7767657 |
|
|
12629753 |
|
|
|
|
11357687 |
Feb 16, 2006 |
7582621 |
|
|
11505591 |
|
|
|
|
13874329 |
Apr 30, 2013 |
8889656 |
|
|
11357687 |
|
|
|
|
13224252 |
Sep 1, 2011 |
8440642 |
|
|
13874329 |
|
|
|
|
12507010 |
Jul 21, 2009 |
8039451 |
|
|
13224252 |
|
|
|
|
11357687 |
Feb 16, 2006 |
7582621 |
|
|
12507010 |
|
|
|
|
60755227 |
Dec 30, 2005 |
|
|
|
60746361 |
May 3, 2006 |
|
|
|
60654060 |
Feb 16, 2005 |
|
|
|
60654060 |
Feb 16, 2005 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/64 ; 544/229;
544/69; 546/13; 548/110; 548/405; 549/213; 549/4; 558/288;
558/289 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07H 21/00 20130101;
A61K 9/0012 20130101; A61P 17/00 20180101; C07H 19/06 20130101;
A61K 9/08 20130101; A61K 31/7076 20130101; A61K 31/70 20130101;
C07F 5/025 20130101; C07H 23/00 20130101; C07H 19/16 20130101; Y02A
50/30 20180101; Y02A 50/473 20180101; C07F 5/04 20130101; A61K
31/69 20130101; A61P 31/10 20180101; A61K 47/10 20130101 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/64 ; 558/288;
549/4; 546/13; 544/229; 548/405; 544/69; 548/110; 549/213;
558/289 |
International
Class: |
C07F 5/04 20060101
C07F005/04 |
Claims
1. A compound having a structure according to Formula I:
##STR00250## wherein B is boron; R.sup.1a is a member selected from
a negative charge, a salt counterion, H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; M1 is a member
selected from oxygen, sulfur and NR.sup.2a; wherein R.sup.2a is a
member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; J1 is a member selected
from (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1 and CR.sup.5a wherein R.sup.3a,
R.sup.4a, and R.sup.5a are members independently selected from H,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and n1 is an
integer selected from 0 to 2; W1 is a member selected from C.dbd.O
(carbonyl), (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1 and CR.sup.8a; R.sup.6a,
R.sup.7a, and R.sup.8a are members independently selected from H,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; m1 is an integer
selected from 0 and 1; A1 is a member selected from CR.sup.9a and
N; D1 is a member selected from CR.sup.10a and N; E1 is a member
selected from CR.sup.11a and N; G1 is a member selected from
CR.sup.12a and N; wherein R.sup.9a, R.sup.10, R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H, OH, NH.sub.2,
SH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
the combination of nitrogens (A1+D1+E1+G1) is an integer selected
from 0 to 3; wherein a member selected from R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a and
R.sup.5a and a member selected from R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a and
R.sup.8a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.3a and
R.sup.4a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.6a and
R.sup.7a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.9a and
R.sup.10a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.10a and
R.sup.11a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; with the proviso
that when M1 is oxygen, W1 is a member selected from
(CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1, wherein n1 is 0, J1 is a member
selected from (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein m1 is 1, A1 is
CR.sup.9a, D1 is CR.sup.10a, E1 is CR.sup.11a, G1 is CR.sup.12a,
then R.sup.9a is not halogen, methyl, ethyl, or optionally joined
with R.sup.10a to a form phenyl ring; R.sup.10a is not
unsubstituted phenoxy, C(CH.sub.3).sub.3, halogen, CF.sub.3,
methoxy, ethoxy, or optionally joined with R.sup.9a to form a
phenyl ring; R.sup.11a is not halogen or optionally joined with
R.sup.10a to form a phenyl ring; and R.sup.12a is not halogen; with
the further proviso that when M1 is oxygen, W1 is a member selected
from, (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1, wherein n1 is 0, J1 is a member
selected from (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein m1 is 1, A1 is
CR.sup.9a, D1 is CR.sup.10a, E1 is CR.sup.11a, G1 is CR.sup.12a,
then neither R.sup.6a nor R.sup.7a are halophenyl; with the further
proviso that when M1 is oxygen, W1 is a member selected from
(CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1, wherein n1 is 0, J1 is a member
selected from (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein m1 is 1, A1 is
CR.sup.9a, D1 is CR.sup.10a, E1 is CR.sup.11a, G1 is CR.sup.12a,
and R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a are H, then R.sup.6a,
R.sup.7a and R.sup.12a are not H; with the further proviso that
when M1 is oxygen n1 is 1, J1 is a member selected from
(CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein m1 is 0, A1 is CR.sup.9a, D1 is
CR.sup.10a, E1 is CR.sup.11a, G1 is CR.sup.12a, R.sup.9a is H,
R.sup.10a is H, R.sup.11a is H, R.sup.6a is H, R.sup.7a is H,
R.sup.12a is H, then W1 is not C.dbd.O (carbonyl); with the further
proviso that when M1 is oxygen, W1 is CR.sup.5a, n1 is 1, J1 is
CR.sup.8a, m1 is 1, A1 is CR.sup.9a, D1 is CR.sup.10a, E1 is
CR.sup.11a, G1 is CR.sup.12a, R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are H, then R.sup.5a the
R.sup.8a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, do
not form a phenyl ring.
2. The compound of claim 1, having a structure according to Formula
(Ia): ##STR00251## wherein R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and wherein R.sup.9a
and R.sup.10a, together with the atoms to which they are attached,
are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.10a and
R.sup.11a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; and R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a, together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring with the proviso
that R.sup.9a is not halogen, methyl, ethyl, or optionally joined
with R.sup.10a to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; with the proviso
that R.sup.10a is not unsubstituted phenoxy, C(CH.sub.3).sub.3,
halogen, CF.sub.3, methoxy, ethoxy, optionally joined with R.sup.9
to form a 4 to 7 membered ring, or optionally joined with R.sup.11
to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; with the proviso that R.sup.11a is
not halogen or optionally joined with R.sup.10 to form a 4 to 7
membered ring; with the proviso that R.sup.12a is not halogen.
3. The compound of claim 2, having a structure according to Formula
(Ib): ##STR00252## wherein B is boron; R.sup.x1 is a member
selected from substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 heteroalkyl; R.sup.y1
and R.sup.z1 are members independently selected from H, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R.sup.6a are members
independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and wherein
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring with
the proviso that when R.sup.9a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are H,
R.sup.10a is not H, halogen, unsubstituted phenoxy or t-butyl with
the further proviso that when R.sup.9a is H, R.sup.10a and
R.sup.11a together with the atoms to which they are attached, are
not joined to form a phenyl ring; with the further proviso that
when R.sup.11a is H, R.sup.9a and R.sup.10a together with the atoms
to which they are attached, are not joined to form a phenyl
ring.
4. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising: (a) a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient; and (b) a compound having a structure
according to Formula II: ##STR00253## wherein B is boron; R.sup.1b
is a member selected from a negative charge, a salt counterion, H,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; M2 is a member
selected from oxygen, sulfur and NR.sup.2b wherein R.sup.2b is a
member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; J2 is a member selected
from (CR.sup.3bR.sup.4b).sub.n2 and CR.sup.5b wherein R.sup.3b,
R.sup.4b, and R.sup.5b are members independently selected from H,
OH, NH.sub.2, SH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl; n2 is an integer selected from 0 to 2; W2 is a member
selected from C.dbd.O (carbonyl), (CR.sup.6bR.sup.7b).sub.m2 and
CR.sup.8b wherein R.sup.6b, R.sup.7b, and R.sup.8b are members
independently selected from H, OH, NH.sub.2, SH, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; m2 is an integer
selected from 0 and 1; A2 is a member selected from CR.sup.9b and
N; D2 is a member selected from CR.sup.10b and N; E2 is a member
selected from CR.sup.11b and N; G2 is a member selected from
CR.sup.12b and N; wherein R.sup.9b, R.sup.10b, R.sup.11b and
R.sup.12b are members independently selected from H, OH, NH.sub.2,
SH, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
the combination of nitrogens (A2+D2+E2+G2) is an integer selected
from 0 to 3; a member selected from R.sup.3b, R.sup.4b and R.sup.5b
and a member selected from R.sup.6b, R.sup.7b and R.sup.8b,
together with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally
joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.3b and R.sup.4b,
together with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally
joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.6b and R.sup.7b,
together with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally
joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.9b and R.sup.10b,
together with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally
joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.10b and R.sup.11b,
together with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally
joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring; R.sup.11b and R.sup.12b,
together with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally
joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring.
5. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein said compound
has a structure according to Formula (IIa): ##STR00254##
6. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein said compound
has a structure according to Formula (IIb): ##STR00255## wherein
R.sup.7b is a member selected from H, methyl, ethyl and phenyl;
R.sup.10b is a member selected from H, halogen, substituted or
unsubstituted phenoxy, substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylthio and substituted or
unsubstituted phenylalkylthio; and R.sup.11b is a member selected
from H, OH, methyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenylthio and substituted or unsubstituted
phenylalkylthio.
7. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein said compound
has a structure according to Formula (IIc): ##STR00256## wherein
R.sup.10b is a member selected from H, halogen, CN and substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-4 alkyl.
8. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein said compound
has a structure which is a member selected from: ##STR00257##
9. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 6, wherein R.sup.1b is a
member selected from a negative charge, H and a salt
counterion.
10. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 9, wherein R.sup.10b
and R.sup.11b are H.
11. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 6, wherein one member
selected from R.sup.10b and R.sup.11b is H and the other member
selected from R.sup.10b and R.sup.11b is a member selected from
halo, methyl, cyano, methoxy, hydroxymethyl and
p-cyanophenyloxy.
12. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 6, wherein R.sup.10b
and R.sup.11b are members independently selected from fluoro,
chloro, methyl, cyano, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, and
p-cyanophenyl.
13. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 6, wherein R.sup.1b is
a member selected from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion;
R.sup.7b is H; R.sup.10b is F and R.sup.11b is H.
14. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 6, wherein R.sup.1b is
a member selected from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion;
R.sup.7b is H; R.sup.10b is 4-cyanophenoxy and R.sup.11b is H.
15. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein R.sup.11b
and R.sup.12b, along with the atoms to which they are attached, are
joined to form a phenyl group.
16. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein said
compound has a structure according to Formula (IId): ##STR00258##
wherein B is boron; R.sup.x2 is a member selected from substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl and substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 heteroalkyl; R.sup.y2 and R.sup.z2
are members independently selected from H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
17. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein said
excipient is a pharmaceutically acceptable topical carrier.
18. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 4, wherein said
compound is present in said pharmaceutical formulation in a
concentration of from about 1% to about 10%.
19. A method for killing a microorganism or inhibiting the growth
of a microorganism, comprising contacting said microorganism with a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim
1.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein said microorganism is a
fungus.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein said fungus is a member
selected from Candida species, Trichophyton species, Microsporium
species, Aspergillus species, Cryptococcus species, Blastomyces
species, Cocciodiodes species, Histoplasma species,
Paracoccidioides species, Phycomycetes species, Malassezia species,
Fusarium species, Epidermophyton species, Scytalidium species,
Scopulariopsis species, Alternaria species, Penicillium species,
Phialophora species, Rhizopus species, Scedosporium species and
Zygomycetes class.
22. The method of claim 19, wherein said fungus is a member
selected from dermatophytes, Trichophyton, Microsporum,
Epidermophyton and yeast-like fungi.
23. A method for killing a microorganism or inhibiting the growth
of a microorganism, comprising contacting said microorganism with a
therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical formulation
according to claim 4.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein said microorganism is a
fungus.
25. The method of claim 23, wherein said fungus is a member
selected from Candida species, Trichophyton species, Microsporium
species, Aspergillus species, Cryptococcus species, Blastomyces
species, Cocciodiodes species, Histoplasma species,
Paracoccidioides species, Phycomycetes species, Malassezia species,
Fusarium species, Epidermophyton species, Scytalidium species,
Scopulariopsis species, Alternaria species, Penicillium species,
Phialophora species, Rhizopus species, Scedosporium species and
Zygomycetes class.
26. The method of claim 23, wherein said fungus is a member
selected from dermatophytes, Trichophyton, Microsporum,
Epidermophyton and yeast-like fungi.
27. A method of treating or preventing an infection in an animal,
said method comprising administering to the animal a
therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to claim
1.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein said infection is a member
selected from a systemic infection, a cutaneous infection, and an
ungual or periungual infection.
29. The method of claim 27, wherein said infection is a member
selected from chloronychia, paronychias, erysipeloid,
onychorrhexis, gonorrhea, swimming-pool granuloma, larva migrans,
leprosy, Orf nodule, milkers' nodules, herpetic whitlow, acute
bacterial perionyxis, chronic perionyxis, sporotrichosis, syphilis,
tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, tularemia, tungiasis, peri- and
subungual warts, zona, nail dystrophy (trachyonychia),
dermatological diseases, psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, alopecia
aerata, parakeratosis pustulosa, contact dermatosis, Reiter's
syndrome, psoriasiform acral dermatitis, lichen planus, idiopathy
atrophy in the nails, lichin nitidus, lichem striatus, inflammatory
linear verrucous epidermal naevus (ILVEN), alopecia, pemphigus,
bullous pemphigoid, acquired epidermolysis bullosa, Darier's
disease, pityriasis rubra pilaris, palmoplantar keratoderma,
contact eczema, polymorphic erythema, scabies, Bazex syndrome,
systemic scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, chronic lupus
erythematosus, dermatomyositus, Sporotrichosis, Mycotic keratitis,
Extension oculomycosis, Endogenous oculomycosis, Lobomycosis,
Mycetoma, Piedra, Pityriasis versicolor, Tinea corporis, Tinea
cruris, Tinea pedis, Tinea barbae, Tinea capitis, Tinea nigra,
Otomycosis, Tinea favosa, Chromomycosis, and Tinea Imbricata.
30. The method of claim 27, wherein said infection is
onychomycosis.
31. The method of claim 27, wherein said animal is a member
selected from a human, cattle, goat, pig, sheep, horse, cow, bull,
dog, guinea pig, gerbil, rabbit, cat, chicken and turkey.
32. A method of treating or preventing an infection in an animal,
said method comprising administering to the animal a
therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical formulation
according to claim 4.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein said infection is a member
selected from a systemic infection and an ungual or periungual
infection.
34. The method of claim 32, wherein said infection is a member
selected from chloronychia, paronychias, erysipeloid,
onychorrhexis, gonorrhea, swimming-pool granuloma, larva migrans,
leprosy, Orf nodule, milkers' nodules, herpetic whitlow, acute
bacterial perionyxis, chronic perionyxis, sporotrichosis, syphilis,
tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, tularemia, tungiasis, peri- and
subungual warts, zona, nail dystrophy (trachyonychia),
dermatological diseases, psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, alopecia
aerata, parakeratosis pustulosa, contact dermatosis, Reiter's
syndrome, psoriasiform acral dermatitis, lichen planus, idiopathy
atrophy in the nails, lichin nitidus, lichen striatus, inflammatory
linear verrucous epidermal naevus (ILVEN), alopecia, pemphigus,
bullous pemphigoid, acquired epidermolysis bullosa, Darier's
disease, pityriasis rubra pilaris, palmoplantar keratoderma,
contact eczema, polymorphic erythema, scabies, Bazex syndrome,
systemic scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus, chronic lupus
erythematosus, dermatomyositus, Sporotrichosis, Mycotic keratitis,
Extension oculomycosis, Endogenous oculomycosis, Lobomycosis,
Mycetoma, Piedra, Pityriasis versicolor, Tinea corporis, Tinea
cruris, Tinea pedis, Tinea barbae, Tinea capitis, Tinea nigra,
Otomycosis, Tinea favosa, Chromomycosis, and Tinea Imbricata.
35. The method of claim 32, wherein said infection is
onychomycosis.
36. The method of claim 32, wherein said animal is a member
selected from a human, cattle, goat, pig, sheep, horse, cow, bull,
dog, guinea pig, gerbil, rabbit, cat, chicken and turkey.
37. A method for synthesizing the compound of claim 1.
38. A method for synthesizing the pharmaceutical formulation of
claim 4.
39. A method of delivering a compound from the dorsal layer of the
nail plate to the nail bed, said method comprising: contacting said
cell with a compound capable of penetrating the nail plate, under
conditions sufficient to penetrate said nail plate, wherein said
compound has a molecular weight of between about 100 and about 200
Da; said compound has a log P value of between about 1.0 and about
2.6; said compound has a water solubility greater than about 0.1
mg/mL octanol/saturated water thereby delivering said compound.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application is a continuation of U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/201,459, filed Mar. 7, 2014, which is a
continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/356,488, filed
Jan. 23, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,722,917, which is a continuation
of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/629,753, filed Dec. 2, 2009,
now U.S. Pat. No. 8,115,026, which is a divisional of U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 11/505,591, filed Aug. 16, 2006, now U.S. Pat.
No. 7,767,657, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 60/755,227, filed Dec. 30, 2005, and the benefit of
U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/746,361, filed May 3,
2006, all of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety
for all purposes. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/505,591 is
also a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No.
11/357,687, filed Feb. 16, 2006, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,582,621, which
claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.
60/654,060, filed Feb. 16, 2005, all of which are incorporated by
reference in their entirety for all purposes. The present
application is also a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 13/874,329, filed Apr. 30, 2013, which is a
continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/224,252, filed
Sep. 1, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,440,642, which is a continuation
of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/507,010, filed Jul. 21,
2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,039,451, which is a continuation of U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 11/357,687, filed Feb. 16, 2006, now
U.S. Pat. No. 7,582,621, which claims the benefit of 60/654,060,
filed Feb. 16, 2005, all of which are incorporated by reference in
their entirety for all purposes.
BACKGROUND FOR THE INVENTION
[0002] Infections of the nail and hoof, known as ungual and/or
periungual infections, pose serious problems in dermatology. These
ungual and/or periungual can be caused by sources such as fungi,
viruses, yeast, bacteria and parasites. Onychomycosis is an example
of these serious ungual and/or periungual infections and is caused
by at least one fungus. Current treatment for ungual and/or
periungual infections generally falls into three categories:
systemic administration of medicine; surgical removal of all or
part of the nail or hoof followed by topical treatment of the
exposed tissue; or topical application of conventional creams,
lotions, gels or solutions, frequently including the use of
bandages to keep these dosage forms in place on the nail or hoof.
All of these approaches have major drawbacks. The following
discussion is particularly directed to drawbacks associated with
current treatment of ungual and/or periungual antifungal
infections.
[0003] Long term systemic (oral) administration of an antifungal
agent for the treatment of onychomycosis is often required to
produce a therapeutic effect in the nail bed. For example, oral
treatment with the antifungal compound terbinafine typically
requires administration of 200 to 400 mg/day for 12 weeks before
any significant therapeutic benefit is realized. Such long term,
high dose systemic therapy can have significant adverse effects.
For example, terbinafine has been reported to have liver toxicity
effects and reduces testosterone levels in blood due to adverse
effects on the testes. Patient compliance is a problem with such
long term therapies especially those which involve serious adverse
effects. Moreover, this type of long term oral therapy is
inconvenient in the treatment of a horse or other ruminants
afflicted with fungal infections of the hoof. Accordingly, the
risks associated with parenteral treatments generate significant
disincentive against their use and considerable patient
non-compliance.
[0004] Surgical removal of all or part of the nail followed by
topical treatment also has severe drawbacks. The pain and
discomfort associated with the surgery and the undesirable cosmetic
appearance of the nail or nail bed represent significant problems,
particularly for patients more sensitive to physical appearance.
Generally, this type of treatment is not realistic for ruminants
such as horses.
[0005] Topical therapy has significant problems too. Topical dosage
forms such as creams, lotions, gels etc., can not keep the drug in
intimate contact with the infected area for therapeutically
effective periods of time. Bandages have been used to hold drug
reservoirs in place in an attempt to enhance absorption of the
pharmaceutical agent. However the bandages are thick, awkward,
troublesome and generally lead to poor patient compliance.
[0006] Hydrophilic and hydrophobic film forming topical antifungal
solutions have also been developed. These dosage forms provide
improved contact between the drug and the nail. Topical
formulations for fungal infection treatment have largely tried to
deliver the drug to the target site (an infected nail bed) by
diffusion across or through the nail.
[0007] Nail is more like hair than stratum corneum with respect to
chemical composition and permeability. Nitrogen is the major
component of the nail attesting to the nail's proteinaceous nature.
The total lipid content of mature nail is 0.1-1.0%, while the
stratum corneum lipid is about 10% w/w. The nail is 100-200 times
thicker than the stratum corneum and has a very high affinity and
capacity for binding and retaining antifungal drugs. Consequently
little if any drug penetrates through the nail to reach the target
site. Because of these reasons topical therapy for fungal
infections have generally been ineffective.
[0008] Compounds known as penetration or permeation enhancers are
well known in the art to produce an increase in the permeability of
skin or other body membranes to a pharmacologically active agent.
The increased permeability allows an increase in the rate at which
the drug permeates through the skin and enters the blood stream.
Penetration enhancers have been successful in overcoming the
impermeability of pharmaceutical agents through the skin. However,
the thin stratum corneum layer of the skin, which is about 10 to 15
cells thick and is formed naturally by cells migrating toward the
skin surface from the basal layer, has been easier to penetrate
than nails. Moreover, known penetration enhancers have not proven
to be useful in facilitating drug migration through the nail
tissue.
[0009] Antimicrobial compositions for controlling bacterial and
fungal infections comprising a metal chelate of 8-hydroxyquinoline
and an alkyl benzene sulfonic acid have been shown to be
efficacious due to the increased ability of the oleophilic group to
penetrate the lipoid layers of micro-cells. The compounds however,
do not effectively increase the ability to carry the
pharmaceutically active antifungal through the cornified layer or
stratum corneum of the skin. U.S. Pat. No. 4,602,011, West et al.,
Jul. 22, 1986; U.S. Pat. No. 4,766,113, West et al., Aug. 23,
1988.
[0010] Therefore, there is a need in the art for compounds which
can effectively penetrate the nail. There is also need in the art
for compounds which can effectively treat ungual and/or periungual
infections. These and other needs are addressed by the current
invention.
[0011] Aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases (ARS) are a family of essential
enzymes that attach amino acids to the 3' terminal adenosine end of
tRNAs, the charged tRNAs are then used by the translation machinery
to synthesis proteins from mRNA. Although there are few exceptions,
for example in Gram-positive bacteria and archaea, most organisms
have at least one ARS for each amino acid. In the case of
eukaryotes, they have two ARS, one is localized to the cytoplasm
while the other ARS is located in the organelle(s). The ARS
catalyzes two reactions, as outlined below, the first reaction
adenylates the amino acid with ATP followed by its transfer to the
2'- or 3'-hydroxyl of the terminal adenosine of tRNA.
Amino acid (AA)+ATP.fwdarw.AA-AMP+PPi;
AA-AMP+tRNA.fwdarw.tRNA-AA+AMP
[0012] The family of 20 ARS fall into two distinct structural
classes as determined by their crystal structure. Class I, which
have a Rossman like fold, include the ARS for the following amino
acids-arginine, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, isolelucine,
leucine, lysine (in archaea and some bacteria), valine, methionine,
tryptophan and tyrosine. Class II ARS include the enzymes for the
amino acids, alanine, asparagine, aspartate, glycine, histidine,
lysine, phenylalanine, proline, serine and threonine. The ARS
mediated reaction is the major checkpoint of specificity that
ensures the correct amino acid is charged to its cognate tRNA.
Since some amino acids only differ by a single methylene group, for
example valine and isoleucine, it has been postulated that the
specificity of the synthetic reaction alone can't explain the
observed in vivo accuracy of tRNA charging. The synthetic active
site should be able to exclude amino acids that are not close
analogs of the cognate amino acid, but analogous amino acids pose a
bigger problem. Therefore to increase specificity, proof-reading
and editing must occur. So far nine ARS have been shown to have an
editing mechanism that significantly reduces the frequency of
mischarged tRNAs. The enzymes for the following amino acids have
been shown to have editing activity-alanine, isoleucine, leucine,
methionine, lysine, phenylalanine, proline, threonine and valine.
These ARS can hydrolyse the incorrectly adenylated amino acid
AA-AMP (pre-transfer editing) or the incorrectly charged tRNA
(post-transfer editing). To date the isoleucyl, leucyl and
valyl-tRNA synthetases have the best-characterized editing
mechanisms; an additional structural domain called the connective
polypeptide I (CP1) inserted in the synthetic domain has been shown
to contain the editing active site. This is located more than 25
.ANG. away from the synthetic active site, which suggests that both
the adenylated amino acid intermediate and amino acid tethered to
the 3'end of the tRNA must be moved from the active site in the
synthetic domain to the editing site for the reaction to be
proof-read. It has been postulated that the 3'end of the charged
tRNA is translocated in a similar manner to that of the
proof-reading mechanism of DNA polymerases. Much less is known
about the translocation of the adenylated amino acid. A similar CP1
domain is also present in the methionine and cysteine ARS enzymes,
but it is much smaller than that found in the valine, isoleucine
and leucine enzymes. Despite the absence of a direct homolog to the
CP1-like domain in class II ARS, separate editing domains have been
found in the enzymes for proline and threonine. Although editing is
important to ensure the correct charging of tRNAs, it is not
essential for viability and is not required for the synthesis of
charged tRNAs. For example, in Escherichia coli, in which 10 amino
acids in the editing domain of isoleucyl-tRNA synthetase were
changed to alanine, the resulting mutant was still viable, although
it did have many pleiotropic effects, including a noticeable cell
growth defect.
[0013] In spite of significant homologies between human, bacterial
and fungal ARS there are a number of compounds that have been
developed as anti-infectives. The most notable example of an ARS
inhibitor is the commercial antibiotic mupirocin (pseudomonic
acid), which is sold under the label Bactroban. Mupirocin
specifically inhibits bacterial isoleucyl-tRNA synthetases, while
its activity against the human homolog is more than 1,000 times
less active. Mupirocin binds specifically to the synthetic active
site and mutants that are resistant to this drug have mutations in
the synthetic domain of leucyl-tRNA synthetase. Likewise,
reveromycin A inhibits the eukaryotic isoleucyl-tRNA synthetases:
Saccharomyces cerevisiae resistance mutants have mutations in the
synthetic domain. So far all attempts to develop better ARS
inhibitors than mupirocin, an isoleucine-adenylate analogue, have
relied on inhibiting the synthetic reactions.
[0014] Since it has been previously thought not to be essential for
the synthesis of charged tRNAs, the editing domain of tRNA
synthetases has not been thought a promising target for drug
development. Data from mutational analysis of the ARS editing
domains tend to suggest that inhibition of the editing mechanism
leads only to an increase in mischarged tRNAs and does not lead to
cell death. Compounds that are active against, and specific for,
the editing domain of the tRNA synthetase would provide access to a
new class of antimicrobial therapeutics to augment the arsenal of
agents currently in use. Quite surprisingly, the present invention
provides such compounds and methods of using these compounds.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0015] In one aspect, the invention provides a structure according
to the following formula:
##STR00001##
in which R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are members independently selected
from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, can be optionally joined to form a 4- to 7-membered ring.
Z1 is a member selected from
##STR00002##
R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a are members independently selected from H,
cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
R.sup.5 is a member selected from halogen and OR.sup.8. R.sup.8 is
a member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. A is a member selected
from CR.sup.9a and N. D is a member selected from CR.sup.10a and N.
E is a member selected from CR.sup.11a and N. G is a member
selected from CR.sup.12a and N. R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H, OR*, NR*R**,
SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**, nitro, halogen,
cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
Each R* and R** are members independently selected from H,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R.sup.9a and
R.sup.10a, along with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a ring. R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a, along
with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally joined to
form a ring. R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a, along with the atoms to which
they are attached, are optionally joined to form a ring. The
combination of nitrogens (A+D+E+G) is an integer selected from 0 to
3.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0016] FIG. 1A, FIG. 1B, FIG. 1C are a table of minimum inhibitory
concentration (MIC) data of cyclic boronic esters against various
fungi.
[0017] FIG. 2A displays minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) for
C10, ciclopirox, terbinafine, fluconazole and itraconazole
(comparator drugs) against 19 test strains of fungi.
[0018] FIG. 2B displays minimum fungicidal concentration (MFC) for
C10, ciclopirox, terbinafine and itraconazole (comparator drugs)
against 2 test strains of fungi.
[0019] FIG. 3 displays a comparison of Normalized C10 and
Ciclopirox Equivalent in Each Part of Nail Plate Samples after
14-day Treatment.
[0020] FIG. 4 displays a comparison of C10 and Ciclopirox
Equivalent in Cotton Ball Supporting Bed Samples after 14-day
Treatment.
[0021] FIG. 5 displays the results of a placebo for C10 (50:50
propylene glycol and ethyl acetate) applied per day over five days.
Full carpet growth of the organism T. rubrum was observed.
[0022] FIG. 6 displays the results of a 40 .mu.L/cm.sup.2 aliquot
of C10 10% w/v solution applied per day over five days. Zones of
inhibition (in the order of the cells shown in the figure) of 100%,
67%, 46%, 57%, 38% and 71% were observed for the growth of T.
rubrum. Green arrow indicates the measurement of zone of
inhibition.
[0023] FIG. 7 displays the results of a 40 L/cm.sup.2 aliquot of
C10 10% w/v solution applied per day over five days. Zones of
inhibition (in the order of the cells shown in the figure) of 74%,
86%, 100%, 82%, 100% and 84% were observed for the growth of T.
rubrum.
[0024] FIG. 8 displays the results of a 40 L/cm.sup.2 aliquot of 8%
ciclopirox in w/w commercial lacquer applied per day over five
days. No zone of inhibition observed; full carpet growth of T.
rubrum.
[0025] FIG. 9 displays the results of a 40 L/cm.sup.2 aliquot of 5%
amorolfine w/v in commercial lacquer applied per day over five
days. No zone of inhibition observed; full carpet growth of T.
rubrum.
[0026] FIG. 10(1), FIG. 10(2), FIG. 10(3), FIG. 10(4), FIG. 10(5),
FIG. 10(6), FIG. 10(7), FIG. 10(8), FIG. 10(9) are Amino acid
sequences for leucyl-tRNA synthetase editing domains and nucleotide
sequences for tRNA-Leu and tRNA-Ile. (A) Amino acid sequences for
leucyl-tRNA synthetase editing domain from S. cerivisiae in wild
type (SEQ ID NO:1) and over-expressing form (SEQ ID NO: 2); (B)
Amino acid sequences for leucyl-tRNA synthetase editing domains
from indicated species; (C) Genomic nucleotide sequence for
tRNA-leu and tRNA-ile from S. cerivisiae; in one embodiment of the
invention, an aminoacyl tRNA synthetase will bind to the
transcribed and methylated products for which these sequences serve
as a template; (D) tRNA-Leu nucleotide sequences from indicated
species.
[0027] FIG. 11A, FIG. 11B, FIG. 11C, FIG. 11D, FIG. 11E, FIG. 11F
display structures of cyclic boronic esters.
[0028] FIG. 12A, FIG. 12B, FIG. 12C, FIG. 12D, FIG. 12E, FIG. 12F,
FIG. 12G, FIG. 12H, FIG. 12I display different structures for
portions of the compounds of the invention.
[0029] FIG. 13 Effect of ATP on binding of C10 to cdc60. The
binding assay was conducted with an initial [C10] concentration of
approximately 72-79 .mu.M (pre-equilibrium).
[0030] FIG. 14 Binding curve of cdc60 against concentration of free
[C10].
[0031] FIG. 15 Data from PPi exchange reaction experiment to
determine rate of editing in the presence and absence of C10.
[0032] FIG. 16 Data from an aminoacylation experiment showing the
effect of C10 at different concentrations on the aminoacylation of
tRNA.sup.leu.
[0033] FIG. 17 Results from post transfer editing assay conducted
in S. cerevisiae at differing concentrations of C10 across a range
of time points.
[0034] FIG. 18A, FIG. 18B, FIG. 18C display the names of exemplary
compounds of the invention.
[0035] FIG. 19A, FIG. 19B, FIG. 19C, FIG. 19D, FIG. 19E, FIG. 19F,
FIG. 19G, FIG. 19H, FIG. 19I, FIG. 19J, FIG. 19K display exemplary
compounds of the invention.
[0036] FIG. 20A, FIG. 20B, FIG. 20C, FIG. 20D, FIG. 20E, FIG. 20F,
FIG. 20G, FIG. 20H display exemplary compounds of the
invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
I. Definitions and Abbreviations
[0037] The abbreviations used herein generally have their
conventional meaning within the chemical and biological arts.
[0038] "Compound of the invention," as used herein refers to the
compounds discussed herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and
prodrugs of these compounds.
[0039] "Boron containing compounds", as used herein, refers to the
compounds of the invention that contain boron as part of their
chemical formula.
[0040] MIC, or minimum inhibitory concentration, is the point where
the compound stops more than 50% of cell growth, preferably 60% of
cell growth, preferably 70% of cell growth, preferably 80% of cell
growth, preferably 90% of cell growth, relative to an untreated
control.
[0041] Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional
chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally
encompass the chemically identical substituents, which would result
from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., --CH.sub.2O--
is intended to also recite --OCH.sub.2--.
[0042] The term "poly" as used herein means at least 2. For
example, a polyvalent metal ion is a metal ion having a valency of
at least 2.
[0043] "Moiety" refers to the radical of a molecule that is
attached to another moiety.
[0044] The symbol "", whether utilized as a bond or displayed
perpendicular to a bond, indicates the point at which the displayed
moiety is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
[0045] The term "alkyl," by itself or as part of another
substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched
chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combination thereof, which
may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include
di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms
designated (i.e. C.sub.1-C.sub.10 means one to ten carbons).
Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not
limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,
n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, cyclohexyl,
(cyclohexyl)methyl, cyclopropylmethyl, homologs and isomers of, for
example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An
unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or
triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are
not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl,
2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1-
and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. The
term "alkyl," unless otherwise noted, is also meant to include
those derivatives of alkyl defined in more detail below, such as
"heteroalkyl." Alkyl groups that are limited to hydrocarbon groups
are termed "homoalkyl".
[0046] The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another
substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as
exemplified, but not limited, by
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, and further includes those
groups described below as "heteroalkylene." Typically, an alkyl (or
alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those
groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the
present invention. A "lower alkyl" or "lower alkylene" is a shorter
chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer
carbon atoms.
[0047] The terms "alkoxy," "alkylamino" and "alkylthio" (or
thioalkoxy) are used in their conventional sense, and refer to
those alkyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule via an
oxygen atom, an amino group, or a sulfur atom, respectively.
[0048] The term "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with
another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or
branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations
thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and at
least one heteroatom. In an exemplary embodiment, the heteroatoms
can be selected from the group consisting of B, O, N and S, and
wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized
and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The
heteroatom(s) B, O, N and S may be placed at any interior position
of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl
group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples
include, but are not limited to, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--O--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--NH--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--S--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.3, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2,
--S(O)--CH.sub.3, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--S(O).sub.2--CH.sub.3,
--CH.dbd.CH--O--CH.sub.3, --CH.sub.2--CH.dbd.N--OCH.sub.3, and
--CH.dbd.CH--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.3. Up to two heteroatoms may be
consecutive, such as, for example, --CH.sub.2--NH--OCH.sub.3.
Similarly, the term "heteroalkylene" by itself or as part of
another substituent means a divalent radical derived from
heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by,
--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--S--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2-- and
--CH.sub.2--S--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--NH--CH.sub.2--. For
heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both
of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy,
alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for
alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the
linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of
the linking group is written. For example, the formula
--C(O).sub.2R'-- represents both --C(O).sub.2R'-- and
--R'C(O).sub.2--.
[0049] The terms "cycloalkyl" and "heterocycloalkyl", by themselves
or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise
stated, cyclic versions of "alkyl" and "heteroalkyl", respectively.
Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the
position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of
the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited
to, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl,
cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include,
but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl),
1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl,
3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl,
tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl,
2-piperazinyl, and the like.
[0050] The terms "halo" or "halogen," by themselves or as part of
another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine,
chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as
"haloalkyl," are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
For example, the term "halo(C.sub.1-C.sub.4)alkyl" is mean to
include, but not be limited to, trifluoromethyl,
2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the
like.
[0051] The term "aryl" means, unless otherwise stated, a
polyunsaturated, aromatic, substituent that can be a single ring or
multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings), which are fused
together or linked covalently. The term "heteroaryl" refers to aryl
groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms. In an
exemplary embodiment, the heteroatom is selected from B, N, O, and
S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized,
and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. A heteroaryl
group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a
heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups
include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl,
2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl,
pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl,
3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl,
5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl,
3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl,
purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl,
2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, 6-quinolyl,
dioxaborolane, dioxaborinane and dioxaborepane. Substituents for
each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are
selected from the group of acceptable substituents described
below.
[0052] For brevity, the term "aryl" when used in combination with
other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both
aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the term
"arylalkyl" is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl
group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl,
pyridylmethyl and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a
carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for
example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl,
3-(1-naphthyloxyl)propyl, and the like).
[0053] Each of the above terms (e.g., "alkyl," "heteroalkyl,"
"aryl" and "heteroaryl") are meant to include both substituted and
unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred
substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
[0054] Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals
(including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl,
heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) are
generically referred to as "alkyl group substituents," and they can
be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not
limited to: --OR', .dbd.O, .dbd.NR', .dbd.N--OR', --NR'R'', --SR',
-halogen, --OC(O)R', --C(O)R', --CO.sub.2R', --CONR'R'',
--OC(O)NR'R'', --NR''C(O)R', --NR'--C(O)NR''R''',
--NR''C(O).sub.2R', --NR--C(NR'R''R''').dbd.NR'''',
--NR--C(NR'R'').dbd.NR''', --S(O)R', --S(O).sub.2R',
--S(O).sub.2NR'R'', --NRSO.sub.2R', --CN and --NO.sub.2 in a number
ranging from zero to (2m'+1), where m' is the total number of
carbon atoms in such radical. R', R'', R''' and R'''' each
preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, e.g.,
aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups. When a
compound of the invention includes more than one R group, for
example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each
R', R'', R' and R'''' groups when more than one of these groups is
present. When R' and R'' are attached to the same nitrogen atom,
they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 5-, 6-, or
7-membered ring. For example, --NR'R'' is meant to include, but not
be limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above
discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand
that the term "alkyl" is meant to include groups including carbon
atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl
(e.g., --CF.sub.3 and --CH.sub.2CF.sub.3) and acyl (e.g.,
--C(O)CH.sub.3, --C(O)CF.sub.3, --C(O)CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3, and the
like).
[0055] Similar to the substituents described for the alkyl radical,
substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are generically
referred to as "aryl group substituents." The substituents are
selected from, for example: halogen, --OR', .dbd.O, .dbd.NR',
.dbd.N--OR', --NR'R'', --SR', -halogen, --OC(O)R', --C(O)R',
--CO.sub.2R', --CONR'R'', --OC(O)NR'R'', --NR''C(O)R',
--NR'--(O)NR''R''', --NR''C(O).sub.2R',
--NR--C(NR'R''R''').dbd.NR'''', --NR--C(NR'R'').dbd.NR''',
--S(O)R', --S(O).sub.2R', --S(O).sub.2NR'R'', --NRSO.sub.2R', --CN
and --NO.sub.2, --R', --N.sub.3, --CH(Ph).sub.2,
fluoro(C.sub.1-C.sub.4)alkoxy, and fluoro(C.sub.1-C.sub.4)alkyl, in
a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on
the aromatic ring system; and where R', R'', R''' and R'''' are
preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl and substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl. When a compound of the invention includes more than one
R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently
selected as are each R', R'', R''' and R'''' groups when more than
one of these groups is present.
[0056] Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or
heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of
the formula -T-C(O)--CRR').sub.q--U--, wherein T and U are
independently --NR--, --O--, --CRR'-- or a single bond, and q is an
integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on
adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be
replaced with a substituent of the formula
-A-(CH.sub.2).sub.r--B--, wherein A and B are independently
--CRR'--, --O--, --NR--, --S--, --S(O)--, --S(O).sub.2--,
--S(O).sub.2NR'-- or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1
to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may
optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of
the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring
may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula
--(CRR').sub.s--X--(CR''R''').sub.d--, where s and d are
independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is --O--, --NR'--,
--S--, --S(O)--, --S(O).sub.2--, or --S(O).sub.2NR'--. The
substituents R, R', R'' and R''' are preferably independently
selected from hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted
(C.sub.1-C.sub.6)alkyl.
[0057] "Ring" as used herein, means a substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl. A ring includes fused ring moieties. The number of
atoms in a ring is typically defined by the number of members in
the ring. For example, a "5- to 7-membered ring" means there are 5
to 7 atoms in the encircling arrangement. The ring optionally
included a heteroatom. Thus, the term "5- to 7-membered ring"
includes, for example pyridinyl and piperidinyl. The term "ring"
further includes a ring system comprising more than one "ring",
wherein each "ring" is independently defined as above.
[0058] As used herein, the term "heteroatom" includes atoms other
than carbon (C) and hydrogen (H). Examples include oxygen (O),
nitrogen (N) sulfur (S), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), aluminum
(Al) and boron (B).
[0059] The symbol "R" is a general abbreviation that represents a
substituent group that is selected from substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl and substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl groups.
[0060] The term "derived from" includes its plain language meaning
and also refers to a molecule that is 99%, 98%, 97%, 96%, 95%, 94%,
93%, 92%, 91%, 90%, 89%, 88%, 87%, 86%, 85%, 84%, 83%, 82%, 81%,
80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, or 60% homologous to a referenced molecule. The
molecules referred to in this definition include chains of RNA or
DNA, oligonucleotides, polypeptides, or proteins of any length and
composition.
[0061] The term "immunological marker" includes oligonucleotides,
proteins, antibodies, peptides, polypeptides, enzymes, or any other
molecule able to induce an immune response in appropriate animals
or cells or to bind with specific antibodies.
[0062] The term "noncognate" is meant to encompass both the
singular and plural forms of the word, i.e. the phrase "noncognate
amino acid" comprises one or more amino acids.
[0063] By "effective" amount of a drug, formulation, or permeant is
meant a sufficient amount of a active agent to provide the desired
local or systemic effect. A "Topically effective," "Cosmetically
effective," "pharmaceutically effective," or "therapeutically
effective" amount refers to the amount of drug needed to effect the
desired therapeutic result.
[0064] "Topically effective" refers to a material that, when
applied to the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof produces a desired
pharmacological result either locally at the place of application
or systemically as a result of transdermal passage of an active
ingredient in the material.
[0065] "Cosmetically effective" refers to a material that, when
applied to the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof, produces a desired
cosmetic result locally at the place of application of an active
ingredient in the material.
[0066] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" is meant to
include salts of the compounds of the invention which are prepared
with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the
particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
When compounds of the present invention contain relatively acidic
functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting
the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the
desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples
of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium,
potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or
a similar salt. When compounds of the present invention contain
relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be
obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a
sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable
inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid
addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like
hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic,
phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric,
monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like,
as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids
like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic,
succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic,
benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric,
methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino
acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids
like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for
example, Berge et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", Journal of
Pharmaceutical Science 66: 1-19 (1977)). Certain specific compounds
of the present invention contain both basic and acidic
functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into
either base or acid addition salts.
[0067] The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably
regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and
isolating the parent compounds in the conventional manner. The
parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in
certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar
solvents.
[0068] In addition to salt forms, the present invention provides
compounds which are in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds or
complexes described herein readily undergo chemical changes under
physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present
invention. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds
of the present invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an
ex vivo environment.
[0069] Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in
unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated
forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated
forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present
invention. Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in
multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical
forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present
invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present
invention.
[0070] Certain compounds of the present invention possess
asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the
racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers and individual isomers
are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
[0071] The compounds of the present invention may also contain
unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the
atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds
may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example
tritium (.sup.3H), iodine-125 (.sup.125I) or carbon-14 (.sup.14C).
All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention,
whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within
the scope of the present invention.
[0072] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" or
"pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle" refers to any formulation or
carrier medium that provides the appropriate delivery of an
effective amount of a active agent as defined herein, does not
interfere with the effectiveness of the biological activity of the
active agent, and that is sufficiently non-toxic to the host or
patient. Representative carriers include water, oils, both
vegetable and mineral, cream bases, lotion bases, ointment bases
and the like. These bases include suspending agents, thickeners,
penetration enhancers, and the like. Their formulation is well
known to those in the art of cosmetics and topical pharmaceuticals.
Additional information concerning carriers can be found in
Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed.,
Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2005) which is incorporated
herein by reference.
[0073] "Pharmaceutically acceptable topical carrier" and equivalent
terms refer to pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, as described
herein above, suitable for topical application. An inactive liquid
or cream vehicle capable of suspending or dissolving the active
agent(s), and having the properties of being nontoxic and
non-inflammatory when applied to the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof
is an example of a pharmaceutically-acceptable topical carrier.
This term is specifically intended to encompass carrier materials
approved for use in topical cosmetics as well.
[0074] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable additive" refers to
preservatives, antioxidants, fragrances, emulsifiers, dyes and
excipients known or used in the field of drug formulation and that
do not unduly interfere with the effectiveness of the biological
activity of the active agent, and that is sufficiently non-toxic to
the host or patient. Additives for topical formulations are
well-known in the art, and may be added to the topical composition,
as long as they are pharmaceutically acceptable and not deleterious
to the epithelial cells or their function. Further, they should not
cause deterioration in the stability of the composition. For
example, inert fillers, anti-irritants, tackifiers, excipients,
fragrances, opacifiers, antioxidants, gelling agents, stabilizers,
surfactant, emollients, coloring agents, preservatives, buffering
agents, other permeation enhancers, and other conventional
components of topical or transdermal delivery formulations as are
known in the art.
[0075] The terms "enhancement," "penetration enhancement" or
"permeation enhancement" relate to an increase in the permeability
of the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof to a drug, so as to increase
the rate at which the drug permeates through the skin, nail, hair,
claw or hoof. The enhanced permeation effected through the use of
such enhancers can be observed, for example, by measuring the rate
of diffusion of the drug through animal or human skin, nail, hair,
claw or hoof using a diffusion cell apparatus. A diffusion cell is
described by Merritt et al. Diffusion Apparatus for Skin
Penetration, J of Controlled Release, 1 (1984) pp. 161-162. The
term "permeation enhancer" or "penetration enhancer" intends an
agent or a mixture of agents, which, alone or in combination, act
to increase the permeability of the skin, nail, hair or hoof to a
drug.
[0076] The term "excipients" is conventionally known to mean
carriers, diluents and/or vehicles used in formulating drug
compositions effective for the desired use.
[0077] The term "topical administration" refers to the application
of a pharmaceutical agent to the external surface of the skin,
nail, hair, claw or hoof, such that the agent crosses the external
surface of the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof and enters the
underlying tissues. Topical administration includes application of
the composition to intact skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof, or to an
broken, raw or open wound of skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof.
Topical administration of a pharmaceutical agent can result in a
limited distribution of the agent to the skin and surrounding
tissues or, when the agent is removed from the treatment area by
the bloodstream, can result in systemic distribution of the
agent.
[0078] The term "transdermal delivery" refers to the diffusion of
an agent across the barrier of the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof
resulting from topical administration or other application of a
composition. The stratum corneum acts as a barrier and few
pharmaceutical agents are able to penetrate intact skin. In
contrast, the epidermis and dermis are permeable to many solutes
and absorption of drugs therefore occurs more readily through skin,
nail, hair, claw or hoof that is abraded or otherwise stripped of
the stratum corneum to expose the epidermis. Transdermal delivery
includes injection or other delivery through any portion of the
skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof or mucous membrane and absorption or
permeation through the remaining portion. Absorption through intact
skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof can be enhanced by placing the
active agent in an appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle
before application to the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof. Passive
topical administration may consist of applying the active agent
directly to the treatment site in combination with emollients or
penetration enhancers. As used herein, transdermal delivery is
intended to include delivery by permeation through or past the
integument, i.e. skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof.
[0079] The term "microbial infection" refers to any infection of a
host tissue by an infectious agent including, but not limited to,
viruses, bacteria, mycobacteria, fungus and parasites (see, e.g.,
Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, pp. 93-98 (Wilson et
al., eds., 12th ed. 1991); Williams et al., J. of Medicinal Chem.
42:1481-1485 (1999), herein each incorporated by reference in their
entirety).
[0080] "Biological medium," as used herein refers to both in vitro
and in vivo biological milieus. Exemplary in vitro "biological
media" include, but are not limited to, cell culture, tissue
culture, homogenates, plasma and blood. In vivo applications are
generally performed in mammals, preferably humans.
[0081] "Inhibiting" and "blocking," are used interchangeably herein
to refer to the partial or full blockade of an editing domain of a
tRNA synthetase.
[0082] "Ventral/intermediate center" as used herein refers to
powdered nail samples drilled from the center of the inner surface
(facing the nail bed) approximately 0.3-0.5 mm in depth to the
surface. The area is beneath the dosed site of the nail place but
does not include dosed surface (dorsal nail surface).
[0083] "Ventral/intermediate center" as used herein refers to the
immediate area of dosed site.
[0084] "Remainder nail" as used herein refers to the remaining part
of the nail that has not been dosed.
[0085] "Supporting bed" as used herein refers to the cotton ball
placed within the Teflon chamber of the diffusion cell to provide
moisture to the nail plate and also to receive chemicals
penetrating through the nail plate.
[0086] "Surfacing washing" as used herein refers to ethanol (or
other organic solvents) and soap/water washing on the surface of
the dosed site.
[0087] "Cell washing" as used herein, refers to ethanol (or other
organic solvents) and soap/water wash of the inside of the
diffusion cell.
[0088] A "human nail unit", as defined herein, can be the nail
plate, the nail bed, proximal nail fold, lateral nail fold and
combinations thereof.
[0089] The term "leaving group" means a functional group or atom
which can be displaced by another functional group or atom in a
substitution reaction, such as a nucleophilic substitution
reaction. By way of example, representative leaving groups include
triflate, chloro, bromo and iodo groups; sulfonic ester groups,
such as mesylate, tosylate, brosylate, nosylate and the like; and
acyloxy groups, such as acetoxy, trifluoroacetoxy and the like.
[0090] The term "amino-protecting group" means a protecting group
suitable for preventing undesired reactions at an amino nitrogen.
Representative amino-protecting groups include, but are not limited
to, formyl; acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups, such as
acetyl, trichloroacetyl or trifluoroacetyl; alkoxycarbonyl groups,
such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc); arylmethoxycarbonyl groups, such
as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc);
arylmethyl groups, such as benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), and
1,1-di-(4'-methoxyphenyl)methyl; silyl groups, such as
trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS); and the
like.
[0091] The term "hydroxy-protecting group" means a protecting group
suitable for preventing undesired reactions at a hydroxy group.
Representative hydroxy-protecting groups include, but are not
limited to, alkyl groups, such as methyl, ethyl, and tert-butyl;
acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups, such as acetyl;
arylmethyl groups, such as benzyl (Bn), p-methoxybenzyl (PMB),
9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm), and diphenylmethyl (benzhydryl, DPM); silyl
groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl
(TBS); and the like.
[0092] Boron is able to form dative bonds with oxygen, sulfur or
nitrogen under some circumstances in this invention. Dative bonds
are usually weaker than covalent bonds. In situations where a boron
is covalently bonded to at least one oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen,
and is at the same time datively bonded to an oxygen, sulfur or
nitrogen, respectively, the dative bond and covalent bond between
the boron and the two identical heteroatoms can interconvert or be
in the form of a resonance hybrid. There is potential uncertainty
surrounding the exact nature and extent of electron sharing in
these situations. The structures supplied are not intended to
include any and all possible bonding scenarios between boron and
the atom to which it is bound. Non limiting examples of these bonds
are as follows:
##STR00003##
[0093] "Salt counterion", as used herein, refers to positively
charged ions that associate with a compound of the invention when
the boron is fully negatively or partially negatively charged.
Examples of salt counterions include H.sup.+, H.sub.3O.sup.+,
ammonium, potassium, calcium, magnesium and sodium.
[0094] The compounds comprising a boron bonded to a carbon and
three heteroatoms (such as three oxygens described in this section)
can optionally contain a fully negatively charged boron or
partially negatively charged boron, due to the nature of the dative
bond between the boron and one of the oxygens. Due to the negative
charge, a positively charged counterion may associate with this
compound, thus forming a salt. Examples of positively charged
counterions include H.sup.+, H.sub.3O.sup.+, calcium, sodium,
ammonium, potassium. The salts of these compounds are implicitly
contained in descriptions of these compounds.
[0095] The present invention also encompasses compounds that are
poly- or multi-valent species, including, for example, species such
as dimers, trimers, tetramers and higher homologs of the compounds
of use in the invention or reactive analogues thereof. For example,
dimers of C10 can form under the following conditions:
##STR00004##
In another example, dimers of C17 can form under the following
conditions:
##STR00005##
[0096] The present invention also encompasses compounds that are
anhydrides of the cyclic boronic esters are synthesized by
subjecting these compounds to dehydrating conditions. Examples of
these anhydrides are provided below:
##STR00006##
[0097] Trimers of the compounds of the invention are also produced.
For example, trimers of acyclic boronic esters can be formed as
follows:
##STR00007## ##STR00008##
[0098] Polymers of the compounds of the invention are also produced
through the removal of certain protecting groups in strong acid.
For example, trimers of acyclic boronic esters can be formed as
follows:
##STR00009##
[0099] Also of use in the present invention are compounds that are
poly- or multi-valent species, including, for example, species such
as dimers, trimers, tetramers and higher homologs of the compounds
of use in the invention or reactive analogues thereof. The poly-
and multi-valent species can be assembled from a single species or
more than one species of the invention. For example, a dimeric
construct can be "homo-dimeric" or "heterodimeric." Moreover, poly-
and multi-valent constructs in which a compound of the invention or
a reactive analogue thereof, is attached to an oligomeric or
polymeric framework (e.g., polylysine, dextran, hydroxyethyl starch
and the like) are within the scope of the present invention. The
framework is preferably polyfunctional (i.e. having an array of
reactive sites for attaching compounds of use in the invention).
Moreover, the framework can be derivatized with a single species of
the invention or more than one species of the invention.
[0100] Moreover, the present invention includes the use of
compounds within the motif set forth in the formulae contained
herein, which are functionalized to afford compounds having
water-solubility that is enhanced relative to analogous compounds
that are not similarly functionalized. Thus, any of the
substituents set forth herein can be replaced with analogous
radicals that have enhanced water solubility. For example, it is
within the scope of the invention to replace a hydroxyl group with
a diol, or an amine with a quaternary amine, hydroxy amine or
similar more water-soluble moiety. In a preferred embodiment,
additional water solubility is imparted by substitution at a site
not essential for the activity towards the editing domain of the
compounds set forth herein with a moiety that enhances the water
solubility of the parent compounds. Methods of enhancing the
water-solubility of organic compounds are known in the art. Such
methods include, but are not limited to, functionalizing an organic
nucleus with a permanently charged moiety, e.g., quaternary
ammonium, or a group that is charged at a physiologically relevant
pH, e.g. carboxylic acid, amine. Other methods include, appending
to the organic nucleus hydroxyl- or amine-containing groups, e.g.
alcohols, polyols, polyethers, and the like. Representative
examples include, but are not limited to, polylysine,
polyethyleneimine, poly(ethyleneglycol) and poly(propyleneglycol).
Suitable functionalization chemistries and strategies for these
compounds are known in the art. See, for example, Dunn, R. L., et
al., Eds. POLYMERIC DRUGS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, ACS Symposium
Series Vol. 469, American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C.
1991.
II. Introduction
[0101] The present invention provides novel boron compounds and
methods for the preparation of these molecules. The invention
further provides boron compounds as analogs comprising a functional
moiety, such as a drug moiety and methods of use for said
analogs.
III. The Compounds
III.a) Cyclic Boronic Esters
[0102] In a first aspect, the invention provides a compound having
a structure according to Formula I:
##STR00010##
wherein B is boron. R.sup.1a is a member selected from a negative
charge, a salt counterion, H, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. M is a member selected
from oxygen, sulfur and NR.sup.2a. R.sup.2a is a member selected
from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. J
is a member selected from (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1 and CR.sup.5a.
R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a, and R.sup.5a are members independently selected
from H, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
The index n1 is an integer selected from 0 to 2. W is a member
selected from C.dbd.O (carbonyl), (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1 and
CR.sup.8a. R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, and R.sup.8a are members
independently selected from H, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. The index m1 is an integer
selected from 0 and 1. A is a member selected from CR.sup.9a and N.
D is a member selected from CR.sup.10a and N. E is a member
selected from CR.sup.11a and N. G is a member selected from
CR.sup.12a and N. R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are
members independently selected from H, OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*,
--S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**, --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*,
--C(O)NR*R**, nitro, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Each R* and R** are
members independently selected from H, nitro, halogen, cyano,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. The combination
of nitrogens (A+D+E+G) is an integer selected from 0 to 3. A member
selected from R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a and R.sup.5a and a member selected
from R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a and R.sup.8a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.6a and R.sup.7a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.9a and R.sup.10a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring.
[0103] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to Formula (Ia):
##STR00011##
[0104] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member independently selected from H, cyano, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethyl,
trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxymethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted indolyl
and substituted or unsubstituted amido. In another exemplary
embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a is a member independently
selected from cyano, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted amido.
[0105] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
propyl, substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl, substituted or
unsubstituted butyl, substituted or unsubstituted t-butyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.4a is a member selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and benzyl. In another exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a is a member selected from
methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and
benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a
H.
[0106] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is a member independently selected from H,
OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**,
--C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, halogen, cyano, nitro,
substituted or unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylfuran, substituted or unsubstituted methylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl methylthio, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted benzylthiofuranyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylmethylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted sulfonamidyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfinyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
trifluoromethylamino, substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylamino, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
morpholino, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamido, substituted or
unsubstituted arylamido, substituted or unsubstituted ureido,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted piperizinyl. In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are selected from the previous
list of substituents with the exception of --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*,
--C(O)NR*R**.
[0107] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently selected from
fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl,
trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl,
diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl,
pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl, piperizinocarbonyl,
piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorobenzyloxy,
unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted benzyl. In an exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.9a is H and R.sup.12a is H.
[0108] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound according to
Formula (I) or Formula (Ia) is a member selected from:
##STR00012## ##STR00013## ##STR00014##
In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure according
to one of Formulae I-Io with substituent selections for R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a including all the possibilities
contained in paragraph 106 except for H. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound has a structure according to one of
Formulae Ib-Io with substituent selections for R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a including all the possiblities contained in
paragraph 107 except for H.
[0109] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a formula
according to Formulae (Ib)-(Ie) wherein R.sup.1a is a member
selected from H, a negative charge and a salt counterion and the
remaining R group (R.sup.9a in Ib, R.sup.10a in Ic, R.sup.11a in
Id, and R.sup.12a in Ie) is a member selected from fluoro, chloro,
bromo, nitro, cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl,
trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl,
diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl,
pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl, piperizinocarbonyl,
piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy and 4-fluorobenzyloxy.
[0110] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a formula
according to Formulae (If)-(Ik) wherein R.sup.1a is a member
selected from H, a negative charge and a salt counterion and each
of the remaining two R groups (R.sup.9a and R.sup.10a in If,
R.sup.9a and R.sup.11a in Ig, R.sup.9a and R.sup.12a in Ih,
R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a in Ii, R.sup.10a and R.sup.12a in Ij,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a in Ik) is a member independently selected
from fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, amino, methyl,
hydroxylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl,
diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl,
pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl, piperizinocarbonyl,
piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, and 4-fluorobenzyloxy.
[0111] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a formula
according to Formulae (Il)-(Io) wherein R.sup.1a is a member
selected from H, a negative charge and a salt counterion and each
of the remaining three R groups (R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a in
(Il), R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.12a in (Im), R.sup.9a, R.sup.11a,
R.sup.12a in (In), R.sup.10, R.sup.11a, R.sup.12a in (Io)) is a
member independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro,
cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy,
trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl, diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl,
pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl,
piperizinocarbonyl, piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, and 4-fluorobenzyloxy.
[0112] In an exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound cannot be a member selected from FIG. 11. In another
exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot
be a member selected from C1-C40.
[0113] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound cannot have a structure according to Formula (Ix):
##STR00015##
wherein R.sup.7b is a member selected from H, methyl, ethyl and
phenyl. R.sup.10b is a member selected from H, OH, NH.sub.2, SH,
halogen, substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenylalkyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio and substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkylthio.
R.sup.11b is a member selected from H, OH, NH.sub.2, SH, methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylalkyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted phenylthio and
substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkylthio. In another exemplary
embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot have a
structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.1b is a member
selected from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion. In
another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound
cannot have a structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.10b
and R.sup.11b are H. In another exemplary embodiment, there is a
proviso that the compound cannot have a structure according to
Formula (Ix) wherein one member selected from R.sup.10b and
R.sup.11b is H and the other member selected from R.sup.10b and
R.sup.11b is a member selected from halo, methyl, cyano, methoxy,
hydroxymethyl and p-cyanophenyloxy. In another exemplary
embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot have a
structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.10b and R.sup.11b
are members independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methyl,
cyano, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, and p-cyanophenyl. In another
exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot
have a structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.1b is a
member selected from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion;
R.sup.7b is H; R.sup.10b is F and R.sup.11b is H. In another
exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot
have a structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.11b and
R.sup.12b, along with the atoms to which they are attached, are
joined to form a phenyl group. In another exemplary embodiment,
there is a proviso that the compound cannot have a structure
according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.1b is a member selected
from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion; R.sup.7b is H;
R.sup.10b is 4-cyanophenoxy; and R.sup.11b is H.
[0114] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound cannot have a structure according to Formula (Iy)
##STR00016##
wherein R.sup.10b is a member selected from H, halogen, CN and
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-4 alkyl.
[0115] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that a
structure does not have the which is a member selected from
Formulae (I) to (Io) at least one member selected from R.sup.3a,
R.sup.4a, R.sup.5a, R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, R.sup.8a, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is nitro, cyano or halogen. In
another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that when M is
oxygen, W is a member selected from (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1,
wherein n1 is 0, J is a member selected from
(CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein m1 is 1, A is CR.sup.9a, D is
CR.sup.10a, E is CR.sup.11a, G is CR.sup.12a, the R.sup.9a is not
halogen, methyl, ethyl, or optionally joined with R.sup.10a to form
a phenyl ring; R.sup.10a is not unsubstituted phenoxy,
C(CH.sub.3).sub.3, halogen, CF.sub.3, methoxy, ethoxy, or
optionally joined with R.sup.9a to form a phenyl ring; R.sup.11a is
not halogen or optionally joined with R.sup.10a to form a phenyl
ring; and R.sup.12a is not halogen. In another exemplary
embodiment, there is a proviso that when M is oxygen, W is a member
selected from (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1, wherein n1 is 0, J is a
member selected from (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein m1 is 1, A
is CR.sup.9a, D is CR.sup.10a, E is CR.sup.11a, G1 is CR.sup.12a,
then neither R.sup.6a nor R.sup.7a are halophenyl. In another
exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that when M is oxygen, W
is a member selected from (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1, wherein n1 is
0, J is a member selected from (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein
m1 is 1, A is CR.sup.9a, D is CR.sup.10a, E is CR.sup.11a, G is
CR.sup.12a, and R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a are H, then
R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a and R.sup.12a are not H. In another exemplary
embodiment, there is a proviso that when M is oxygen wherein n1 is
1, J is a member selected from (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1, wherein
m1 is 0, A is CR.sup.9a, D is CR.sup.10a, E is CR.sup.11a, G is
CR.sup.12a, R.sup.9a is H, R.sup.10a is H, R.sup.11a is H, R.sup.6a
is H, R.sup.7a is H, R.sup.12a is H, then W is not C.dbd.O
(carbonyl). In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso
that when M is oxygen, W is CR.sup.5a, J is CR.sup.8a, A is
CR.sup.9a, D is CR.sup.10a, E is CR.sup.11a, G is CR.sup.12a,
R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a
are H, then R.sup.5a and R.sup.8a, together with the atoms to which
they are attached, do not form a phenyl ring.
[0116] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound of the invention
has a structure which is a member selected from:
##STR00017##
in which q is a number between 0 and 1. R.sup.g is halogen.
R.sup.a, R.sup.b, R.sup.c, R.sup.d and R.sup.e are members
independently selected from a member selected from H, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In an exemplary
embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound is not a member
selected from
##STR00018##
[0117] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure is
a member selected from:
##STR00019##
[0118] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.a, R.sup.d and R.sup.e are
each members independently selected from:
##STR00020## ##STR00021##
[0119] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.b and R.sup.c are members
independently selected from H, methyl,
##STR00022## ##STR00023##
[0120] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.b is H and R.sup.c is
a member selected from H, methyl,
##STR00024##
In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.b and R.sup.c are, together
with the nitrogen to which they are attached, optionally joined to
form a member selected from
##STR00025## ##STR00026##
[0121] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.a is a member selected
from
##STR00027##
[0122] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.d is a member selected
from
##STR00028##
[0123] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.e is a member selected
from
##STR00029##
[0124] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from
##STR00030## ##STR00031## ##STR00032## ##STR00033## ##STR00034##
##STR00035##
[0125] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
which is described in FIG. 19. In an exemplary embodiment, the
compound has a structure which is described in FIG. 20.
[0126] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to a member selected from Formulae I(b), I(c), I(d), and
I(e) wherein said remaining R group (R.sup.9a for I(b), R.sup.10a
for I(c), R.sup.11a for I(d) and R.sup.12a for I(e)) is
carboxymethoxy.
[0127] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
which is a member selected from Formulae (If)-(Ik), wherein either
R.sup.9a or R.sup.10a for Formula (If), either R.sup.9a or
R.sup.11a for Formula (Ig), either R.sup.9a or R.sup.12a for
Formula (Ih), either R.sup.10a or R.sup.11a for Formula (Ii),
either R.sup.10a or R.sup.12a for Formula (Ij), either R.sup.11a or
R.sup.12a for Formula (Ik) is halogen, and the other substituent in
the pairing (ex. if R.sup.9a is F in Formula (If), then R.sup.10a
is selected from the following substituent listing), is a member
selected from NH.sub.2, N(CH.sub.3)H, and N(CH.sub.3).sub.2.
[0128] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure which is a member selected from:
##STR00036##
in which R* and R** are members selected from: H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound is a member selected from
##STR00037##
[0129] wherein R.sup.1a is a member selected from a negative
charge, H and a salt counterion.
[0130] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure which is a member selected from:
##STR00038##
[0131] wherein q is 1 and R.sup.g is a member selected from fluoro,
chloro and bromo.
[0132] In another exemplary embodiment, the compounds and
embodiments described above in Formulae (I)-(Io) can form a hydrate
with water, a solvate with an alcohol (e.g. methanol, ethanol,
propanol); an adduct with an amino compound (e.g. ammonia,
methylamine, ethylamine); an adduct with an acid (e.g. formic acid,
acetic acid); complexes with ethanolamine, quinoline, amino acids,
and the like.
[0133] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure according to Formula (Ip):
##STR00039##
[0134] in which R.sup.x2 is a member selected from substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl and substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 heteroalkyl. R.sup.y2 and R.sup.z2
are members independently selected from H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0135] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure according to Formula (Iq):
##STR00040##
wherein B is boron. R.sup.x2 is a member selected from substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl and substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 heteroalkyl. R.sup.y2 and R.sup.z2
are members independently selected from H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In another exemplary
embodiment, at least one member selected from R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a,
R.sup.5a, R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, R.sup.8a, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is a member selected from nitro, cyano and
halogen.
[0136] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure which is a member selected from the following
Formulae:
##STR00041##
In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a formula
according to Formulae (Ib)-(Ie) wherein at least one member
selected from R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a, R.sup.5a, R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a,
R.sup.8a, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is a member
selected from nitro, cyano, fluro, chloro, bromo and cyanophenoxy.
In another exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member selected
from
##STR00042##
[0137] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from
##STR00043##
[0138] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound cannot have a structure according to Formula (Iaa):
##STR00044##
wherein R.sup.6b, R.sup.9b, R.sup.10b, R.sup.11b and R.sup.12b have
the same substituent listings as described for Formulae (Ix) and
(Iy) above.
[0139] In another exemplary embodiment, the invention provides
poly- or mutli-valent species of the compounds of the invention. In
an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a dimer of the
compounds described herein. In an exemplary embodiment, the
invention provides a dimer of the compounds described herein. In an
exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a dimer of a compound
which is a member selected from C1-C96. In an exemplary embodiment
the dimer is a member selected from
##STR00045##
[0140] In an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides an
anhydride of the compounds described herein. In an exemplary
embodiment, the invention provides an anhydride of the compounds
described herein. In an exemplary embodiment, the invention
provides an anhydride of a compound which is a member selected from
C1-C96. In an exemplary embodiment the anhydride is a member
selected from
##STR00046##
[0141] In an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a trimer
of the compounds described herein. In an exemplary embodiment, the
invention provides a trimer of the compounds described herein. In
an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a trimer of a
compound which is a member selected from C1-C96. In an exemplary
embodiment the trimer is a member selected from
##STR00047## ##STR00048##
Pyridinyloxaboroles
[0142] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
which is a member selected from Formulae (IIa) (IIb) (IIc) and
(IId).
##STR00049##
Oxaborines
[0143] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to Formula (III):
##STR00050##
I. b.) Cyclic Borinic Esters
[0144] In one aspect, the invention provides compounds useful in
the methods which have a structure according to Formula VII:
##STR00051##
wherein the variables R.sup.1a, A, D, E, G, J, W and M are
described elsewhere herein.
[0145] In an exemplary embodiment of Formula (VII), R.sup.1 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (C.sub.1-C.sub.4). In an
exemplary embodiment of Formula (VII), R.sup.1 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkyloxy. In an exemplary embodiment of Formula
(VII), R.sup.1 is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl
(C.sub.3-C.sub.7). In an exemplary embodiment of Formula (VII),
R.sup.1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl. In a further
exemplary embodiment thereof, the substituted alkenyl has the
structure
##STR00052##
wherein R.sup.23, R.sup.24, and R.sup.25 are each members
independently selected from H, haloalkyl, aralkyl, substituted
aralkyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.rOH (where r=1 to 3),
CH.sub.2NR.sup.26R.sup.27 (wherein R.sup.26 and R.sup.27 are
independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl), CO.sub.2H,
CO.sub.2alkyl, CONH.sub.2, S-alkyl, S-aryl, SO.sub.2alkyl,
SO.sub.3H, SCF.sub.3, CN, halogen, CF.sub.3, NO.sub.2, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0146] In another exemplary embodiment of Formula (VII), R.sup.1 is
a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl. In a further exemplary
embodiment thereof, the substituted alkynyl has the structure
##STR00053##
wherein R.sup.23 is defined as before.
[0147] In an exemplary embodiment of Formula (VII), R.sup.1 is
substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In a further exemplary
embodiment thereof the substituted aryl has the structure
##STR00054##
wherein R.sup.28, R.sup.29, R.sup.30, R.sup.31 and R.sup.32 are
each members independently selected from H, aralkyl, substituted
aralkyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.sOH (where s=1 to 3), CO.sub.2H,
CO.sub.2alkyl, CONH.sub.2, CONHalkyl, CON(alkyl).sub.2, OH, alkoxy,
aryloxy, SH, S-alkyl, S-aryl, SO.sub.2alkyl, SO.sub.3H, SCF.sub.3,
CN, halogen, CF.sub.3, NO.sub.2, (CH.sub.2).sub.tNR.sup.26R.sup.27
(wherein R.sup.26 and R.sup.27 are independently selected from
hydrogen, alkyl, and alkanoyl)(t=0 to 2), SO.sub.2NH.sub.2,
OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2NH.sub.2, OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2NHalkyl,
OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2N(alkyl).sub.2, oxazolidin-2-yl, alkyl substituted
oxazolidin-2-yl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl.
[0148] In an exemplary embodiment of Formula (VII), R.sup.1 is a
substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl. In a further exemplary
embodiment thereof the substituted aralkyl has the structure
##STR00055##
wherein R.sup.28, R.sup.29, R.sup.30, R.sup.31 and R.sup.32 are
defined as before, and n1 is an integer selected from 1 to 15.
[0149] In an exemplary embodiment of Formula (VII), R.sup.1 is a
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In a further exemplary
embodiment thereof, heteroaryl has the structure
##STR00056##
wherein X is a member selected from CH.dbd.CH, N.dbd.CH, NR.sup.35
(wherein R.sup.35=H, alkyl, aryl or benzyl), O, or S. Y=CH or N.
R.sup.33 and R.sup.34 are each members independently selected from
H, haloalkyl, aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.uOH
(where u=1, 2 or 3), (CH.sub.2).sub.vNR.sup.26R.sup.27 (wherein
R.sup.26 and R.sup.27 are independently selected from hydrogen,
alkyl and alkanoyl) (v=0 to 3), CO.sub.2H, CO.sub.2alkyl,
CONH.sub.2, S-alkyl, S-aryl, SO.sub.2alkyl, SO.sub.3H, SCF.sub.3,
CN, halogen, CF.sub.3, NO.sub.2, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0150] The structures of the invention also permit solvent
interactions that may afford structures (Formula VIIg) that include
atoms derived from the solvent encountered by the compounds of the
invention during synthetic manipulations and therapeutic uses.
Structure VIIg arises from the formation of a dative bond between
the solvent(s) with the Lewis acidic boron center. Thus, such
solvent complexes could be stable entities with comparative
bioactivities. Such structures are expressly contemplated by the
present invention where R*** is H or alkyl.
##STR00057##
[0151] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
which is a member selected from
2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
(3-Chlorophenyl)(4'-fluoro-(2'-(methoxymethoxy)-methyl)-phenyl)-borinic
acid,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-5-fluoro-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-6-fluoro-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole,
5-Chloro-1-(3-Fluorophenyl)-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole,
2-(3-fluorophenyl)[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
3-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)benzonitrile,
2-(3-cyanophenyl)-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
(3-Chlorophenyl)(5'-fluoro-(2'-(methoxymethoxy)methyl)-phenyl)-borinic
acid,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-1,3-dihydro-3,3dimethylbenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole,
(3-Chlorophenyl)(2-(2-(methoxymethoxy)propan-2yl)phenylborinic
acid,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-1,3-dihydro-3,3-dimethylbenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole,
1-(4-Chlorophenyl)-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole,
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
4-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)benzonitrile,
2-(4-cyanophenyl)-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
4-(5-Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)benzonitrile,
2-(4-cyanophenyl)-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
3-(5-Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)benzonitrile,
2-(3-cyanophenyl)-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
3-(6-Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)benzonitrile,
2-(3-cyanophenyl)-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
1-(3-Cyanophenyl)-5,6-dimethoxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]-oxaborole,
2-(3-chlorophenyl)[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
(4-(5-(Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenylmethanamine,
5-Fluoro-2-(methoxymethoxymethyl)phenyl]-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
4-(5-(Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenylmethanamine,
(3-(5-(Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)-phenylmethanamine,
(4-(5-(Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)methanol,
(3-(5-(Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)methanol,
3-(6-Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenol,
3-(5-Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)pyridine,
(2-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)methanol,
2-[(Methoxymethoxy)methyl]phenyl boronic acid,
2-[(Methoxymethoxymethyl)pheny]-[1,3,2]-dioxaborolane,
Bis[2-(methoxymethoxymethyl)phenyl]borinic acid,
(2-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)methanol,
(2-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)-N,N-dimethylmethanamine,
(2-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)-5-chlorophenyl)-N,N-dimethylmethanami-
ne, (2-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)-5-chlorophenyl)methanol,
(2-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)-5-chlorophenyl)methanol,
(5-Chloro-2-(5-chlorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)methanol,
Bis[4-chloro-2-(methoxymethoxymethyl)phenyl]borinic acid,
(5-Chloro-2-(5-chlorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)methanol,
(5-Chloro-2-(5-chlorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl-N,N-dimethylme-
thanamine,
1-(4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]benzoxabor-
ole, 4-Chloro-2-methoxyphenylboronic acid ethylene glycol ester,
1-(4-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]benzoxaborole,
2-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaboral-1(3H)-yl)-5-chlorophenol,
2-(3-(Benzo[c][1.2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenoxy)-5-chlorophenol,
2-(3-(Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenoxy)-5-chlorophenol
4-((3-(5-Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl)phenyl)methyl)morpholine,
3-(5-Fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-yl]phenyl)-methyl
8-hydroxy-quinoline-2-carboxylate,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-2-(methoxymethy)-1H-benzo[c][1,2]azaborole-
, 3-Chlorophenyl 2-[N,N-bis(methoxymethyl)aminomethyl]phenylborinic
acid,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-2-(methoxymethy)-1H-benzo[c][1,2]azaborole-
, 1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo-[c][1,2]-oxaborepine,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborepine,
1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,2]-oxaborinine,
2-(3-Chlorophenyl)-[1,3,2]dioxaborolane,
(3-Chlorophenyl)(2'-(2-(methoxymethoxy)ethyl)phenyl)borinic acid,
and 1-(3-Chlorophenyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-benzo[c][1,2]oxaborinine
I. c.) 2'-amino ribofuranoses
[0152] In another aspect, the invention provides compounds useful
in the methods which is a 2'-amino ribofuranose. In an exemplary
embodiment, the 1'-position of the ribofuranose is substituted with
a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In another exemplary
embodiment, the 1'-position of the ribofuranose is substituted with
a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted purine,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridine and substituted or unsubstituted imidazole.
In another exemplary embodiment, the 1'-position of the
ribofuranose is substituted with a member selected from substituted
or unsubstituted nicotinic acid, substituted or unsubstituted
nicotinamide, substituted or unsubstituted nucleic acid base,
substituted or unsubstituted adenine,
##STR00058##
substituted or unsubstituted cytosine, substituted or unsubstituted
guanine, substituted or unsubstituted thymine, substituted or
unsubstituted uracil, substituted or unsubstituted N,N-dimethyl
guanine, substituted or unsubstituted dihydrouracil, substituted or
unsubstituted 4-thiouridine and substituted or unsubstituted
inosine. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure according to Formula (VIII):
##STR00059##
wherein L is a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted
purine, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridine and substituted or unsubstituted imidazole.
M, as defined herein earlier, is a member selected from O, S, and
NR.sup.2. R.sup.40 and R.sup.41 are each members independently
selected from H, aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.sOH
(where s=1 to 3), CO.sub.2H, CO.sub.2alkyl, C(O)NH.sub.2,
C(O)NHalkyl, CON(alkyl).sub.2, C(O)R.sup.23, OH, alkoxy, aryloxy,
SH, S-alkyl, S-aryl, SO.sub.2alkyl, SO.sub.3H, SCF.sub.3, CN,
halogen, CF.sub.3, NO.sub.2, (CH.sub.2).sub.tNR.sup.26R.sup.27
(wherein R.sup.26 and R.sup.27 are independently selected from
hydrogen, alkyl, and alkanoyl)(t=0 to 2), SO.sub.2NH.sub.2,
OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2NH.sub.2, OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2NHalkyl,
OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2N(alkyl).sub.2, oxazolidin-2-yl, alkyl substituted
oxazolidin-2-yl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
##STR00060##
R.sup.43, R.sup.44, and R.sup.45 are each members independently
selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
R.sup.43 and R.sup.44, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring.
R.sup.43 and R.sup.45, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring.
R.sup.44 and R.sup.45, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring. A,
D, E and G are all defined elsewhere herein. Z is a member selected
from CR.sup.46 and N. The combinations of nitrogens (A+D+E+G+Z) is
an integer selected from 0 to 4. At least two members selected from
R.sup.9, R.sup.10, R.sup.11, R.sup.12 and R.sup.46, together with
the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally joined to form
a 4 to 7 membered ring.
[0153] In an exemplary embodiment
##STR00061##
is a member selected from:
##STR00062##
[0154] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a formula
according to the following formulae:
##STR00063##
[0155] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from:
##STR00064## ##STR00065## ##STR00066## ##STR00067##
##STR00068##
I. d.) 3'-amino ribofuranoses
[0156] In another aspect, the invention provides compounds useful
in the methods which is a 3'-amino ribofuranose. In an exemplary
embodiment, the 1'-position of the ribofuranose is substituted with
a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In another exemplary
embodiment, the 1'-position of the ribofuranose is substituted with
a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted purine,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridine, and substituted or unsubstituted imidazole.
In another exemplary embodiment, the 1'-position of the
ribofuranose is substituted with a member selected from substituted
or unsubstituted nicotinic acid, substituted or unsubstituted
nicotinamide, substituted or unsubstituted nucleic acid base,
substituted or unsubstituted adenine,
##STR00069##
substituted or unsubstituted cytosine, substituted or unsubstituted
guanine, substituted or unsubstituted thymine, substituted or
unsubstituted uracil, substituted or unsubstituted N,N-dimethyl
guanine, substituted or unsubstituted dihydrouracil, substituted or
unsubstituted 4-thiouridine and substituted or unsubstituted
inosine. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure according to Formula (VIIIc):
##STR00070##
wherein L is a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted
purine, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidine, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridine and substituted or unsubstituted imidazole.
M, as defined herein earlier, is a member selected from 0, S, and
NR.sup.2. R.sup.40 and R.sup.41 are each members independently
selected from H, aralkyl, substituted aralkyl, (CH.sub.2).sub.sOH
(where s=1 to 3), CO.sub.2H, CO.sub.2alkyl, C(O)NH.sub.2,
C(O)NHalkyl, CON(alkyl).sub.2, C(O)R.sup.23, OH, alkoxy, aryloxy,
SH, S-alkyl, S-aryl, SO.sub.2alkyl, SO.sub.3H, SCF.sub.3, CN,
halogen, CF.sub.3, NO.sub.2, (CH.sub.2).sub.tNR.sup.26R.sup.27
(wherein R.sup.26 and R.sup.27 are independently selected from
hydrogen, alkyl, and alkanoyl)(t=0 to 2), SO.sub.2NH.sub.2,
OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2NH.sub.2, OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2NHalkyl,
OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2N(alkyl).sub.2, oxazolidin-2-yl, alkyl substituted
oxazolidin-2-yl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
##STR00071##
R.sup.43, R.sup.44, and R.sup.45 are each members independently
selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
R.sup.43 and R.sup.44, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring.
R.sup.43 and R.sup.45, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring.
R.sup.44 and R.sup.45, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7 membered ring. A,
D, E and G are all defined elsewhere herein. Z is a member selected
from CR.sup.46 and N. The combinations of nitrogens (A+D+E+G+Z) is
an integer selected from 0 to 4. At least two members selected from
R.sup.9, R.sup.10, R.sup.11, R.sup.12 and R.sup.46, together with
the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally joined to form
a 4 to 7 membered ring.
[0157] In an exemplary embodiment,
##STR00072##
is a member selected from:
##STR00073##
[0158] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a formula
according to the following formulae:
##STR00074##
[0159] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from:
##STR00075## ##STR00076## ##STR00077## ##STR00078##
##STR00079##
I. e.) Acyclic Boronic Acids and Esters, Part I
[0160] Acyclic boronic acids and esters such as those described in
this section can also be utilized in the invention. These compounds
can be used to kill or inhibit the growth of the microorganisms
described herein, as well as treat the diseases described herein.
In addition, these compounds can be used as synthetic intermediates
in the generation of the compounds described herein.
[0161] In another aspect, the compound has a structure according to
the following formula:
##STR00080##
in which R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are members independently selected
from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, can be optionally joined to form a 4- to 7-membered ring.
Z1 is a member selected from
##STR00081##
wherein each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a is a member independently
selected from H, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R.sup.5 is a member
selected from halogen and OR.sup.6. R.sup.6 is a member selected
from H, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. A
is a member selected from CR.sup.9a and N. D is a member selected
from CR.sup.10a and N. E is a member selected from CR.sup.11a and
N. G is a member selected from CR.sup.12a and N. R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently
selected from H, OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*,
--S(O).sub.2NR*R**, --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, nitro,
halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
Each R* and R** is a member independently selected from H,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R.sup.9a and
R.sup.10a, along with the atoms to which they are attached, are
optionally joined to form a ring. R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a, along
with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally joined to
form a ring. R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a, along with the atoms to which
they are attached, are optionally joined to form a ring. The
combination of nitrogens (A+D+E+G) is an integer selected from 0 to
3.
[0162] In an exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound is not a member selected from:
##STR00082##
[0163] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to Formula IXa
##STR00083##
[0164] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member independently selected from H, cyano, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethyl,
trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxymethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted indolyl
and substituted or unsubstituted amido. In another exemplary
embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a is a member independently
selected from cyano, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted amido.
[0165] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
propyl, substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl, substituted or
unsubstituted butyl, substituted or unsubstituted t-butyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.4a is a member selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and benzyl. In another exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a is a member selected from
methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and
benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a
H.
[0166] In another exemplary embodiment, Z1 is CHO. In another
exemplary embodiment, Z1 is
##STR00084##
wherein R.sup.5 is a member selected from OH, substituted or
unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy,
substituted or unsubstituted methoxymethoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted ethoxyethoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
trialkylsialyl, and substituted or unsubstituted
tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2yloxy. In another exemplary embodiment,
R.sup.5 is substituted or unsubstituted trialkylsialyl, wherein
said trialkylsialyl is a member selected from substituted or
unsubstituted trimethylsilyl, substituted or unsubstituted
tert-butyldimethylsilyl, and substituted or unsubstituted
tributylsilyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.5 is
substituted or unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
ethoxy, substituted or unsubstituted methoxymethoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted ethoxyethoxy, and substituted or unsubstituted
tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2yloxy. In another exemplary embodiment,
R.sup.5 is a member selected from methoxy, ethoxy, methoxymethoxy,
ethoxyethoxy and tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2yloxy. In another exemplary
embodiment, Z1 is
##STR00085##
[0167] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a
and R.sup.12a is a member independently selected from H, OR*,
NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**,
--C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, halogen, cyano, nitro,
substituted or unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylfuran, substituted or unsubstituted methylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl methylthio, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted benzylthiofuranyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylmethylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted sulfonamidyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfinyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
trifluoromethylamino, substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylamino, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
morpholino, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamido, substituted or
unsubstituted arylamido, substituted or unsubstituted ureido,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted piperizinyl. In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are selected from the previous
list of substituents with the exception of --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*,
--C(O)NR*R**.
[0168] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently selected from
fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl,
trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl,
diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl,
pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl, piperizinocarbonyl,
piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorobenzyloxy,
unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted benzyl. In an exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.9a is H and R.sup.12a is H. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound has a substitutent combination for
R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a, and R.sup.12a which is a member
selected from those described in Formulae (I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic),
(Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik), (Il), (Im), (In),
(Io), (Ip), (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa),
(Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah), (Iai), (Iaj),
(Iak), above, and/or the subsequent paragraphs describing Formulae
(I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij),
(Ik), (Il), (Im), (In), (Io), (Ip), (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu),
(Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag),
(Iah), (Iai), (Iaj), (Iak).
[0169] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is an acyclic
boronic acid or ester in which a portion of the acyclic boronic
acid or ester as in Figure (IXb) below
##STR00086##
is a member selected from a structure in FIG. 12. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound is a dimer, anhydride or trimer
of an acyclic boronic acid or ester described herein. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound is a dimer, anhydride or trimer
of an acyclic boronic acid or ester in which a portion of the
acyclic boronic acid or ester as in Figure (IXb) is a member
selected a structure in FIG. 12.
[0170] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each
members independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted
methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted propyl, substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl,
substituted or unsubstituted butyl, substituted or unsubstituted
t-butyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl. R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, together with the atoms
to which they are joined, can optionally form a member selected
from substituted or unsubstituted dioxaborolane, substituted or
unsubstituted dioxaborinane, substituted or unsubstituted
dioxaborepane.
[0171] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each
members independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and benzyl. In an exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each members independently
selected from H, methyl, isopropyl, and phenyl. In an exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are methyl. In an exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are isopropyl. In an exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are H.
[0172] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2,
together with the atoms to which they are joined, form a member
selected from substituted or unsubstituted dioxaborolane,
substituted or unsubstituted dioxaborinane, substituted or
unsubstituted dioxaborepane. In another exemplary embodiment,
R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, together with the atoms to which they are
joined, form a member selected from dioxaborolane, substituted or
unsubstituted tetramethyldioxaborolane, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyldioxaborolane, dioxaborinane,
dimethyldioxaborinane and dioxaborepane.
[0173] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from
##STR00087##
[0174] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from:
##STR00088## ##STR00089## ##STR00090## ##STR00091##
##STR00092##
[0175] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from
##STR00093## ##STR00094## ##STR00095## ##STR00096##
##STR00097##
[0176] In another exemplary embodiment, the compounds and
embodiments described herein can form a hydrate with water, a
solvate with an alcohol (e.g. methanol, ethanol, propanol); an
adduct with an amino compound (e.g. ammonia, methylamine,
ethylamine); an adduct with an acid (e.g. formic acid, acetic
acid); complexes with ethanolamine, quinoline, amino acids, and the
like.
[0177] In an exemplary embodiment, acyclic boronic esters described
herein can be used as intermediates in the synthesis of the
compounds described herein. In another exemplary embodiment, the
acyclic boronic esters described herein can be used as
intermediates in the synthesis of a compound which is a member
selected from Formulae (I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If),
(Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik), (Il), (Im), (In), (Io), (Ip), (Iq),
(Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac),
(Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah), (Iai), (Iaj), (Iak).
I. f) Acyclic Boronic Acids and Esters, Part II
[0178] Acyclic boronic acids and esters described herein can also
be utilized in the invention. These compounds can be used to kill
or inhibit the growth of the microorganisms described herein, as
well as treat the diseases described herein. In addition, these
compounds can be used as synthetic intermediates in the generation
of other compounds described herein. In an exemplary embodiment,
these other compounds are the cyclic boronic esters and cyclic
borinic esters described herein.
[0179] In another aspect, the compound has a structure according to
the following formula:
##STR00098##
in which R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are members independently selected
from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, together with the atoms to which they are
attached, can be optionally joined to form a 4- to 7-membered ring.
X is a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted triflate,
halogen, substituted or unsubstituted sulfonic esters and
substituted or unsubstituted acyloxy groups, and substituted or
unsubstituted diazo. R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a are members
independently selected from H, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. A is a member selected
from CR.sup.9a and N. D is a member selected from CR.sup.10a and N.
E is a member selected from CR.sup.11a and N. G is a member
selected from CR.sup.12a and N. R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H, OR*, NR*R**,
SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**, --C(O)R*,
--C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, nitro, halogen, cyano, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Each R* and R** is a
member independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R.sup.9a and R.sup.10a,
along with the atoms to which they are attached, are optionally
joined to form a ring. R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a, along with the
atoms to which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a
ring. R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a, along with the atoms to which they
are attached, are optionally joined to form a ring. The combination
of nitrogens (A+D+E+G) is an integer selected from 0 to 3.
[0180] In an exemplary embodiment, this aspect has the proviso that
the compound is not:
##STR00099##
[0181] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to Formula (Xa)
##STR00100##
[0182] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member independently selected from H, cyano, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethyl,
trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxymethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted indolyl
and substituted or unsubstituted amido. In another exemplary
embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a is a member independently
selected from cyano, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted amido.
[0183] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
propyl, substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl, substituted or
unsubstituted butyl, substituted or unsubstituted t-butyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.4a is a member selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and benzyl. In another exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a is a member selected from
methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and
benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a
H.
[0184] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is a member selected from H, OR*, NR*R**,
SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**, --C(O)R*,
--C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, halogen, cyano, nitro, substituted or
unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxymethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylfuran, substituted or unsubstituted methylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl methylthio, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted benzylthiofuranyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylmethylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted sulfonamidyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfinyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
trifluoromethylamino, substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylamino, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
morpholino, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamido, substituted or
unsubstituted arylamido, substituted or unsubstituted ureido,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted piperizinyl. In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are selected from the previous
list of substituents with the exception of --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*,
--C(O)NR*R**.
[0185] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently selected from
fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl,
trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl,
diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl,
pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl, piperizinocarbonyl,
piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorobenzyloxy,
unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted benzyl. In an exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.9a is H and R.sup.12a is H. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound has a substitutent combination for
R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a, and R.sup.12a which is a member
selected from those described in Formulae (I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic),
(Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik), (Il), (Im), (In),
(Io), (Ip), (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa),
(Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah), (Iai), (Iaj),
(Iak), above, and/or the subsequent paragraphs describing Formulae
(I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij),
(Ik), (Il), (Im), (In), (Io), (Ip), (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu),
(Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag),
(Iah), (Iai), (Iaj), (Iak).
[0186] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is an acyclic
boronic acid or ester in which a portion of the acyclic boronic
acid or ester is as in Figure (IXb) below
##STR00101##
is a member selected from a structure in FIG. 12. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound is a dimer, anhydride or trimer
of an acyclic boronic acid or ester described herein. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound is a dimer, anhydride or trimer
of an acyclic boronic acid or ester in which a portion of the
acyclic boronic acid or ester as in Figure (IXb) is a member
selected a structure in FIG. 12.
[0187] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are each
members independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted
methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted propyl, substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl,
substituted or unsubstituted butyl, substituted or unsubstituted
t-butyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl. R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, together with the atoms
to which they are joined, can optionally form a member selected
from substituted or unsubstituted dioxaborolane, substituted or
unsubstituted dioxaborinane, substituted or unsubstituted
dioxaborepane.
[0188] In an exemplary embodiment, X is a member selected from
triflate, chloro, bromo, iodo, substituted or unsubstituted
sulfonic esters, substituted or unsubstituted acyloxy groups, and
substituted or unsubstituted diazo. In an exemplary embodiment, X
is a sulfonic ester group, which is a member selected from
substituted or unsubstituted mesylate, substituted or unsubstituted
tosylate, substituted or unsubstituted brosylate and substituted or
unsubstituted nosylate. In an exemplary embodiment, X is an acyloxy
group, which is a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted
acetoxy and substituted or unsubstituted trifluoroacetoxy. In
another exemplary embodiment, X is a member selected from bromo,
iodo, mesylate and diazo. In another exemplary embodiment, X is a
member selected from bromo and iodo.
[0189] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2,
together with the atoms to which they are joined, form a member
selected from dioxaborolane, substituted or unsubstituted
tetramethyldioxaborolane, substituted or unsubstituted
phenyldioxaborolane, dioxaborinane, dimethyldioxaborinane and
dioxaborepane.
[0190] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a are
each members independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, propyl,
butyl, phenyl, benzyl, cyano, halogen and nitro.
[0191] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from
##STR00102##
[0192] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member
selected from
##STR00103## ##STR00104## ##STR00105## ##STR00106## ##STR00107##
##STR00108## ##STR00109## ##STR00110## ##STR00111##
##STR00112##
[0193] In an exemplary embodiment, acyclic boronic esters described
herein can be used as intermediates in the synthesis of the
compounds described herein. In another exemplary embodiment, the
acyclic boronic esters described herein can be used as
intermediates in the synthesis of a compound which is a member
selected from Formulae (I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If),
(Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik), (Il), (Im), (In), (Io), (Ip), (Iq),
(Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac),
(Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah), (Iai), (Iaj), (Iak).
I. e.) Additional Compounds
[0194] Compounds such as those described herein can also be
utilized in the invention. The compounds of the invention can form
between the 2',3' diol of the ribose ring of a nucleic acid,
nucleoside or nucleotide, and a cyclic or acyclic boronic ester
such as those described herein. These compounds can be used in a
human or in an animal to kill or inhibit the growth of the
microorganisms described herein, as well as to treat the diseases
described herein. These compounds can be formed in vitro as well as
in vivo. Methods of making these compounds are provided in the
Examples section.
[0195] In another aspect, the invention provides a compound having
a structure according to the following formula:
##STR00113##
wherein B is boron. L is a member selected from OR.sup.7,
substituted or unsubstituted purine, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidine, substituted or unsubstituted pyridine and substituted
or unsubstituted imidazole. R.sup.7 is a member selected from H,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted aryl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
A is a member selected from OH, substituted or unsubstituted
monophosphate, substituted or unsubstituted diphosphate,
substituted or unsubstituted triphosphate,
##STR00114##
A1 is a nucleic acid sequence which comprises between 1 and 100
nucleotides. Q is a member selected from substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl. Q comprises said boron and at least one oxygen.
[0196] In an exemplary embodiment, the aspect has the proviso that
the compound cannot comprise a member selected from C1-C40.
[0197] In an exemplary embodiment, the aspect has a proviso that
the compound cannot comprise a member which is described in FIG.
11. In an exemplary embodiment, the aspect has a proviso that the
compound cannot involve a compound which is described in expired
U.S. Pat. No. 5,880,188.
[0198] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to the following formula (XIIa):
##STR00115##
wherein M is a member selected from O and S. J is a member selected
from (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1 and CR.sup.5a. R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a,
and R.sup.5a are members independently selected from H, halogen,
cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. n1
is an integer selected from 0 to 2. W is a member selected from
C.dbd.O (carbonyl), (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m and CR.sup.8a.
R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, and R.sup.8a are members independently selected
from H, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. The index m1 is an integer
selected from 0 and 1. A is a member selected from CR.sup.9a and N.
D is a member selected from CR.sup.10a and N. E is a member
selected from CR.sup.11a and N. G is a member selected from
CR.sup.12a and N. R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are
members independently selected from H, OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*,
--S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**, --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*,
--C(O)NR*R**, nitro, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Each R* and R** are
members independently selected from H, nitro, halogen, cyano,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. The combination
of nitrogens (A+D+E+G) is an integer selected from 0 to 3. A member
selected from R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a and R.sup.5a and a member selected
from R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a and R.sup.8a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.6a and R.sup.7a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.9a and R.sup.10a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring.
[0199] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member independently selected from H, cyano, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethyl,
trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxymethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted indolyl
and substituted or unsubstituted amido. In another exemplary
embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a is a member independently
selected from cyano, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted amido.
[0200] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
propyl, substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl, substituted or
unsubstituted butyl, substituted or unsubstituted t-butyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.4a is a member selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and benzyl. In another exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a is a member selected from
methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and
benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a
H.
[0201] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is an member independently selected from H,
OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**,
--C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, halogen, cyano, nitro,
substituted or unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylfuran, substituted or unsubstituted methylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl methylthio, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted benzylthiofuranyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylmethylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted sulfonamidyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfinyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
trifluoromethylamino, substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylamino, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
morpholino, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamido, substituted or
unsubstituted arylamido, substituted or unsubstituted ureido,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted piperizinyl. In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are selected from the previous
list of substituents with the exception of --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*,
--C(O)NR*R**.
[0202] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently selected from
fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl,
trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl,
diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl,
pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl, piperizinocarbonyl,
piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorobenzyloxy,
unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted benzyl.
[0203] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to the following formula:
##STR00116##
In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H, halogen,
cyano, nitro, substituted or unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl methoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted benzylfuran, substituted or
unsubstituted methylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
mercaptomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylthio, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylthio, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl
methylthio, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylthio, substituted
or unsubstituted pyrimidinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
benzylthiofuranyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted sulfonamidyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfinyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
trifluoromethylamino, substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylamino, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
morpholino, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamido, substituted or
unsubstituted arylamido, substituted or unsubstituted ureido,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted piperizinyl.
[0204] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H,
fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl,
trifluoromethyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl,
diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl,
pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl, piperizinocarbonyl,
piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, and 4-fluorobenzyloxy. In an
exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a is H and R.sup.12a is H. In an
exemplary embodiment, the compound has a substitutent combination
for R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a, and R.sup.12a which is a member
selected from those described in Formulae (I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic),
(Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik), (I1), (Im), (In),
(Io), (Ip), (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa),
(Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah), (Iai), (Iaj),
(Iak) above, and/or the subsequent paragraphs describing Formulae
(I), (Ia) (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij),
(Ik), (I1), (Im), (In), (Io), (Ip), (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu),
(Iv), (Iw), (Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag),
(Iah), (Iai), (Iaj), (Iak).
[0205] In an exemplary embodiment, the portion of the cyclic
boronic ester as in the figure below
##STR00117##
is a member selected from a structure in FIG. 12.
[0206] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to the following formula:
##STR00118##
[0207] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to the following formula:
##STR00119##
In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure according
to the following formula:
##STR00120##
[0208] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure which is a member selected from Formulae (XII), (XIIa),
(XIIb), (XIIc), (XIId) and (XIIe) wherein L is a member selected
from substituted or unsubstituted adenine, substituted or
unsubstituted guanine, substituted or unsubstituted cytidine,
substituted or unsubstituted uracil, and substituted or
unsubstituted thymine. In another exemplary embodiment, L is OH. In
another exemplary embodiment, L is adenine.
[0209] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure which is a member selected from
##STR00121##
[0210] In another exemplary embodiment, A1 is a nucleic acid
sequence between 72 and 90 nucleotides. In another exemplary
embodiment, A1 is a nucleic acid sequence between 35 and 150
nucleotides. In another exemplary embodiment, A1 is a nucleic acid
sequence between 50 and 100 nucleotides. In another exemplary
embodiment, A1 is a nucleic acid sequence between 75 and 85
nucleotides. In another exemplary embodiment, A1 is a nucleic acid
sequence which is a tRNA or a portion of a tRNA. In another
exemplary embodiment, said tRNA or the portion of said tRNA is a
member selected from alanyl tRNA, isoleucyl tRNA, leucyl tRNA,
methionyl tRNA, lysyl tRNA, phenylalanyl tRNA, prolyl tRNA,
threonyl tRNA and valyl tRNA. In another exemplary embodiment, said
tRNA or the portion of said tRNA is leucyl tRNA. In another
exemplary embodiment, said tRNA or the portion of said tRNA has a
sequence which is a member selected from SEQ ID NOS: 18-62. In
another exemplary embodiment, A1 is a nucleic acid sequence wherein
two final nucleotides are each cytidine.
[0211] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound further
comprises a tRNA synthetase or a portion of a tRNA synthetase which
comprises the editing domain, wherein said compound is
noncovalently attached to the editing domain of said tRNA
synthetase. In another exemplary embodiment, the tRNA synthetase is
a member selected from a mitochondrial tRNA synthetase and a
cytoplasmic tRNA synthetase. In another exemplary embodiment, the
tRNA synthetase is a member selected from alanyl tRNA synthetase,
isoleucyl tRNA synthetase, leucyl tRNA synthetase, methionyl tRNA
synthetase, lysyl tRNA synthetase, phenylalanyl tRNA synthetase,
prolyl tRNA synthetase, threonyl tRNA synthetase and valyl tRNA
synthetase.
[0212] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound described herein is
present in a microorganism described in this application.
[0213] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound is not present in a microorganism that is a member
selected from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Aspergillus niger,
Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus, Aureobasidium
pullulans, Fusarium solani, Penicillium pinophilum, Scopulariopsis
brevicaulis, Streptoverticillium waksmanii, Alternaria alternata,
Cladosporium herbarum, Phoma violacea, Stemphylium dentriticum,
Candida albicans, Escherichia coli, and Glioclasium roseum. In
another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that when the
compound is present in a fungus, the fungus is not a member
selected from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Aspergillus niger, Fusarium
solani, Penicillium pinophilum, Scopulariopsis brevicaulis,
Streptoverticillium waksmanii, Alternaria alternata, Cladosporium
herbarum, Phoma violacea, Stemphylium dentriticum, Candida
albicans, and Glioclasium roseum.
[0214] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in a
microorganism which is a member selected from a dermatophyte,
Trichophyton, Microsporum, Epidermophyton and yeast-like fungi. In
an exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that when the compound
is present in a yeast-like fungus, that yeast-like fungus is not a
member selected from Aspergillus niger and Candida albicans. In
another exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is a member
selected from a dermatophyte, Trichophyton, Microsporum,
Epidermophyton and yeast-like fungi. In an exemplary embodiment,
the microorganism is a dermatophyte. In another exemplary
embodiment, the microorganism is a member selected from
Trichophyton species. In an exemplary embodiment, the microorganism
is a member selected from is a member selected from T. rubrum and
T. menagrophytes. In an exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is
a dermatophyte and said dermatophyte is a member selected from T.
rubrum and T. menagrophytes.
[0215] In another exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in
a human or an animal. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound
is present in a microorganism which is in, or on the surface of, a
human or an animal. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound
is present in a microoganism which is present in a human nail unit
of a human or a nail, hoof, or horn component of an animal. In
another exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in a
microoganism which is present in a member selected from a human
nail plate, human nail bed, proximal nail fold, lateral nail fold
and combinations thereof. In another exemplary embodiment, the
compound is present in a microoganism which is present in a member
selected from a human nail plate and a human nail bed. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in a microoganism
which is present in a member selected from a proximal nail fold and
a lateral nail fold. In another exemplary embodiment, the
microorganism is a member selected from dermatophyte, Trichophyton,
Microsporum, Epidermophyton and yeast-like fungi. In another
exemplary embodiment, wherein said compound is a dermatophyte. In
another exemplary embodiment, the dermatophyte is a member selected
from T. rubrum and T. menagrophytes.
I. f) Formulations with Keratin
[0216] When a compound of the invention described herein is applied
to a nail component of a human, the compound absorbs or penetrates
into the nail. The human nail is primarily composed of keratin
(i.e. hair keratin or .alpha.-keratin) as well as trace amounts of
lipid components. Therefore, in the process of treating a disease
of the nail or killing or inhibiting the growth of a microorganism,
a formulation comprising a human nail unit and a compound of the
invention is formed.
[0217] In another aspect, the invention provides a formulation
comprising: (a) a compound which is a member selected from a
boron-containing compound, a 2'-amino ribofuranose-containing
compound, a 3'-amino ribofuranose-containing compound, and
combinations thereof; and (b) a keratin containing component which
is a member selected from a human nail unit, skin and hair. In an
exemplary embodiment, the compound of part (a) contacts the
component of part (b). In an exemplary embodiment, the keratin
containing component is a nail plate of the human nail unit. In an
exemplary embodiment, the keratin containing component is a nail
bed of the human nail unit. In an exemplary embodiment, the keratin
containing component is a proximal nail fold of the human nail
unit. In an exemplary embodiment, the keratin containing component
is a lateral nail fold of the human nail unit. In another exemplary
embodiment, the human nail unit comprises a member selected from
keratin and lipid. In another exemplary embodiment, keratin is a
member selected from skin keratin and nail/hair keratin. In another
exemplary embodiment, lipid is a member selected from cholesterol
sulfate, cerebroside, ceramide, free sterol, free fatty acids,
triglycerides, sterol esters, wax esters, and squalene.
[0218] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in the
formulation at a concentration which is a member selected from
about 0.001%, about 0.01%, about 0.05%, about 0.1%, about 0.5%,
about 1%, about 1.5%, about 2%, about 2.5%, about 3%. In another
exemplary embodiment, the keratin is present in said formulation at
a concentration which is a member selected from about 99.99%, about
99.95%, about 99.90%, about 99.5%, about 99.0%, about 98.5%, about
98.0%, about 97.5% and about 97%. In another exemplary embodiment,
the compound is a compound described herein. In another exemplary
embodiment, the compound is as described in Formulae (I), (Ia)
(Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik), (II),
(Im), (In), (Io), (Ip), (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw),
(Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah),
(Iai), (Iaj), (Iak), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), and (III).
In another exemplary embodiment, the compound is an acyclic boronic
ester as described herein. In another exemplary embodiment, the
compound is a member selected from C1-C96 described herein. In
another exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member selected
from a compound appearing in FIG. 19. In another exemplary
embodiment, the compound is a member selected from a compound
appearing in FIG. 20. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound
is 1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In another
exemplary embodiment,
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole is present is said
formulation at a concentration which is a member selected from
about 0.001%, about 0.01%, about 0.05%, about 0.1%, about 0.5%,
about 1%, and about 1.5%.
[0219] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
forming this formulation, wherein said method comprises applying
said compound to a formulation comprising keratin, thereby forming
said formulation. In an exemplary embodiment, the formulation
comprising keratin is a human nail unit. In an exemplary
embodiment, the formulation comprising keratin is a member selected
from a nail plate, nail bed, proximal nail fold, and lateral nail
fold. Methods of making these formulations are described in the
Examples section.
I. g.) Preparation of Boron-Containing Editing Domain
Inhibitors
[0220] Compounds of use in the present invention can be prepared
using commercially available starting materials, known
intermediates, or by using the synthetic methods published in
references described and incorporated by reference herein.
I. h.) Boronic Esters
[0221] The following exemplary schemes illustrate methods of
preparing boron-containing molecules of the present invention.
These methods are not limited to producing the compounds shown, but
can be used to prepare a variety of molecules such as the compounds
and complexes described herein. The compounds of the present
invention can also be synthesized by methods not explicitly
illustrated in the schemes but are well within the skill of one in
the art. The compounds can be prepared using readily available
materials of known intermediates.
[0222] In the following schemes, the symbol X represents bromo or
iodo. The symbol Y is selected from H, lower alkyl, and arylalkyl.
The symbol Z is selected from H, alkyl, and aryl. The symbol PG
represents protecting group. The symbols A, D, E, G, R.sup.x,
R.sup.y, R.sup.z, R.sup.1a, R.sup.2a, R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a, R.sup.5a,
R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, R.sup.8a, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a, and
R.sup.12a can be used to refer to the corresponding symbols in the
compounds described herein.
[0223] Boronic Acid Preparation Strategy #1
[0224] In Scheme 1, Step 1 and 2, compounds 1 or 2 are converted
into alcohol 3. In step 1, compound 1 is treated with a reducing
agent in an appropriate solvent. Suitable reducing agents include
borane complexes, such as borane-tetrahydrofuran,
borane-dimethylsulfide, combinations thereof and the like. Lithium
aluminum hydride, or sodium borohydride can also be used as
reducing agents. The reducing agents can be used in quantities
ranging from 0.5 to 5 equivalents, relative to compound 1 or 2.
Suitable solvents include diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran,
1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, combinations thereof and the
like. Reaction temperatures range from 0.degree. C. to the boiling
point of the solvent used; reaction completion times range from 1
to 24 h.
[0225] In Step 2, the carbonyl group of compound 2 is treated with
a reducing agent in an appropriate solvent. Suitable reducing
agents include borane complexes, such as borane-tetrahydrofuran,
borane-dimethylsulfide, combinations thereof and the like. Lithium
aluminum hydride, or sodium borohydride can also be used as
reducing agents. The reducing agents can be used in quantities
ranging from 0.5 to 5 equivalents, relative to compound 2. Suitable
solvents include lower alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, and
propanol, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and
1,2-dimethoxyethane, combinations thereof and the like. Reaction
temperatures range from 0.degree. C. to the boiling point of the
solvent used; reaction completion times range from 1 to 24 h.
[0226] In Step 3, the hydroxyl group of compound 3 is protected
with a protecting group which is stable under neutral or basic
conditions. The protecting group is typically selected from
methoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl, tetrahydropyran-2-yl, trimethylsilyl,
tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tributylsilyl, combinations thereof and
the like. In the case of methoxymethyl, compound 3 is treated with
1 to 3 equivalents of chloromethyl methyl ether in the presence of
a base. Suitable bases include sodium hydride, potassium
tert-butoxide, tertiary amines, such as diisopropylethylamine,
triethylamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene, and inorganic
bases, such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium
hydroxide, potassium carbonate, combinations thereof and the like.
The bases can be used in quantities ranging from 1 to 3
equivalents, relative to compound 3. Reaction temperatures range
from 0.degree. C. to the boiling point of the solvent used;
preferably between 0 and 40.degree. C.; reaction completion times
range from 1 h to 5 days.
[0227] In the case of tetrahydropyran-2-yl, compound 3 is treated
with 1 to 3 equivalents of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran in the presence of
1 to 10 mol % of acid catalyst. Suitable acid catalysts include
pyridinium p-toluenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid,
camphorsulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, hydrogen chloride,
sulfuric acid, combinations thereof and the like. Suitable solvents
include dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane,
1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, benzene, and acetonitrile
combinations thereof and the like. Reaction temperatures range from
0.degree. C. to the boiling point of the solvent used; preferably
between 0 and 60.degree. C., and is complete in 1 h to 5 days.
[0228] In the case of trialkylsilyl, compound 3 is treated with 1
to 3 equivalents of chlorotrialkylsilyane in the presence of 1 to 3
equivalents of base. Suitable bases include tertiary amines, such
as imidazole, diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine,
1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene, combinations thereof and the
like. Reaction temperatures range from 0.degree. C. to the boiling
point of the solvent used; preferably between 0 and 40.degree. C.;
reaction completion times range from 1 to 48 h.
[0229] In Step 4, compound 4 is converted into boronic acid (5)
through halogen metal exchange reaction. Compound 4 is treated with
1 to 3 equivalents of alkylmetal reagent relative to compound 4,
such as n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, tert-butyllithium,
isopropylmagnesium chloride or Mg turnings with or without an
initiator such as diisobutylaluminum hydride (DiBAl), followed by
the addition of 1 to 3 equivalents of trialkyl borate relative to
compound 4, such as trimethyl borate, triisopropyl borate, or
tributyl borate. Suitable solvents include tetrahydrofuran, ether,
1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, hexanes, combinations
thereof and the like. Alkylmetal reagent may also be added in the
presence of trialkyl borate. The addition of butyllithium is
carried out at between -100 and 0.degree. C., preferably at between
-80 and -40.degree. C. The addition of isopropylmagnesium chloride
is carried out at between -80 and 40.degree. C., preferably at
between -20 and 30.degree. C. The addition of Mg turnings, with or
without the addition of DiBAl, is carried out at between -80 and
40.degree. C., preferably at between -35 and 30.degree. C. The
addition of the trialkyl borate is carried out at between -100 and
20.degree. C. After the addition of trialkyl borate, the reaction
is allowed to warm to room temperature, which is typically between
-30 and 30.degree. C. When alkylmetal reagent is added in the
presence of trialkyl borate, the reaction mixture is allowed to
warm to room temperature after the addition. Reaction completion
times range from 1 to 12 h. Compound 5 may not be isolated and may
be used for the next step without purification or in one pot.
[0230] In Step 5, the protecting group of compound 5 is removed
under acidic conditions to give compound of the invention. Suitable
acids include acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrochloric acid,
hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the
like. The acids can be used in quantities ranging from 0.1 to 20
equivalents, relative to compound 5. When the protecting group is
trialkylsilyl, basic reagents, such as tetrabutylammonium fluoride,
can also be used. Suitable solvents include tetrahydrofuran,
1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, propanol,
acetonitrile, acetone, combination thereof and the like. Reaction
temperatures range from 0.degree. C. to the boiling point of the
solvent used; preferably between 10.degree. C. and reflux
temperature of the solvent; reaction completion times range from
0.5 to 48 h. The product can be purified by methods known to those
of skill in the art.
##STR00122##
[0231] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of making
a tetrahydropyran-containing boronic ester, said ester having a
structure according to the following formula:
##STR00123##
wherein R.sup.1 and R.sub.2 are members independently selected from
H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R.sup.1 and
R.sup.2, together with the atoms to which they are attached, can be
optionally joined to form a 4- to 7-membered ring. R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10% R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently
selected from H, OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*,
--S(O).sub.2NR*R**, nitro, halogen, cyano, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R* and R** is a member
selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
The method comprises: a) subjecting a first compound to Grignard or
organolithium conditions, said first compound having a structure
according to the following formula:
##STR00124##
[0232] b) contacting the product of step a) with a borate ester,
thereby forming said tetrahydropyran-containing boronic ester. In
an exemplary embodiment, halogen is a member selected from iodo and
bromo. In another exemplary embodiment, the borate ester is a
member selected from B(OR.sup.1).sub.2(OR.sup.2), wherein R.sup.1
and R.sup.2 are each members independently selected from H,
substituted or unsubstituted methyl, substituted or unsubstituted
ethyl, substituted or unsubstituted propyl, substituted or
unsubstituted isopropyl, substituted or unsubstituted butyl,
substituted or unsubstituted t-butyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl. R.sup.1 and
R.sup.2, together with the atoms to which they are joined, can
optionally form a member selected from substituted or unsubstituted
dioxaborolane, substituted or unsubstituted dioxaborinane and
substituted or unsubstituted dioxaborepane. In another exemplary
embodiment, the borate ester is a member selected from
B(OR.sup.1).sub.2(OR.sup.2), wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.2, together
with the atoms to which they are joined, form a member selected
from dioxaborolane, substituted or unsubstituted
tetramethyldioxaborolane, substituted or unsubstituted
phenyldioxaborolane, dioxaborinane, dimethyldioxaborinane and
dioxaborepane. In another exemplary embodiment, the Grignard or
organolithium conditions further comprise diisobutyl aluminum
hydride. In another exemplary embodiment, the temperature of the
Grignard reaction does not exceed about 35.degree. C. In another
exemplary embodiment, the temperature of the Grignard reaction does
not exceed about 40.degree. C. In another exemplary embodiment, the
temperature of the Grignard reaction does not exceed about
45.degree. C. In an exemplary embodiment, step (b) is performed at
a temperature of from about -30.degree. C. to about -20.degree. C.
In another exemplary embodiment, step (b) is performed at a
temperature of from about -35.degree. C. to about -25.degree. C. In
another exemplary embodiment, step (b) is performed at a
temperature of from about -50.degree. C. to about -0.degree. C. In
another exemplary embodiment, step (b) is performed at a
temperature of from about -40.degree. C. to about -20.degree. C. In
another exemplary embodiment, the tetrahydropyran-containing
boronic ester is
##STR00125##
[0233] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of making
a compound having a structure according to the following
formula
##STR00126##
[0234] said method comprising: a) subjecting a first compound to
Grignard or organolithium conditions, said first compound having a
structure according to the following formula:
##STR00127##
b) quenching said subjecting reaction with water and a organic
acid, thereby forming said compound. In an exemplary embodiment,
wherein said organic acid is a member selected from acetic acid. In
another exemplary embodiment, the quenching step is essentially not
contacted with a strong acid. In another exemplary embodiment, the
compound is 1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In
another exemplary embodiment, the compound is purified by
recrystallization from a recrystallization solvent, wherein said
recrystallization solvent essentially does not contain
acetonitrile. In an exemplary embodiment, the recrystallization
solvent contains less than 2% acetonitrile. In an exemplary
embodiment, the recrystallization solvent contains less than 1%
acetonitrile. In an exemplary embodiment, the recrystallization
solvent contains less than 0.5% acetonitrile. In an exemplary
embodiment, the recrystallization solvent contains less than 0.1%
acetonitrile. In an exemplary embodiment, the recrystallization
solvent contains toluene and a hydrocarbon solvent. In an exemplary
embodiment, the recrystallization solvent contains about 1:1
toluene: hydrocarbon solvent. In an exemplary embodiment, the
recrystallization solvent contains about 2:1 toluene: hydrocarbon
solvent. In an exemplary embodiment, the recrystallization solvent
contains about 3:1 toluene:hydrocarbon solvent. In an exemplary
embodiment, the recrystallization solvent contains about 4:1
toluene: hydrocarbon solvent. In an exemplary embodiment, the
hydrocarbon solvent is a member selected from heptane, octane,
hexane, pentane and nonane. In an exemplary embodiment, the
recrystallization solvent is 3:1 toluene:heptane.
[0235] Boronic Acid Preparation Strategy #2
[0236] In Scheme 2, Step 6, compound 2 is converted into boronic
acid (6) via a transition metal catalyzed cross-coupling reaction.
Compound 2 is treated with 1 to 3 equivalents of
bis(pinacolato)diboron or 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane
in the presence of transition metal catalyst, with the use of
appropriate ligand and base as necessary. Suitable transition metal
catalysts include palladium(II) acetate, palladium(II)
acetoacetonate, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium,
dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium,
[1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocen]dichloropalladium(II),
combinations thereof and the like. The catalyst can be used in
quantities ranging from 1 to 5 mol % relative to compound 2.
Suitable ligands include triphenylphosphine, tri(o-tolyl)phosphine,
tricyclohexylphosphine, combinations thereof and the like. The
ligand can be used in quantities ranging from 1 to 5 equivalents
relative to compound 2. Suitable bases include sodium carbonate,
potassium carbonate, potassium phenoxide, triethylamine,
combinations thereof and the like. The base can be used in
quantities ranging from 1 to 5 equivalents relative to compound 2.
Suitable solvents include N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsufoxide,
tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, toluene, combinations thereof and the
like. Reaction temperatures range from 20.degree. C. to the boiling
point of the solvent used; preferably between 50 and 150.degree.
C.; reaction completion times range from 1 to 72 h.
[0237] Pinacol ester is then oxidatively cleaved to give compound
6. Pinacol ester is treated with sodium periodate followed by acid.
Sodium periodate can be used in quantities ranging from 2 to 5
equivalents relative to compound 6. Suitable solvents include
tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol,
combinations thereof and the like. Suitable acids include
hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid combinations
thereof and the like. Reaction temperatures range from 0.degree. C.
to the boiling point of the solvent used; preferably between 0 and
50.degree. C.; reaction completion times range from 1 to 72 h.
[0238] In Step 7, the carbonyl group of compound 6 is treated with
a reducing agent in an appropriate solvent to give a compound of
the invention. Suitable reducing agents include borane complexes,
such as borane-tetrahydrofuran, borane-dimethylsulfide,
combinations thereof and the like. Lithium aluminum hydride, or
sodium borohydride can also be used as reducing agents. The
reducing agents can be used in quantities ranging from 0.5 to 5
equivalents, relative to compound 6. Suitable solvents include
lower alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, and propanol, diethyl
ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and 1,2-dimethoxyethane,
combinations thereof and the like. Reaction temperatures range from
0.degree. C. to the boiling point of the solvent used; reaction
completion times range from 1 to 24 h.
##STR00128##
[0239] Boronic Acid Preparation Strategy #3
[0240] In Scheme 3, Step 8, compounds of the invention can be
prepared in one step from compound 3. Compound 3 is mixed with
trialkyl borate then treated with alkylmetal reagent. Suitable
alkylmetal reagents include n-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium,
tert-butyllithium combinations thereof and the like. Suitable
trialkyl borates include trimethyl borate, triisopropyl borate,
tributyl borate, combinations thereof and the like. The addition of
butyllithium is carried out at between -100 and 0.degree. C.,
preferably at between -80 and -40.degree. C. The reaction mixture
is allowed to warm to room temperature after the addition. Reaction
completion times range from 1 to 12 h. The trialkyl borate can be
used in quantities ranging from 1 to 5 equivalents relative to
compound 3. The alkylmetal reagent can be used in quantities
ranging from 1 to 2 equivalents relative to compound 3. Suitable
solvents include tetrahydrofuran, ether, 1,4-dioxane,
1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, hexanes, combinations thereof and the
like. Reaction completion times range from 1 to 12 h.
Alternatively, a mixture of compound 3 and trialkyl borate can be
refluxed for 1 to 3 h and the alcohol molecule formed upon the
ester exchange can be distilled out before the addition of
alkylmetal reagent.
##STR00129##
[0241] Boronic Acid Preparation Strategy #4
[0242] In Scheme 4, Step 10, the methyl group of compound 7 is
brominated using N-bromosuccinimide. N-bromosuccinimide can be used
in quantities ranging from 0.9 to 1.2 equivalents relative to
compound 7. Suitable solvents include carbon tetrachloride,
tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, chlorobenzene, combinations thereof
and the like. Reaction temperatures range from 20.degree. C. to the
boiling point of the solvent used; preferably between 50 and
150.degree. C.; reaction completion times range from 1 to 12 h.
[0243] In Step 11, the bromomethylene group of compound 8 is
converted to the benzyl alcohol 3. Compound 8 is treated with
sodium acetate or potassium acetate. These acetates can be used in
quantities ranging from 1 to 10 equivalents relative to compound 8.
Suitable solvents include tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane,
N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone,
dimethylsulfoxide, combinations thereof and the like. Reaction
temperatures range from 20.degree. C. to the boiling point of the
solvent used; preferably between 50 and 100.degree. C.; reaction
completion times range from 1 to 12 h. The resulting acetate is
hydrolyzed to compound 3 under basic conditions. Suitable bases
include sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide,
combinations thereof and the like. The base can be used in
quantities ranging from 1 to 5 equivalents relative to compound 8.
Suitable solvents include methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran,
water, combinations thereof and the like. Reaction temperatures
range from 20.degree. C. to the boiling point of the solvent used;
preferably between 50 and 100.degree. C.; reaction completion times
range from 1 to 12 h. Alternatively, compound 8 can be directly
converted into compound 3 under the similar condition above.
[0244] Steps 3 through 5 convert compound 3 into a compound of the
invention.
##STR00130##
[0245] Boronic Acid Preparation Strategy #5
[0246] In Scheme 5, Step 12, compound 2 is treated with
(methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride or
(methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide in the presence of base
followed by acid hydrolysis to give compound 9. Suitable bases
include sodium hydride, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium
diisopropylamide, butyllithium, lithium hexamethyldisilazane,
combinations thereof and the like. The
(methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium salt can be used in quantities
ranging from 1 to 5 equivalents relative to compound 2. The base
can be used in quantities ranging from 1 to 5 equivalents relative
to compound 2. Suitable solvents include tetrahydrofuran,
1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, ether, toluene, hexane,
N,N-dimethylformamide, combinations thereof and the like. Reaction
temperatures range from 0.degree. C. to the boiling point of the
solvent used; preferably between 0 and 30.degree. C.; reaction
completion times range from 1 to 12 h. The enolether formed is
hydrolyzed under acidic conditions. Suitable acids include
hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, and the like.
Suitable solvents include tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane,
1,4-dioxane, methanol, ethanol, combination thereof and the like.
Reaction temperatures range from 20.degree. C. to the boiling point
of the solvent used; preferably between 50 and 100.degree. C.;
reaction completion times range from 1 to 12 h.
[0247] Steps 2 through 5 convert compound 9 into a compound of the
invention.
##STR00131##
[0248] Boronic Acid Preparation Strategy #6
[0249] In Scheme 6, compound (I) wherein R.sup.1 is H is converted
into compound (I) wherein R.sup.1 is alkyl by mixing with the
corresponding alcohol, R.sup.1OH. The suitable solvents include
tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, toluene,
combinations thereof and the like. The alcohol (R'OH) can be used
as the solvent as well. Reaction temperatures range from 20.degree.
C. to the boiling point of the solvent used; preferably between 50
and 100.degree. C.; reaction completion times range from 1 to 12
h.
##STR00132##
[0250] Boronic Acid Preparation Strategy #7
[0251] In Scheme 7, compound (Ia) is converted into its
aminoalcohol complex (Ib). Compound (Ia) is treated with
HOR.sup.1NR.sup.1aR.sup.1b. The aminoalcohol can be used in
quantities ranging from 1 to 10 equivalents relative to compound
(Ia). Suitable solvents include methanol, ethanol, propanol,
tetrahydrofuran, acetone, acetonitrile, 1,2-dimethoxyethane,
1,4-dioxane, toluene, N,N-dimethylformamide, water, combination
thereof and the like. Reaction temperatures range from 20.degree.
C. to the boiling point of the solvent used; preferably between 50
and 100.degree. C.; reaction completion times range from 1 to 24
h.
##STR00133##
[0252] The compounds of the invention can be converted into
hydrates and solvates by methods similar to those described
above.
I. h.) Borinic Esters
[0253] Methods of making borinic esters are known in the art, and
it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to use these
methods in order to make the boronic esters described herein.
Examples include U.S. patent Ser. No. 10/868,268 and U.S. Prov.
Pat. No. ______ (Attorney Docket No. 64507-5021PR, filed May 2,
2006) which are herein incorporated by reference.
I. i.) 2'-amino or 3'-amino ribofuranoses
[0254] Methods of making 2'-amino ribofuranoses or 3'-amino
ribofuranoses are known in the art, and it is within the knowledge
of one skilled in the art to use these methods in order to make the
2'-amino ribofuranoses described herein.
[0255] Ashton et al. (Can. Pat. App. 2,031,644 (1991)) and Durette,
et al. (UK Pat. App. 2,207,678 (1989)) disclose the synthesis of
the amino acid starting material for compound D5. Hardee, et al.,
(PCT Int. App. WO2005020885 (2005)) discloses the synthesis of the
nucleoside starting material for compound D6. Sakthivel,
(Sakthivel, et al., Tet. Let. 46(22): 3883-3887 (2005)) Sartorelli,
et al., (U.S. Pat. Appl. Pub. 2004116362); Roberts, et al., (PCT
Int. Appl. WO2003093290); Liu, et al., Nucleosides, Nucleotides
& Nucleic Acids, 20(12): 1975-2000 (2001); Minakawa, et al., J.
Org. Chem., 64(19): 7158-7172 (1999); Daelemans, et al., Molecular
Pharmacology, 52(6): 1157-1163 (1997) all disclose the synthesis of
the nucleoside starting material for compound D7.
[0256] Examples of how to prepare these compounds is shown
below:
##STR00134## ##STR00135##
[0257] Compounds 1-14 are produced by a final step (Lincecum, T. L.
et al., S. Molecular Cell, 11: 951-963 (2003); Kim, B.-T. et al.,
J. Bull. Korean Chem. Soc., 25: 243-248 (2004)):
##STR00136##
[0258] Compounds 15-18 are produced by a final step (See
Lincecum):
##STR00137##
[0259] Methods for preparing dimers, trimers and higher homologs of
small organic molecules, such as those of use in the present
invention, as well as methods of functionalizing a polyfunctional
framework molecule are well known to those of skill in the art. For
example, an aromatic amine of the invention is converted to the
corresponding isothiocyanate by the action of thiophosgene. The
resulting isothiocyanate is coupled to an amine of the invention,
thereby forming either a homo- or heterodimeric species.
Alternatively, the isothiocyanate is coupled with an
amine-containing backbone, such as polylysine, thereby forming a
conjugate between a polyvalent framework and a compound of the
invention. If it is desired to prepare a heterofunctionalized
polyvalent species, the polylysine is underlabeled with the first
isothiocyanate and subsequently labeled with one or more different
isothiocyanates. Alternatively, a mixture of isothiocyanates is
added to the backbone. Purification proceeds by, for example, size
exclusion chromatography, dialysis, nanofiltration and the
like.
II. Assays for Inhibitors of tRNA Synthetase Editing Domains
[0260] Art-recognized techniques of genetics and molecular biology
are of use to identify compounds that bind to and/or inhibit the
editing domain of a tRNA synthetase. Moreover, these techniques are
of use to distinguish whether a compound binds to and/or inhibits
the synthetic domain, the editing domain, or both the editing and
synthetic domains.
[0261] In an exemplary assay, activity of a representative compound
against the editing domain was confirmed. To identify the target of
the novel boron-containing antifungal compound C10, mutants in S.
cerevisiae showing resistance to compound C10 were isolated.
Characterization of 11 mutants showed that they have an 8-64 fold
increase in resistance to C10 over wildtype. The mutants were
furthermore shown to be sensitive to various antifungal agents with
known modes of action, suggesting that the cellular target of C10
is distinct from the target of the other antifungal agents.
Isolation of three different plasmids bearing CDC60 from plasmid
libraries generated from three independently isolated mutants
implicated CDC60, the gene for the cytoplasmic leucyl-tRNA
synthetase in resistance against C10. Sequence analysis of CDC60
from the 11 mutants revealed that the mutations were all located in
the editing domain of this enzyme. In a further series of
experiments, additional copies of the CDC60 gene were introduced in
S. cerevisiae, which gave rise to an eight-fold increase in
resistance to C10. These findings confirm a strong link between the
editing activity of the enzyme and the inhibition of C10, which
entails a novel mechanism of tRNA synthetase inhibition.
[0262] Assays to determine whether, and how effectively, a
particular compound binds to and/or inhibits the editing domain of
a selected tRNA synthetase are also set forth herein, and
additional assays are readily available to those of skill in the
art. Briefly, in an exemplary assay, an improperly charged tRNA and
a tRNA synthetase that is capable of editing the improperly charged
tRNA are combined. The resulting mixture is contacted with the
putative inhibitor and the degree of editing inhibition is
observed.
[0263] Another assay uses genetics to show that a drug works via
the editing domain. In this assay, the compound is first tested
against a strain of cells over-expressing copies of the tRNA
synthetase gene. The compound's effect on the over-expressing
strain is compared with a control strain to determine whether the
compound is active against the synthetase. If the minimum
inhibitory concentration (MIC) is 2-fold higher in the strain with
extra copies of the synthetase gene than the MIC of the inhibitor
against a wild type cell, a further genetic screen is conducted to
determine whether the increased resistance is due to mutations in
the editing domain. In this second screen, the control strain is
challenged against a high concentration of the inhibitor. The
colonies surviving the challenge are isolated and DNA from these
cells is isolated. The editing domain is amplified using a
proof-reading PCR enzyme and the appropriate primers. The PCR
product can be purified using standard procedures. The sequence
amplified mutant DNA is compared to wild-type. If the mutant DNA
bears mutations in the editing domain, such results would suggest
that the compound binds to the editing domain and affects the
editing function of the molecule through this domain.
[0264] The assays set forth above are useful in essentially any
microbial system, e.g., bacterial, fungal, parasitic, viral and the
like.
[0265] Generally, the compounds to be tested are present in the
assays in ranges from about 1 pM to about 100 mM, preferably from
about 1 pM to about 1 .mu.M. Other compounds range from about 1 nM
to about 100 nM, preferably from about 1 nM to about 1 .mu.M.
[0266] The effects of the test compounds upon the function of the
enzymes can also be measured by any suitable physiological change.
When the functional consequences are determined using intact cells
or animals, one can also measure a variety of effects such as
transmitter release, hormone release, transcriptional changes to
both known and uncharacterized genetic markers, changes in cell
metabolism such as cell growth or pH changes, and changes in
intracellular second messengers such as Ca.sup.2+, or cyclic
nucleotides.
[0267] High throughput screening (HTS) is also of use in
identifying promising candidates of the invention.
[0268] Utilizing the assays set forth herein and others readily
available in the art, those of skill in the art will be able to
readily and routinely determine other compounds and classes of
compounds that operate to bind to and/or inhibit the editing domain
of tRNA synthetases.
[0269] In another aspect, the invention provides a method for
identifying a compound which binds to an editing domain of a tRNA
synthetase comprising: a) contacting said editing domain with a
test compound under conditions suitable for binding; and b)
detecting binding of said test compound to said editing domain. In
an exemplary embodiment, detecting binding of said compound
comprises use of at least one detectable element, isotope, or
chemical label attached to said compound. In an exemplary
embodiment, the element, isotope or chemical label is detected by a
fluorescent, luminescent, radioactive, or absorbance readout. In an
exemplary embodiment, the contacting of said test compound with
said editing domain also includes further contacting said test
compound and said editing domain with a member selected from AMP
and a molecule with a terminal adenosine. In an exemplary
embodiment, said tRNA synthetase is derived from a member selected
from alanyl tRNA synthetase, isoleucyl tRNA synthetase, leucyl tRNA
synthetase, methionyl tRNA synthetase, lysyl tRNA synthetase,
phenylalanyl tRNA synthetase, prolyl tRNA synthetase, threonyl tRNA
synthetase and valyl tRNA synthetase. In an exemplary embodiment,
the tRNA synthetase is derived from leucyl tRNA synthetase. In an
exemplary embodiment, the tRNA synthetase is derived from a mutated
tRNA synthetase, wherein said mutated tRNA synthetase comprises
amino acid mutations in an editing domain. In another exemplary
embodiment, the mutated tRNA synthetase comprises amino acid
mutations in the editing domain as listed in Table 4. In another
exemplary embodiment, wherein said editing domain of a tRNA
synthetase comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOS:
1-15.
[0270] In another aspect, the invention provides a method for
identifying a compound which binds to an editing domain of a tRNA
synthetase, said assay comprising: a) contacting said editing
domain of a tRNA synthetase with said compound under conditions
suitable for binding of said compound with said editing domain of a
tRNA synthetase; b) comparing a biological activity of said editing
domain of a tRNA synthetase contacting said compound to said
biological activity when not contacting said compound; and c)
identifying said compound as binding to said editing domain of a
tRNA synthetase if said biological activity of said editing domain
of a tRNA synthetase is reduced when contacting said compound. In
an exemplary embodiment, the biological activity is hydrolysis of
noncognate amino acid. In another exemplary embodiment, the
hydrolysis of said noncognate amino acid is detected through the
use of one or more labels. In another exemplary embodiment, the
labels include a radiolabel, a fluorescent marker, an antibody, or
a combination thereof. In another exemplary embodiment, said labels
can be detected using spectroscopy. In another exemplary
embodiment, the editing domain of a tRNA synthetase is derived from
a member selected from alanyl tRNA synthetase, isoleucyl tRNA
synthetase, leucyl tRNA synthetase, methionyl tRNA synthetase,
lysyl tRNA synthetase, phenylalanyl tRNA synthetase, prolyl tRNA
synthetase, threonyl tRNA synthetase and valyl tRNA synthetase. In
another exemplary embodiment, said editing domain of a tRNA
synthetase is derived from leucyl tRNA synthetase.
[0271] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
generating tRNA molecules with noncognate amino acid comprising: a)
creating or isolating a mutated tRNA synthetase with altered amino
acid editing domains; and b) contacting a tRNA molecule with said
mutated tRNA synthetase and a noncognate amino acid. In another
exemplary embodiment, the mutated tRNA synthetase contains one or
more amino acid mutations in an editing domain. In another
exemplary embodiment, the mutated tRNA synthetase is unable to bind
with 1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In another
exemplary embodiment, the mutated tRNA synthetase is able to bind
with 1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole.
[0272] In another aspect, the invention provides a composition that
comprises one or more tRNA molecules attached to noncognate amino
acids, wherein said tRNA molecules are synthesized using one or
more mutated tRNA synthetases isolated from a microorganism or a
cell line derived from a microorganism. In an exemplary embodiment,
the microorganism is a fungus or a yeast. In an exemplary
embodiment, wherein said mutated tRNA synthetases contain amino
acid mutations in their editing domains. In an exemplary
embodiment, said mutated tRNA synthetases comprise point mutations
in the editing domain as listed in Table 4.
III. Amino Acid and Nucleotide Sequences Used in Assays
tRNA Sequences that Interact with the tRNA Synthetase-C10-AMP
Complex
[0273] Transfer RNAs (tRNAs) translate mRNA into a protein on a
ribosome. Each transfer RNA contains an anti-codon region that
hybridizes with mRNA, and an amino acid which may be attached to
the growing peptide. The structural gene of tRNA is about 72 to 90
nucleotides long and folds into a cloverleaf structure (Sharp S.
J., Schaack J., Coolen L., Burke D. J. and Soll D., "Structure and
transcription of eukaryotic tRNA genes", Crit. Rev. Biochem, 19:107
144 (1985); Geiduschek E. O., and Tocchini-Valentini,
"Transcription by RNA polymerase III", Annu Rev. Biochem. 57:873
914 (1988)).
[0274] In one embodiment, C10 contacts AMP and a tRNA synthetase,
and the tRNA synthetase in turn contacts a tRNA molecule. In
another embodiment, C10 contacts AMP from the tRNA molecules and a
tRNA synthetase. The nucleotide sequence of the tRNA molecule can
be determined by the identity of the tRNA synthetase involved. For
example, for leucyl tRNA synthetase, the cognate tRNA molecule
bound will be tRNA-leucine (SEQ ID NO: 3), but a noncognate tRNA,
such as isoleucine, (SEQ ID NO: 4) may be bound under certain
conditions. In this and other embodiments, the term "noncognate" is
meant to encompass both the singular and plural forms of the word,
i.e. the phrase "noncognate amino acid" comprises one or more amino
acids.
[0275] SEQ ID NO: 3 corresponds to the nucleotide sequence of the
tRNA-Leu gene from Saccharomyces cerevisiae: gggagtttgg ccgagtggtt
taaggcgtca gatttaggct ctgatatctt cggatgcaagggttcgaatc ccttagctct
cacca
[0276] SEQ ID NO: 4 corresponds to the nucleotide sequence of the
tRNA-Ile gene from Saccharomyces cerevisiae: gaaactataa ttcaattggt
tagaatagta ttttgataag gtacaaatat aggttcaatc cctgttagtt tcatcca
[0277] Polypeptides Used in Binding and Inhibition Assays
[0278] In some binding and inhibition assays, it is more effective
to use a portion of a tRNA synthetase molecule rather than the
whole protein itself. In such assays, polypeptides derived from
tRNA synthetases are used in the experiment.
[0279] In one preferred embodiment, polypeptide fragments
corresponding to the editing domain of a tRNA synthetase molecule
are used in assay and binding experiments. Two such fragments are
represented by SEQ ID NO:1 and SEQ ID NO:2.
TABLE-US-00001 SEQ ID NO 1:
TPQEYIGVKIEALEFADDAAKIIDSSSDLDKSKKFYFVAATLRPETMYG
QTCCFVSPTIEYGIFDAGDSYFITTERAFKNMSYQKLTPKRGFYKPIVT
VPGKAFIGTKIHAPQSVYPELRILPMETVIATKGTGVVTCVPSNSPDDY
ITTKDLLHKPEYYGIKPEWIDHEIVPIMHTEKYGDLTAKAIVEEKKIQS
PKDKNLLAEAKKIAYKEDYYTGTMIYGPYKGEKVEQAKNKVKADMIAAG EAFVYNEPESQDP SEQ
ID NO 2: MTPQEYIGVKIEALEFADDAAKIIDSSSDLDKSKKFYFVAATLRPETMY
GQTCCFVSPTIEYGIFDAGDSYFITTERAFKNMSYQKLTPKRGFYKPIV
TVPGKAFIGTKIHAPQSVYPELRILPMETVIATKGTGVVTCVPSNSPDD
YITTKDLLHKPEYYGIKPEWIDHEIVPIMHTEKYGDLTAKAIVEEKKIQ
SPKDKNLLAEAKKIAYKEDYYTGTMIYGPYKGEKVEQAKNKVKADMIAA
GEAFVYNEPESQDPQDPNSSSVDKLAAALEHHHHH
IV. Methods for Inhibiting the Editing Domain of tRNA
Synthetase
[0280] According to another aspect of the invention, a method for
binding to and/or inhibiting the editing domain of a tRNA
synthetase is provided which comprises contacting a tRNA synthetase
with a compound that inhibits the editing domain under the
conditions in which the tRNA synthetase interacts with its
substrate to form an aminoacyl adenylate intermediate and,
preferably, to form a charged tRNA. Such conditions are known to
those skilled in the art. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound
is one described herein. The tRNA synthetase is contacted with an
amount of inhibitor sufficient to result in a detectable amount of
tRNA synthetase inhibition. This method can be performed on a tRNA
synthetase that is contained within an organism or which is outside
an organism. In an exemplary embodiment, the method is performed on
a tRNA synthetase that is contained within a microorganism or a
microbial cell that is in, or on the surface of, a human or an
animal. The method results in a decrease in the amount of charged
tRNA produced by the tRNA synthetase that has an inhibited editing
domain. In an exemplary embodiment, the inhibition takes place in a
cell, such as a microbial cell. In another exemplary embodiment,
the microbial cell is a bacteria, fungus, yeast or parasite. In
another exemplary embodiment, the tRNA synthetase is a
mitochondrial tRNA synthetase or a cytoplasmic tRNA synthetase.
[0281] In an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a method
of inhibiting conversion of a tRNA molecule into a charged tRNA
molecule. The method involves contacting a tRNA synthetase with a
compound effective to inhibit activity of an editing domain of said
tRNA synthetase, under conditions sufficient to inhibit said
activity, thereby inhibiting said conversion wherein the compound
is a member selected from those compounds described herein. In an
exemplary embodiment, the compound is a member selected from a
cyclic boronic ester, cyclic borinic ester, 2'-amino ribofuranose
moiety and a 3'-amino ribofuranose moiety. In an exemplary
embodiment, the inhibition occurs within a cell, and the cell is a
microbial cell. In another exemplary embodiment, the microbial cell
is a member selected from a bacteria, fungus, yeast, and parasite.
In an exemplary embodiment, the tRNA synthetase is a member
selected from a mitochondrial tRNA synthetase and a cytoplasmic
tRNA synthetase. In another exemplary embodiment, the tRNA
synthetase is a member selected from alanyl tRNA synthetase,
isoleucyl tRNA synthetase, leucyl tRNA synthetase, methionyl tRNA
synthetase, lysyl tRNA synthetase, phenylalanyl tRNA synthetase,
prolyl tRNA synthetase, threonyl tRNA synthetase and valyl tRNA
synthetase. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
K.sub.D,synthesis of greater than 100 .mu.M against a synthetic
domain of said tRNA synthetase.
[0282] In certain embodiments, the mechanism of action of the
compound is to inhibit the conversion of a tRNA molecule into a
charged tRNA molecule by binding to and/or inhibiting at least the
editing domain of the synthetase. The compounds of use in this
method may also inhibit or otherwise interact with the synthetic
domain (e.g., the active site of the synthetic domain). In a
presently preferred embodiment, the editing domain is inhibited
selectively in the presence of the synthetic domain. In a preferred
embodiment, the synthetic domain is essentially uninhibited, while
the editing domain is inhibited at least 50%, preferably at least
60%, more preferably at least 70%, still more preferably, at least
80% and even still more preferably at least 90% of the activity of
the tRNA synthetase. In another preferred embodiment, the synthetic
domain is inhibited by at most 50%, preferably at most 30%,
preferably at most 20%, 10%, preferably at most 8%, more preferably
at most 5%, still more preferably, at most 3% and even still more
preferably at most 1%. Inhibition of the editing domain produces a
decrease in the amount of the properly charged tRNA which results
in retardation or cessation of cell growth and division.
[0283] In another exemplary embodiment, the ratio of a minimum
concentration of said compound inhibiting said editing domain to a
minimum concentration of said compound inhibiting said synthetic
domain of said tRNA synthetase, represented as
K.sub.D,edit/K.sub.D,synthesis, is less than one. In another
exemplary embodiment, the K.sub.D,edit/D.sub.D,synthesis of the
compound is a member selected from less than 0.5, less than 0.1 and
less than 0.05.
V. Methods of Inhibiting Microorganism Growth or Killing
Microorganisms
[0284] In a further aspect, the invention provides a method for
inhibiting the growth, or killing, a microorganism, preferably a
bacteria, fungus, virus, yeast or parasite, comprising contacting
the microorganism with an inhibitor of a tRNA synthetase, e.g., a
compound described by a formula listed herein, under conditions
which permit entry of the compound into the organism. In a further
aspect, the invention provides a method for inhibiting the growth,
or killing, a microorganism, preferably a bacteria, fungus, virus,
yeast or parasite, comprising contacting the microorganism with a
compound which is a member selected from Formulae (I), (Ia), (Ib),
(Ic), (Id) (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih) (Ij), (Ik), (I1) (Im), (In),
(Io), (Ip) (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw), (Ix) (Iy),
(Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah),
(Iai), (Iaj), (Iak), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), (III),
(VIII), (VIIIa), (VIIIb), (VIIIc), (VIIId), (VIIIe), (IX) e.g., a
compound described by a formula listed herein, under conditions
which permit entry of the compound into the organism. In a further
aspect, the invention provides a method for inhibiting the growth,
or killing, a microorganism, preferably a bacteria, fungus, virus,
yeast or parasite, comprising contacting the microorganism with a
compound which is described in either FIG. 19 or FIG. 20 e.g., a
compound described by a formula listed herein, under conditions
which permit entry of the compound into the organism. In an
exemplary embodiment, the compound inhibits the tRNA synthetase
through the editing domain of the synthetase. Such conditions are
known to one skilled in the art and specific conditions are set
forth in the Examples appended hereto. This method involves
contacting a microbial cell with a therapeutically-effective amount
of an editing domain inhibitor to inhibit tRNA synthetase in vivo
or in vitro.
[0285] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
inhibiting the growth of a microorganism, or killing a
microorganism, or both, comprising contacting the microorganism
with a compound described herein. Microorganisms are members
selected from fungi, yeast, viruses, bacteria and parasites. In
another exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is inside, or on
the surface of an animal. In an exemplary embodiment, the animal is
a member selected from human, cattle, deer, reindeer, goat, honey
bee, pig, sheep, horse, cow, bull, dog, guinea pig, gerbil, rabbit,
cat, camel, yak, elephant, ostrich, otter, chicken, duck, goose,
guinea fowl, pigeon, swan, and turkey. In another exemplary
embodiment, the animal is a human.
[0286] In an exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is a member
selected from a fungus and a yeast. In another exemplary
embodiment, the fungus or yeast is a member selected from Candida
species, Trichophyton species, Microsporium species, Aspergillus
species, Cryptococcus species, Blastomyces species, Cocciodiodes
species, Histoplasma species, Paracoccidioides species,
Phycomycetes species, Malassezia species, Fusarium species,
Epidermophyton species, Scytalidium species, Scopulariopsis
species, Alternaria species, Penicillium species, Phialophora
species, Rhizopus species, Scedosporium species and Zygomycetes
class. In another exemplary embodiment, the fungus or yeast is a
member selected from Aspergillus fumigatus (A. fumigatus),
Blastomyces dermatitidis, Candida Albicans (C. albicans, both
fluconazole sensitive and resistant strains), Candida glabrata (C.
glabrata), Candida krusei (C. krusei), Cryptococcus neoformans (C.
neoformans), Candida parapsilosis (C. parapsilosis), Candida
tropicalis (C. tropicalis), Cocciodiodes immitis, Epidermophyton
floccosum (E. floccosum), Fusarium solani (F. solani), Histoplasma
capsulatum, Malassezia furfur (M. furfur), Malassezia pachydermatis
(M. pachydermatis), Malassezia sympodialis (M. sympodialis),
Microsporum audouinii (M. audouinii), Microsporum canis (M. canis),
Microsporum gypseum (M. gypseum), Paracoccidioides brasiliensis and
Phycomycetes spp, Trichophyton mentagrophytes (T. mentagrophytes),
Trichophyton rubrum (T. rubrum), Trichophyton tonsurans (T.
tonsurans). In another exemplary embodiment, the fungus or yeast is
a member selected from Trichophyton concentricum, T. violaceum, T.
schoenleinii, T. verrucosum, T. soudanense, Microsporum gypseum, M
equinum, Candida guilliermondii, Malassezia globosa, M obtuse, M
restricta, M. slooffiae, and Aspergillus flavus. In another
exemplary embodiment, the fungus or yeast is a member selected from
dermatophytes, Trichophyton, Microsporum, Epidermophyton and
yeast-like fungi.
[0287] In an exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is a bacteria.
In an exemplary embodiment, the bacteria is a gram-positive
bacteria. In another exemplary embodiment, the gram-positive
bacteria is a member selected from Staphylococcus species,
Streptococcus species, Bacillus species, Mycobacterium species,
Corynebacterium species (Propionibacterium species), Clostridium
species, Actinomyces species, Enterococcus species and Streptomyces
species. In another exemplary embodiment, the bacteria is a
gram-negative bacteria. In another exemplary embodiment, the
gram-negative bacteria is a member selected from Acinetobacter
species, Neisseria species, Pseudomonas species, Brucella species,
Agrobacterium species, Bordetella species, Escherichia species,
Shigella species, Yersinia species, Salmonella species, Klebsiella
species, Enterobacter species, Haemophilus species, Pasteurella
species, Streptobacillus species, spirochetal species,
Campylobacter species, Vibrio species and Helicobacter species. In
another exemplary embodiment, the bacterium is a member selected
from Propionibacterium acnes; Staphylococcus aureus; Staphylococcus
epidermidis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus; Streptococcus pyogenes;
Streptococcus agalactiae; Streptococcus pneumoniae; Enterococcus
faecalis; Enterococcus faecium; Bacillus anthracis; Mycobacterium
avium-intracellulare; Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Acinetobacter
baumanii; Corynebacterium diphtheria; Clostridium perfringens;
Clostridium botulinum; Clostridium tetani; Clostridium difficile;
Neisseria gonorrhoeae; Neisseria meningitidis; Pseudomonas
aeruginosa; Legionella pneumophila; Escherichia coli; Yersinia
pestis; Haemophilus influenzae; Helicobacter pylori; Campylobacter
fetus; Campylobacter jejuni; Vibrio cholerae; Vibrio
parahemolyticus; Treponema pallidum; Actinomyces israelii;
Rickettsia prowazekii; Rickettsia rickettsii; Chlamydia
trachomatis; Chlamydia psittaci; Brucella abortus; Agrobacterium
tumefaciens; and Francisella tularensis.
[0288] In an exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is a bacteria,
which is a member selected from acid-fast bacterium, including
Mycobacterium species; bacilli, including Bacillus species,
Corynebacterium species (also Propionibacterium) and Clostridium
species; filamentous bacteria, including Actinomyces species and
Streptomyces species; bacilli, such as Pseudomonas species,
Brucella species, Agrobacterium species, Bordetella species,
Escherichia species, Shigella species, Yersinia species, Salmonella
species, Klebsiella species, Enterobacter species, Haemophilus
species, Pasteurella species, and Streptobacillus species;
spirochetal species, Campylobacter species, Vibrio species; and
intracellular bacteria including Rickettsiae species and Chlamydia
species.
[0289] In an exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is a virus. In
an exemplary embodiment, the virus is a member selected from
hepatitis A-B, human rhinoviruses, Yellow fever virus, human
respiratory coronaviruses, Severe acute respiratory syndrome
(SARS), respiratory syncytial virus, influenza viruses,
parainfluenza viruses 1-4, human immunodeficiency virus 1 (HIV-1),
human immunodeficiency virus 2 (HIV-2), Herpes simplex virus 1
(HSV-1), Herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2), human cytomegalovirus
(HCMV), Varicella zoster virus, Epstein-Barr (EBV), polioviruses,
coxsackieviruses, echoviruses, rubella virus, neuroderma-tropic
virus, variola virus, papoviruses, rabies virus, dengue virus, West
Nile virus and SARS virus. In another exemplary embodiment, the
virus is a member selected from picornaviridae, Flaviviridae,
coronaviridae, paramyxoviridae, orthomyxoviridae, retroviridae,
herpesviridae and hepadnaviridae. In another exemplary embodiment,
the virus is a member selected from a virus included in the
following table;
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE A Viruses Virus Category Pertinent Human
Infections RNA Viruses Picomaviridae Polio Human hepatitis A Human
rhinovirus Togaviridae and Rubella--German measles Flaviviridae
Yellow fever Coronaviridae Human respiratory coronavirus (HCV)
Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SAR) Rhabdoviridae
Lyssavirus--Rabies Paramyxoviridae Paramyxovirus--Mumps
Morbillvirus--measles Pneumovirus--respiratory syncytial virus
Orthomyxoviridae Influenza A-C Bunyaviridae Bunyavirus--Bunyamwera
(BUN) Hantavirus--Hantaan (HTN) Nairevirus--Crimean-Congo
hemorrhagic fever (CCHF) Phlebovirus--Sandfly fever (SFN)
Uukuvirus--Uukuniemi (UUK) Rift Valley Fever (RVFN) Arenaviridae
Junin--Argentine hemorrhagic fever Machupo--Bolivian hemorrhagic
fever Lassa--Lassa fever LCM--aseptic lymphocyctic choriomeningitis
Reoviridae Rotovirus Reovirus Orbivirus Retroviridae Human
immunodeficiency virus 1 (HIV-1) Human immunodeficiency virus 2
(HIV-2) Simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV) DNA Viruses
Papovaviridae Pediatric viruses that reside in kidney Adenoviridae
Human respiratory distress and some deep- seated eye infections
Parvoviridae Human gastro-intestinal distress (Norwalk Virus)
Herpesviridae Herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1) Herpes simplex virus 2
(HSV-2) Human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) Varicella zoster virus (VZV)
Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) Human herpes virus 6 (HHV6) Poxviridae
Orthopoxvirus is sub-genus for smallpox Hepadnaviridae Hepatitis B
virus (HBV) Hepatitis C virus (HCV)
[0290] In another exemplary embodiment, the microorganism is a
parasite. In an exemplary embodiment, the parasite is a member
selected from Plasmodium falciparum, P. vivax, P. ovale P.
malariae, P. berghei, Leishmania donovani, L. infantum, L. chagasi,
L. mexicana, L. amazonensis, L. venezuelensi, L. tropics, L. major,
L. minor, L. aethiopica, L. Biana braziliensis, L. (V.) guyanensis,
L. (V.) panamensis, L. (V.) peruviana, Trypanosoma brucei
rhodesiense, T. brucei gambiense, T. cruzi, Giardia intestinalis,
G. lambda, Toxoplasma gondii, Entamoeba histolytica, Trichomonas
vaginalis, Pneumocystis carinii, and Cryptosporidium parvum.
VI. Methods of Treating or Preventing Infections
[0291] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
treating or preventing an infection. The method includes
administering to the animal a therapeutically effective amount of
the compound of the invention, sufficient to treat or prevent said
infection. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is a compound
described herein. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has
a structure according to Formulae (I) to (Iak) and (II) to (XI). In
another exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure which is
described in FIG. 19. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound
has a structure which is described in FIG. 20. In another exemplary
embodiment, the animal is a member selected from human, cattle,
deer, reindeer, goat, honey bee, pig, sheep, horse, cow, bull, dog,
guinea pig, gerbil, rabbit, cat, camel, yak, elephant, ostrich,
otter, chicken, duck, goose, guinea fowl, pigeon, swan, and turkey.
In another exemplary embodiment, the animal is a human. In another
exemplary embodiment, the animal is a member selected from a human,
cattle, goat, pig, sheep, horse, cow, bull, dog, guinea pig,
gerbil, rabbit, cat, chicken and turkey. In another exemplary
embodiment, the infection is a member selected from a systemic
infection, a cutaneous infection, and an ungual, periungual or
subungual infection.
[0292] In another exemplary embodiment, the treatment of a disorder
or condition occurs through inhibition of an editing domain of an
aminoacyl tRNA synthetase.
VI. a) Methods of Treating of Preventing Ungual and/or Periungual
Infections
[0293] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
treating or preventing an ungual and/or periungual infection. The
method includes administering to the animal a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical formulation of the
invention, sufficient to treat or prevent said infection. In
another exemplary embodiment, the method includes administering the
compound or pharmaceutical formulation of the invention at a site
which is a member selected from the skin, nail, hair, hoof, claw
and the skin surrounding the nail, hair, hoof and claw.
VI. a) 1) Onychomycosis
[0294] Onychomycosis is a disease of the nail caused by yeast,
dermatophytes, or other molds, and represents approximately 50% of
all nail disorders. Toenail infection accounts for approximately
80% of onychomycosis incidence, while fingernails are affected in
about 20% of the cases. Dermatophytes are the most frequent cause
of nail plate invasion, particularly in toenail onychomycosis.
Onychomycosis caused by a dermatophyte is termed Tinea unguium.
Trichophyton rubrum is by far the most frequently isolated
dermatophyte, followed by T. mentagrophytes. Distal subungual
onychomycosis is the most common presentation of tinea unguium,
with the main site of entry through the hyponychium (the thickened
epidermis underneath the free distal end of a nail) progressing in
time to involve the nail bed and the nail plate. Discoloration,
onycholysis, and accumulation of subungual debris and nail plate
dystrophy characterize the disease. The disease adversely affects
the quality of life of its victims, with subject complaints ranging
from unsightly nails and discomfort with footwear, to more serious
complications including secondary bacterial infections.
[0295] Many methods are known for the treatment of fungal
infections, including the oral and topical use of antibiotics
(e.g., nystatin and amphotericin B), imidazole anti-fungal agents
such as miconazole, clotrimazole, fluconazole, econazole and
sulconazole, and non-imidazole fungal agents such as the allylamine
derivatives terbinafine and naftifine, and the benzylamine
butenafine.
[0296] However, onychomycosis has proven to be resistant to most
treatments. Nail fungal infections reside in an area difficult to
access by conventional topical treatment and anti-fungal drugs
cannot readily penetrate the nail plate to reach the infection
sites under the nail. Therefore, onychomycosis has traditionally
been treated by oral administration of anti-fungal drugs; however,
clearly this is undesirable due to the potential for side effects
of such drugs, in particular those caused by the more potent
anti-fungal drugs such as itraconazole and ketoconazole. An
alternative method of treatment of onychomycosis is by removal of
the nail before treating with a topically active anti-fungal agent;
such a method of treatment is equally undesirable. Systemic
antimycotic agents require prolonged use and have the potential for
significant side effects. Topical agents have usually been of
little benefit, primarily because of poor penetration of the
anti-fungal agents into and through the nail mass.
[0297] In an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a method
of treating or preventing onychomycosis. The method includes
administering to a human or an animal a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutical
formulation of the invention, sufficient to treat or prevent
onychomycosis. In another exemplary embodiment, the method includes
administering the pharmaceutical formulation of the invention at a
site which is a member selected from the skin, nail, hair, hoof,
claw and the skin surrounding the nail, hair, hoof and claw. In
another exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
includes a compound described herein. The method includes
administering to a human or an animal a therapeutically effective
amount of 1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole,
sufficient to treat or prevent onychomycosis.
VI. a) 2) Other Unugal and Periungual Infections
[0298] In an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a method
of treating or preventing an ungual or periungual infection in a
human or an animal. This method comprising administering to the
human or the animal a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of the invention, thereby treating or preventing the
ungual or periungual infection. In an exemplary embodiment, the
ungual or periungual infection is onychomycosis. In an exemplary
embodiment, the ungual or periungual infection is a member selected
from: onychomycosis, chloronychia, paronychias, erysipeloid,
onychorrhexis, gonorrhea, swimming-pool granuloma, larva migrans,
leprosy, Orf nodule, milkers' nodules, herpetic whitlow, acute
bacterial perionyxis, chronic perionyxis, sporotrichosis, syphilis,
tuberculosis verrucosa cutis, tularemia, tungiasis, peri- and
subungual warts, zona, nail dystrophy (trachyonychia), and
dermatological diseases with an effect on the nails, such as
psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, alopecia aerata, parakeratosis
pustulosa, contact dermatosis, Reiter's syndrome, psoriasiform
acral dermatitis, lichen planus, idiopathy atrophy in the nails,
lichin nitidus, lichen striatus, inflammatory linear verrucous
epidermal naevus (ILVEN), alopecia, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid,
acquired epidermolysis bullosa, Darier's disease, pityriasis rubra
pilaris, palmoplantar keratoderma, contact eczema, polymorphic
erythema, scabies, Bazex syndrome, systemic scleroderma, systemic
lupus erythematosus, chronic lupus erythematosus,
dermatomyositus.
[0299] The compounds and pharmaceutical formulations of the
invention useful for ungual and periungual applications also find
application in the cosmetics field, in particular for the treatment
of irregularities of the nails, koilonychias, Beau's lines,
longitudinal ridging, ingrown nails.
[0300] In an exemplary embodiment, the infection is of the skin,
nail, hair, claw or hoof, hair, ear and eye and is a member
selected from Sporotrichosis, Mycotic keratitis, Extension
oculomycosis, Endogenous oculomycosis, Lobomycosis, Mycetoma,
Piedra, Pityriasis versicolor, Tinea corporis, Tinea cruris, Tinea
pedis, Tinea barbae, Tinea capitis, Tinea nigra, Otomycosis, Tinea
favosa, Chromomycosis, and Tinea Imbricata. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound useful for treating these infections is
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole.
VI. b) Methods of Treating Systemic Diseases
[0301] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
treating a systemic disease. The method involves contacting an
animal with a compound of the invention. The method of delivery for
treatment of systemic disesases can be oral, intravenous,
transdermal, inhalation, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous. In an
exemplary embodiment, the compound administered is
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole.
[0302] In an exemplary embodiment, the infection is systemic and is
a member selected from candidiasis, aspergillosis,
coccidioidomycosis, cryptococcosis, histoplasmosis, blastomycosis,
paracoccidioidomycosis, zygomycosis, phaeohyphomycosis and
rhinosporidiosis.
VI. c) Methods of Treating Diseases Involving Viruses
[0303] The compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment
of diseases of both animals and humans, involving viruses. In an
exemplary embodiment, the disease is a member selected from
hepatitis A-B-C, yellow fever, respiratory syncytial, influenza,
AIDS, herpes simplex, chicken pox, varicella zoster, and
Epstein-Barr disease.
VI. d) Methods of Treating Diseases Involving Parasites
[0304] The compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment
of diseases of both animals and humans, involving parasites. In an
exemplary embodiment, the disease is a member selected from
malaria, Chagas' disease, Leishmaniasis, African sleeping sickness
(African human trypanosomiasis), giardiasis, toxoplasmosis,
amebiasis and cryptosporidiosis.
[0305] In any of the methods according to the present invention set
forth above, it is preferred that the aminoacyl tRNA synthetase is
an aminoacyl tRNA synthetase comprising an editing domain. The
editing domain is encoded by a portion of the aminoacyl tRNA
synthetase involved in proofreading. The editing domain is
preferably encoded by a DNA portion having at least conserved
residues compared after alignment with the editing site of the
leucyl-tRNA synthetase, valyl-tRNA synthetase and isoleucyl-tRNA
synthetase. More preferably the synthetase is selected from the
group consisting of the valyl-tRNA synthetase, isoleucyl-tRNA
synthetase, leucyl-tRNA synthetase, alanyl-tRNA synthetase,
prolyl-tRNA synthetase, threonyl-tRNA synthetase, phenyl-tRNA
synthetase and lysyl-tRNA synthetase which are known to have an
editing site or domain (see for Ile RS Baldwin, A. N. and Berg, P.
(1966) J. Biol. Chem. 241, 839-845 and Eldred, E. W. and Schimmel,
P. R. (1972) J. Biol. Chem. 247, 2961-2964; for Val RS, Fersht, A.
R. and Kaethner, M. M. (1976) Biochemistry. 15 (15), 3342-3346; for
Leu RS, English, S. et al., (1986) Nucleic Acids Research. 14 (19),
7529-7539; for Ala RS, Tsui, W. C. and Fersht, A. R. (1981) Nucleic
Acids Research. 9, 7529-7539; for Pro RS, Beuning, P. J. and
Musier-Forsyth, K. (2000) PNAS. 97 (16), 8916-8920; for Thr RS,
Sankaranarayanan, R. et al., (2000) Nat. Struct. Biol. 7, 461-465
and Musier-Foryth, K. and Beuning, P. J. (2000) Nat. Struct. Biol.
7, 435-436; for PheRS, Yarus, M. (1972) PNAS. 69, 1915-1919 and for
LysRS, Jakubowski, H. (1997) Biochemistry. 36, 11077-11085.
VII. Methods of Nail Penetration
[0306] It is believed that poor penetration of the active agent
through the hoof or nail plate and/or excessive binding to keratin,
(the major protein in nails and hair) are the reasons for the poor
efficacy of 8% ciclopirox w/w in commercial lacquer and other
topical treatments that have failed in clinical trials. In mild
cases of onychomycosis, the pathogenic fungi reside in the nail
plate only. In moderate to severe cases the pathogenic fungi
establish a presence in the nail plate and in the nail bed. If the
infection is cleared from the nail plate but not from the nail bed,
the fungal pathogen can re-infect the nail plate. Therefore, to
effectively treat onychomycosis, the infection must be eliminated
from the nail plate and the nail bed. To do this, the active agent
must penetrate and disseminate substantially throughout the nail
plate and nail bed.
[0307] It is believed that in order for an active agent to be
effective once disseminated throughout the infected area, it must
be bioavailable to the fungal pathogen and cannot be so tightly
bound to keratin that the drug cannot inhibit growth or kill the
infecting fungi.
[0308] An understanding of the morphology of the nail plate
suggests certain physicochemical properties of an active agent that
would facilitate penetration of the nail plate. The desired
physicochemical properties are described throughout. The tested
compounds of the present invention are able to penetrate the nail
plate and were also active against Trichophyton rubrum and
mentagrophytes and other species. In addition, the tested compounds
are also active against Trichophyton rubrum in the presence of 5%
keratin powder.
[0309] In an exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a method
of killing or inhibiting growth of a microorganism present in a
human nail unit, wherein said human nail unit comprises a nail
plate. The method comprising contacting a dorsal layer of the nail
plate with a compound capable of penetrating the nail plate,
traveling through the nail plate to a nail bed underlying said nail
plate, and contacting said microorganism, under conditions
sufficient for said compound to penetrate said nail plate. In this
embodiment, the compound has a molecular weight of between about
100 Da and about 200 Da, a log P value of between about 1.0 and
about 2.6, a water solubility greater than about 0.1 mg/mL
octanol/saturated water, and an MIC of less than 16 .mu.g/mL
against said microorganism, thereby killing or inhibiting the
growth of said microorganism.
[0310] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure
according to Formula (I) described herein. In another exemplary
embodiment, the compound has a structure according to Formula
(Ia)-(Iaa) described herein. In another exemplary embodiment, the
compound has a structure according to a member selected from
Formula (I)-(Iaa), wherein R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and
R.sup.12a are members independently selected from members
independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, nitro, substituted
or unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxymethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylfuran, substituted or unsubstituted methylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl methylthio, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted benzylthiofuranyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylmethylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted sulfonamidyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfinyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
trifluoromethylamino, substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylamino, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
morpholino, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamido, substituted or
unsubstituted arylamido, substituted or unsubstituted ureido,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted piperizinyl. In another exemplary embodiment,
R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11 and R.sup.12a are members
independently selected from H, fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano,
amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy,
trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl, diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl,
pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl,
piperizinocarbonyl, piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, and 4-fluorobenzyloxy. In
another exemplary embodiment, wherein R.sup.9a is H and R.sup.12a
is H. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound is
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole.
[0311] In another exemplary embodiment, the invention provides a
method of treating a disease caused by a microorganism present in a
human nail unit, wherein said human nail unit comprises a nail
plate, said method comprising: contacting a dorsal layer of the
nail plate with a compound capable of penetrating the nail plate,
traveling through the nail plate to a nail bed underlying said nail
plate, and contacting said microorganism, under conditions
sufficient for said compound to penetrate said nail plate and to
treat said disease. In this embodiment, the compound has a
molecular weight of between about 100 Da and about 200 Da; a log P
value of between about 1.0 and about 2.6; a water solubility
greater than about 0.1 mg/mL octanol/saturated water, and an MIC of
less than 16 .mu.g/mL against said microorganism, thereby treating
said disease. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a
structure according to Formula (I) described herein. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure which is a
member selected from Formula (Ia)-(Iaa) described herein.
[0312] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of
delivering a compound from the dorsal layer of the nail plate to
the nail bed. This method comprises contacting the cell with a
compound capable of penetrating the nail plate, under conditions
sufficient to penetrate the nail. The compound has a molecular
weight of between about 100 and about 200 Da. The compound also has
a log P value of between about 1.0 and about 2.6. The compound
additionally has a water solubility between about 0.1 mg/mL and 1
g/mL octanol/saturated water, thereby delivering said compound.
[0313] In a preferred embodiment, the physicochemical properties of
the compound of the invention, described by quantities predictive
for migration of the compound through the nail plate, including,
but not limited to, molecular weight, log P and solubility in
water, and the like, are effective to provide substantial
penetration of the nail plate.
[0314] Compounds with a molecular weight of less than 200 Da
penetrate the nail plate in a manner superior to the commercially
available treatment for onychomycosis. In one embodiment of the
present invention the compound has a molecular weight of between
130 and 200. In another embodiment of this invention, the compound
has a molecular weight of from about 140 to about 200 Da. In
another embodiment of this invention, the compound has a molecular
weight of from about 170 to about 200 Da. In another embodiment of
this invention, the compound has a molecular weight of from about
155 to about 190 Da. In another embodiment of this invention, the
compound has a molecular weight of from about 165 to about 185 Da.
In another embodiment of this invention, the compound has a
molecular weight of from about 145 to about 170 Da. In yet another
embodiment the molecular weight is either 151.93 or 168.39 Da.
[0315] In one embodiment of the present invention the compound has
a log P value of between about -3.5 to about 2.5. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound has a log P value of from about
-1.0 to about 2.5. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound
has a log P value of from about -1.0 to about 2.0. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound has a log P value of from about
-0.5 to about 2.5. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound
has a log P value of from about -0.5 to about 1.5. In another
exemplary embodiment, the compound has a log P value of from about
0.5 to about 2.5. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound has
a log P value of from about 1.0 to about 2.5. In yet another
exemplary embodiment, the compound has a log P value of 1.9 or
2.3.
[0316] Also contemplated by the present invention is a compound
with a log P value less then 2.5, with a molecular weight less than
200 Da, that are still able to penetrate the nail plate.
[0317] In one embodiment of the present invention the compound has
a water solubility between about 0.1 mg/mL to 1 g/mL in octanol
saturated water. In one embodiment of the present invention the
compound has a water solubility of between 0.1 mg/mL and 100 mg/mL.
In another embodiment of this invention, the compound has a water
solubility of from about 0.1 mg/mL and 10 mg/mL. In another
embodiment of this invention, the compound has a water solubility
of from about 0.1 mg/mL and 1 mg/mL. In another embodiment of this
invention, the compound has a water solubility of from about 5
mg/mL and 1 g/mL. In another embodiment of this invention, the
compound has a water solubility of from about 10 mg/mL and 500
g/mL. In another embodiment of this invention, the compound has a
water solubility of from about 80 mg/mL and 250 mg/mL.
[0318] In an exemplary embodiment, the present invention provides a
compound with a log P value selected from a range above, with a
molecular weight selected from a range above, that are still able
to penetrate the nail plate.
[0319] In an exemplary embodiment, the present invention provides
compounds with a molecular weight selected from a range above, with
a water solubility selected from a range above, that are still able
to penetrate the nail plate.
[0320] In an exemplary embodiment, the present invention provides
compounds with a log P selected from a range above, with a water
solubility selected from a range above, that are still able to
penetrate the nail plate.
[0321] In an exemplary embodiment, the present invention provides
compounds with a molecular weight selected from a range above, with
a log P selected from a range above, and with a water solubility
selected from a range above, that are still able to penetrate the
nail plate.
[0322] Penetration of the nail by the active ingredient may be
effected by the polarity of the formulation. However, the polarity
of the formulation is not expected have as much influence on nail
penetration as some of the other factors, such as the molecular
weight or the log P of the active ingredient. The presence of
penetration enhancing agents in the formulation is likely to
increase penetration of the active agent when compared to similar
formulations containing no penetration enhancing agent.
[0323] Some examples of molecules with optimal physicochemical
properties are given in the table below.
TABLE-US-00003 Structure: ##STR00138## ##STR00139## Formula:
C.sub.7H.sub.6BFO.sub.2 C.sub.7H.sub.6BClO.sub.2 Molecular 151.93
168.39 weight (Da): Plasma protein 66 83 binding (%): LogP: 1.9 2.3
Water solubility >100 >100 (.mu.g/mL):
[0324] Compound 3 below is an example of a compound similar in
molecular weight to ciclopirox, and like ciclopirox, penetrates the
nail plate poorly.
TABLE-US-00004 Structure: ##STR00140## Formula: C.sub.13H.sub.10BFO
Molecular weight (Da): 212.03 Plasma protein binding (%): 100
cLogP: 3.55 Water solubility (.mu.g/mL): not determined
[0325] In a preferred embodiment the topical formulations including
a compound described herein has a total molecular weight of less
than 200 Da, has a Log P of less than 2.5, and a minimum inhibitory
concentration against Trichophyton rubrum that is substantially
unchanged in the presence of 5% keratin.
[0326] The efficacy coefficient (defined as flux over MIC) of a
compound also informs one of skill regarding whether the compound
may be effective in killing a microorganism, inhibiting the growth
of a microorganism, or treating a disease which is caused by a
microorganism present in a human nail unit, wherein said human nail
unit comprises a nail plate. The method comprises: contacting a
dorsal layer of the nail plate with a compound capable of
penetrating the nail plate, traveling through the nail plate to a
nail bed underlying said nail plate, and contacting said
microorganism, under conditions sufficient for said compound to
penetrate said nail plate and to treat said disease, wherein the
compound has an efficacy coefficient above 10.
[0327] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has an efficacy
coefficient between about 10 and about 1000. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound has an efficacy coefficient between about
30 and about 100. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has an
efficacy coefficient between about 100 and about 500. In an
exemplary embodiment, the compound has an efficacy coefficient
between about 25 and about 200.
[0328] This invention is still further directed to methods for
treating a fungal infection mediated at least in part by
dermatophytes, Trichophyton, Microsporum or Epidermophyton species,
or a yeast-like fungi including Candida species, in a human or an
animal, which methods comprise administering to a human or an
animal, that has been diagnosed with said fungal infection or is at
risk of developing said fungal infection, a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent and a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein or
mixtures of one or more of such compounds. In one embodiment the
infection is onychomycosis.
[0329] Compounds contemplated by the present invention may have
broad spectrum antifungal activity and as such may be candidates
for use against other cutaneous fungal infections.
[0330] The methods provided in this aspect of the invention are
useful in the penetration of nails and hoofs, as well as the
treatment of ungual and periungual conditions.
VIII. Pharmaceutical Formulations
[0331] In another aspect, the invention is a pharmaceutical
formulation which includes: (a) a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient; and (b) a compound of the invention. In another aspect,
the invention is a pharmaceutical formulation which includes: (a) a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and (b) a compound having a
structure which is a member selected from Formulae (I), (Ia), (Ib),
(Ic), (Id) (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih) (Ii), (Ij), (Ik), (I1) (Im),
(In), (Io), (Ip) (Iq), (Ir), (Is), (It), (Iu), (Iv), (Iw), (Ix)
(Iy), (Iz), (Iaa), (Iab), (Iac), (Iad), (Iae), (Iaf), (Iag), (Iah),
(Iai), (Iaj), (Iak), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), (III). In
another aspect, the invention is a pharmaceutical formulation which
includes: (a) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and (b) a
compound which has a structure according to Formulae (VIII),
(VIIIa), (VIIIb), (VIIIc), (VIIId), (VIIIe). In another aspect, the
invention is a pharmaceutical formulation which includes: (a) a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and (b) a compound which has
a structure which is a member selected from D1-D19, E1-E19, (VIII),
(VIIIa), (VIIIb), (VIIIe), (VIIId), (VIIIe). In another aspect, the
invention is a pharmaceutical formulation which includes: (a) a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and (b) a acyclic boronic
ester of the invention. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is
described in FIG. 19. In another exemplary embodiment, the compound
is described in FIG. 20. In another exemplary embodiment, the
invention is a pharmaceutical formulation which includes: (a) a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and (b) a acyclic boronic
ester of the invention.
[0332] In another aspect, the invention is a pharmaceutical
formulation comprising: (a) a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient; and (b) a compound having a structure according to
Formula I:
##STR00141##
wherein B is boron. R.sup.1a is a member selected from a negative
charge, a salt counterion, H, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. M is a member selected
from oxygen, sulfur and NR.sup.2a. R.sup.2a is a member selected
from H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. J
is a member selected from (CR.sup.3aR.sup.4a).sub.n1 and CR.sup.5a.
R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a, and R.sup.5a are members independently selected
from H, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. The index n1 is an integer
selected from 0 to 2. W is a member selected from C.dbd.O
(carbonyl), (CR.sup.6aR.sup.7a).sub.m1 and CR.sup.8a. R.sup.6a,
R.sup.7a, and R.sup.8a are members independently selected from H,
halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
The index m1 is an integer selected from 0 and 1. A is a member
selected from CR.sup.9a and N. D is a member selected from
CR.sup.10a and N. E is a member selected from CR.sup.11a and N. G
is a member selected from CR.sup.12a and N. R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members independently selected from H,
OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**,
--C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, nitro, halogen, cyano,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Each R* and R**
are members independently selected from H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. The combination of
nitrogens (A+D+E+G) is an integer selected from 0 to 3. A member
selected from R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a and R.sup.5a and a member selected
from R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a and R.sup.8a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.6a and R.sup.7a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.9a and R.sup.10a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring. R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a, together with the atoms to
which they are attached, are optionally joined to form a 4 to 7
membered ring.
[0333] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound cannot have a structure according to Formula (Ix):
##STR00142##
wherein R.sup.7b is a member selected from H, methyl, ethyl and
phenyl. R.sup.10b is a member selected from H, OH, NH.sub.2, SH,
halogen, substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenylalkyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio and substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkylthio.
R.sup.11b is a member selected from H, OH, NH.sub.2, SH, methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylalkyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted phenylthio and
substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkylthio. In another exemplary
embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot have a
structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.1b is a member
selected from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion. In
another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound
cannot have a structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.10b
and R.sup.11b are H. In another exemplary embodiment, there is a
proviso that the compound cannot have a structure according to
Formula (Ix) wherein one member selected from R.sup.10b and
R.sup.11b is H and the other member selected from R.sup.10b and
R.sup.11b is a member selected from halo, methyl, cyano, methoxy,
hydroxymethyl and p-cyanophenyloxy. In another exemplary
embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot have a
structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.10b and R.sup.11b
are members independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methyl,
cyano, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, and p-cyanophenyl. In another
exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot
have a structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.11b is a
member selected from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion;
R.sup.7b is H; R.sup.10b is F and R.sup.11b is H. In another
exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the compound cannot
have a structure according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.11b and
R.sup.12b, along with the atoms to which they are attached, are
joined to form a phenyl group. In another exemplary embodiment,
there is a proviso that the compound cannot have a structure
according to Formula (Ix) wherein R.sup.1b is a member selected
from a negative charge, H and a salt counterion; R.sup.7b is H;
R.sup.10b is 4-cyanophenoxy; and R.sup.11b is H.
[0334] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
compound cannot have a structure according to Formula (Iy)
##STR00143##
wherein R.sup.10b is a member selected from H, halogen, CN and
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-4 alkyl.
[0335] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a structure according to Formula
(Ia):
##STR00144##
[0336] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member independently selected from H, cyano, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethyl,
trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxymethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted indolyl
and substituted or unsubstituted amido. In another exemplary
embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a is a member independently
selected from cyano, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxyalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted arylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted amido.
[0337] In another exemplary embodiment, each R.sup.3a and R.sup.4a
is a member selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted methyl,
substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
propyl, substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl, substituted or
unsubstituted butyl, substituted or unsubstituted t-butyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or
unsubstituted benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.4a is a member selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl,
isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and benzyl. In another exemplary
embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a is a member selected from
methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, phenyl and
benzyl. In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.3a is H and R.sup.4a
H.
[0338] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is a member independently selected from H,
OR*, NR*R**, SR*, --S(O)R*, --S(O).sub.2R*, --S(O).sub.2NR*R**,
--C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*, --C(O)NR*R**, halogen, cyano, nitro,
substituted or unsubstituted methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
methyl, substituted or unsubstituted ethoxy, substituted or
unsubstituted ethyl, trifluoromethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
hydroxymethyl, substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl methoxy, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenyloxy, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyloxy,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyloxy, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylfuran, substituted or unsubstituted methylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted mercaptomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted mercaptoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylthio, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenylthio,
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl methylthio, substituted or
unsubstituted pyridinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylthio, substituted or unsubstituted benzylthiofuranyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted benzylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylmethylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted
thiophenylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylsulfonyl,
substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylsulfonyl, substituted or
unsubstituted sulfonamidyl, substituted or unsubstituted
phenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylsulfinyl,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylmethylsulfinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
pyrimidinylsulfinyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
trifluoromethylamino, substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkylaminomethyl, substituted or
unsubstituted dialkylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted
arylaminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted phenylamino, substituted or
unsubstituted thiophenylamino, substituted or unsubstituted
pyridinylamino, substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted indolyl, substituted or unsubstituted
morpholino, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamido, substituted or
unsubstituted arylamido, substituted or unsubstituted ureido,
substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted piperizinyl. In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are selected from the previous
list of substituents with the exception of --C(O)R*, --C(O)OR*,
--C(O)NR*R**.
[0339] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a,
R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a are members
independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano,
amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy,
trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl, diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl,
pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl,
piperizinocarbonyl, piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorobenzyloxy,
unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted benzyl.
[0340] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a structure which is a member
according the following formulas:
##STR00145## ##STR00146## ##STR00147##
[0341] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a structure according to one of
Formulae I-Io with substituent selections for R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a including all the possibilities contained
in paragraph 106 except for H. In an exemplary embodiment, the
pharmaceutical formulation comprises a compound that has a
structure according to one of Formulae Ib-Io with substituent
selections for R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a
including all the possiblities contained in paragraph 107 except
for H.
[0342] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a formula according to Formulae
(Ib)-(Ie) wherein R.sup.1a is a member selected from H, a negative
charge and a salt counterion and the remaining R group (R.sup.9a in
Ib, R.sup.10a in Ic, R.sup.11a in Id, and R.sup.12a in Ie) is a
member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano, amino,
methyl, hydroxylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy,
trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl, diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl,
pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl,
piperizinocarbonyl, piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy and 4-fluorobenzyloxy.
[0343] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a formula according to Formulae
(If)-(Ik) wherein R.sup.1a is a member selected from H, a negative
charge and a salt counterion and each of the remaining two R groups
(R.sup.9a and R.sup.10a in If, R.sup.9a and R.sup.11a in Ig,
R.sup.9a and R.sup.12a in Ih, R.sup.10a and R.sup.11a in Ii,
R.sup.10a and R.sup.12a in Ij, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a in Ik) is a
member independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro,
cyano, amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy,
trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl, diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl,
pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl,
piperizinocarbonyl, piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, and 4-fluorobenzyloxy.
[0344] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a formula according to Formulae
(Il)-(Io) wherein R.sup.1a is a member selected from H, a negative
charge and a salt counterion and each of the remaining three R
groups (R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a in 1 (Il), R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.12a in (Im), R.sup.9a, R.sup.11a, R.sup.12a in
(In), R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a, R.sup.12a in (Io)) is a member
independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, nitro, cyano,
amino, methyl, hydroxylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy,
trifluoromethyoxy, ethyl, diethylcarbamoyl, pyridin-2-yl,
pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidinyl, piperizino, piperizinyl,
piperizinocarbonyl, piperizinylcarbonyl, carboxyl, 1-tetrazolyl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, thiophenyl,
3-(butylcarbonyl) phenylmethoxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl,
1-ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy-, 1-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-,
1-ethoxycarbonyl-, carboxymethoxy-, thiophen-2-yl,
thiophen-2-ylthio-, thiophen-3-yl, thiophen-3-ylthio,
4-fluorophenylthio, butylcarbonylphenylmethoxy,
butylcarbonylphenylmethyl, butylcarbonylmethyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(piperidin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-2-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(piperidin-3-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methoxy,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)methyl,
1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl,
1-4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl,
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonylmethyl,
(1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)carbonyl)-methoxy),
1-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl, 1H-indol-1-yl, morpholino-,
morpholinyl, morpholinocarbonyl, morpholinylcarbonyl, phenylureido,
phenylcarbamoyl, acetamido, 3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl, benzylamino,
5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-methoxy-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl,
5-chloro-3-(2-cyanoethylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)), dibenzylamino,
benzylamino, 5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)),
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy, 4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl,
4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylthio, 2-cyanophenoxy, 3-cyanophenoxy,
4-cyanophenoxy, 2-cyanophenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio,
4-cyanophenylthio, 2-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy,
4-chlorophenoxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy,
2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-cyanobenzyloxy, 4-cyanobenzyloxy,
2-chlorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy,
2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, and 4-fluorobenzyloxy.
[0345] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that is a member selected from:
##STR00148## ##STR00149## ##STR00150## ##STR00151## ##STR00152##
##STR00153## ##STR00154## ##STR00155##
[0346] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound of the invention
has a structure which is a member selected from:
##STR00156##
in which q is a number between 0 and 1. R.sup.g is halogen.
R.sup.a, R.sup.b, R.sup.c, R.sup.d and R.sup.e are members
independently selected from a member selected from H, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound in the pharmaceutical formulation is a
member selected from
##STR00157##
[0347] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound has a structure is
a member selected from:
##STR00158##
[0348] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.a, R.sup.d and R.sup.e are
each members independently selected from:
##STR00159##
[0349] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.b and R.sup.c are members
independently selected from H, methyl,
##STR00160##
[0350] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.b is H and R.sup.c is
a member selected from H, methyl,
##STR00161##
[0351] In another exemplary embodiment, R.sup.b and R.sup.c are,
together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, optionally
joined to form a member selected from
##STR00162## ##STR00163##
[0352] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.a is a member selected
from
##STR00164##
[0353] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.d is a member selected
from
##STR00165##
[0354] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sup.e is a member selected
from
##STR00166##
[0355] In another exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical
formulations described herein can form a hydrate with water, a
solvate with an alcohol (e.g. methanol, ethanol, propanol); an
adduct with an amino compound (e.g. ammonia, methylamine,
ethylamine); an adduct with an acid (e.g. formic acid, acetic
acid); complexes with ethanolamine, quinoline, amino acids, and the
like.
[0356] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a structure according to Formula
(Ip):
##STR00167##
in which R.sup.x2 is a member selected from substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl and substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 heteroalkyl. R.sup.y2 and R.sup.z2
are members independently selected from H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[0357] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a structure according to Formula
(Iq):
##STR00168##
wherein B is boron. R.sup.x2 is a member selected from substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl and substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.5 heteroalkyl. R.sup.y2 and R.sup.z2
are members independently selected from H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In another exemplary
embodiment, at least one member selected from R.sup.3a, R.sup.4a,
R.sup.5a, R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, R.sup.8a, R.sup.9a, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is a member selected from nitro, cyano and
halogen.
[0358] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a structure which is a member
selected from the following Formulae:
##STR00169##
In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a formula according to Formulae
(Ib)-(Ie) wherein at least one member selected from R.sup.3a,
R.sup.4a, R.sup.5a, R.sup.6a, R.sup.7a, R.sup.8a, R.sup.9a,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.11a and R.sup.12a is a member selected from nitro,
cyano, fluro, chloro, bromo and cyanophenoxy. In an exemplary
embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation comprises a compound
that has a structure which is a member selected from
##STR00170## ##STR00171##
[0359] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
comprises a compound that has a structure that is a member selected
from
##STR00172##
[0360] In another exemplary embodiment, there is a proviso that the
pharmaceutical formulation cannot comprise a structure according to
Formula (Iaa):
##STR00173##
wherein R.sup.6b, R.sup.9b, R.sup.10b, R.sup.11b and a R.sup.12b
have the same substituent listings as described for Formulae (Ix)
and (Iy) above.
[0361] The pharmaceutical formulations of the invention can take a
variety of forms adapted to the chosen route of administration.
Those skilled in the art will recognize various synthetic
methodologies that may be employed to prepare non-toxic
pharmaceutical formulations incorporating the compounds described
herein. Those skilled in the art will recognize a wide variety of
non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable solvents that may be used to
prepare solvates of the compounds of the invention, such as water,
ethanol, propylene glycol, mineral oil, vegetable oil and
dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO).
[0362] The compositions of the invention may be administered
orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray or rectally
in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles. It is
further understood that the best method of administration may be a
combination of methods. Oral administration in the form of a pill,
capsule, elixir, syrup, lozenge, troche, or the like is
particularly preferred. The term parenteral as used herein includes
subcutaneous injections, intradermal, intravascular (e.g.,
intravenous), intramuscular, spinal, intrathecal injection or like
injection or infusion techniques.
[0363] The pharmaceutical formulations containing compounds of the
invention are preferably in a form suitable for oral use, for
example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily
suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or
soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
[0364] Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according
to any method known in the art for the manufacture of
pharmaceutical formulations, and such compositions may contain one
or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening
agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in
order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable
preparations. Tablets may contain the active ingredient in
admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients
that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients
may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate,
sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate;
granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or
alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or
acacia; and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate,
stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be
coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption
in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained
action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material
such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be
employed.
[0365] Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard
gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an
inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium
phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active
ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut
oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
[0366] Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in
admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous
suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example
sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose,
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate,
polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; and dispersing
or wetting agents, which may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide,
for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene
oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or
condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic
alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation
products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty
acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or
condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived
from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene
sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one
or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl
p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more
flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as
sucrose or saccharin.
[0367] Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active
ingredients in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil,
sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid
paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for
example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents
such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to
provide palatable oral preparations. These compositions may be
preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic
acid.
[0368] Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of
an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active
ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent,
suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing
or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those
already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example
sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
[0369] Pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may also be in
the form of oil-in-water emulsions and water-in-oil emulsions. The
oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis
oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of
these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring gums,
for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth; naturally-occurring
phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial
esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol; anhydrides, for
example sorbitan monooleate; and condensation products of the said
partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene
sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and
flavoring agents.
[0370] Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents,
for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such
formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, and
flavoring and coloring agents. The pharmaceutical formulations may
be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous
suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the
known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and
suspending agents, which have been mentioned above. The sterile
injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or
suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or
solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the
acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water,
Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In
addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a
solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil
may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In
addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the
preparation of injectables.
[0371] The composition of the invention may also be administered in
the form of suppositories, e.g., for rectal administration of the
drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a
suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary
temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will
therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials
are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
[0372] Alternatively, the compositions can be administered
parenterally in a sterile medium. The drug, depending on the
vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or
dissolved in the vehicle. Advantageously, adjuvants such as local
anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can be dissolved in
the vehicle.
[0373] For administration to non-human animals, the composition
containing the therapeutic compound may be added to the animal's
feed or drinking water. Also, it will be convenient to formulate
animal feed and drinking water products so that the animal takes in
an appropriate quantity of the compound in its diet. It will
further be convenient to present the compound in a composition as a
premix for addition to the feed or drinking water. The composition
can also added as a food or drink supplement for humans.
[0374] Dosage levels of the order of from about 5 mg to about 250
mg per kilogram of body weight per day and more preferably from
about 25 mg to about 150 mg per kilogram of body weight per day,
are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions. The
amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier
materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon
the condition being treated and the particular mode of
administration. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between
from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
[0375] Frequency of dosage may also vary depending on the compound
used and the particular disease treated. However, for treatment of
most disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily or less is
preferred. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose
level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of
factors including the activity of the specific compound employed,
the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of
administration, route of administration and rate of excretion, drug
combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing
therapy.
[0376] Preferred compounds of the invention will have desirable
pharmacological properties that include, but are not limited to,
oral bioavailability, low toxicity, low serum protein binding and
desirable in vitro and in vivo half-lives. Penetration of the blood
brain barrier for compounds used to treat CNS disorders is
necessary, while low brain levels of compounds used to treat
peripheral disorders are often preferred.
[0377] Assays may be used to predict these desirable
pharmacological properties. Assays used to predict bioavailability
include transport across human intestinal cell monolayers,
including Caco-2 cell monolayers. Toxicity to cultured hepatocyctes
may be used to predict compound toxicity. Penetration of the blood
brain barrier of a compound in humans may be predicted from the
brain levels of laboratory animals that receive the compound
intravenously.
[0378] Serum protein binding may be predicted from albumin binding
assays. Such assays are described in a review by Oravcova, et al.
(Journal of Chromatography B (1996) volume 677, pages 1-27).
[0379] Compound half-life is inversely proportional to the
frequency of dosage of a compound. In vitro half-lives of compounds
may be predicted from assays of microsomal half-life as described
by Kuhnz and Gieschen (Drug Metabolism and Disposition, (1998)
volume 26, pages 1120-1127).
[0380] The amount of the composition required for use in treatment
will vary not only with the particular compound selected but also
with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being
treated and the age and condition of the patient and will
ultimately be at the discretion of the attendant physician or
clinician.
[0381] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
excipient comprises ethanol and the pharmaceutical formulation
compound is 1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In
another exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
excipient comprises propylene glycol and the pharmaceutical
formulation compound is
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an exemplary
embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises: about
propylene glycol:ethanol 1:4, with 1:10 wt/volume of
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an exemplary
embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises: about 70%
ethanol; about 20% poly(vinyl methyl ether-alt-maleic acid
monobutyl ester); about 10%
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an exemplary
embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises: about 56%
ethanol; about 14% water; about 15% poly(2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate); about 5% dibutyl sebacate; about 10%
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an exemplary
embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises: about 55%
ethanol; about 15% ethyl acetate; about 15% poly(vinyl acetate);
about 5% dibutyl sebacate; about 10%
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In another
exemplary embodiment,
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole is present in a
pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration which is a member
selected from 1%, 2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, 10% and 15% w/v. In another
exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation is a
lacquer.
[0382] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
excipient comprises ethanol and the pharmaceutical formulation
compound is
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In
another exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
excipient comprises propylene glycol and the pharmaceutical
formulation compound is
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an
exemplary embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises:
about 20% propylene glycol; about 70% ethanol; about 10%
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an
exemplary embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises:
about 70% ethanol; about 20% poly(vinyl methyl ether-alt-maleic
acid monobutyl ester); about 10%
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an
exemplary embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises:
about 56% ethanol; about 14% water; about 15% poly(2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate); about 5% dibutyl sebacate; about 10%
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In an
exemplary embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises:
about 55% ethanol; about 15% ethyl acetate; about 15% poly(vinyl
acetate); about 5% dibutyl sebacate; about 10%
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole. In
another exemplary embodiment,
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole is
present in a pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration which is
a member selected from 1%, 2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, 10% and 15% w/v. In
another exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation is a
lacquer.
[0383] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
excipient comprises ethanol and the pharmaceutical formulation
compound is a compound described herein. In another exemplary
embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation excipient comprises
propylene glycol and the pharmaceutical formulation compound is a
compound described herein. In an exemplary embodiment the
pharmaceutical formulation comprises: about 20% propylene glycol;
about 70% ethanol; about 10% of a compound described herein. In an
exemplary embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises:
about 70% ethanol; about 20% poly(vinyl methyl ether-alt-maleic
acid monobutyl ester); about 10% of a compound described herein. In
an exemplary embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation comprises:
about 56% ethanol; about 14% water; about 15% poly(2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate); about 5% dibutyl sebacate; about 10% of a compound
described herein. In an exemplary embodiment the pharmaceutical
formulation comprises: about 55% ethanol; about 15% ethyl acetate;
about 15% poly(vinyl acetate); about 5% dibutyl sebacate; about 10%
of a compound described herein. In another exemplary embodiment, a
compound described herein is present in a pharmaceutical
formulation in a concentration which is a member selected from 1%,
2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, 10% and 15% w/v. In another exemplary embodiment,
the pharmaceutical formulation is a lacquer.
VII. a) Topical Formulations
[0384] In a preferred embodiment, the methods of the invention can
be used employed through the topical application of the compounds
described herein.
[0385] The compositions of the present invention comprises fluid or
semi-solid vehicles that may include but are not limited to
polymers, thickeners, buffers, neutralizers, chelating agents,
preservatives, surfactants or emulsifiers, antioxidants, waxes or
oils, emollients, sunscreens, and a solvent or mixed solvent
system. The solvent or mixed solvent system is important to the
formation because it is primarily responsible for dissolving the
drug. The best solvent or mixed solvent systems are also capable of
maintaining clinically relevant levels of the drug in solution
despite the addition of a poor solvent to the formulation. The
topical compositions useful in the subject invention can be made
into a wide variety of product types. These include, but are not
limited to, lotions, creams, gels, sticks, sprays, ointments,
pastes, foams, mousses, and cleansers. These product types can
comprise several types of carrier systems including, but not
limited to particles, nanoparticles, and liposomes. If desired,
disintegrating agents can be added, such as the cross-linked
polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar or alginic acid or a salt thereof such
as sodium alginate. Techniques for formulation and administration
can be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,
supra. The formulation can be selected to maximize delivery to a
desired target site in the body.
[0386] Lotions, which are preparations that are to be applied to
the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof surface without friction, are
typically liquid or semi-liquid preparations in which finely
divided solid, waxy, or liquid are dispersed. Lotions will
typically contain suspending agents to produce better dispersions
as well as compounds useful for localizing and holding the active
agent in contact with the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof, e.g.,
methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, or the like.
[0387] Creams containing the active agent for delivery according to
the present invention are viscous liquid or semisolid emulsions,
either oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Cream bases are
water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an
aqueous phase. The oil phase is generally comprised of petrolatum
or a fatty alcohol, such as cetyl- or stearyl alcohol; the aqueous
phase usually, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in
volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a
cream formulation, as explained in Remington: The Science and
Practice of Pharmacy, supra, is generally a nonionic, anionic,
cationic or amphoteric surfactant.
[0388] Gel formulations can also be used in connection with the
present invention. As will be appreciated by those working in the
field of topical drug formulation, gels are semisolid. Single-phase
gels contain organic macromolecules distributed substantially
uniformly throughout the carrier liquid, which is typically
aqueous, but also may be a solvent or solvent blend.
[0389] Ointments, which are semisolid preparations, are typically
based on petrolatum or other petroleum derivatives. As will be
appreciated by the ordinarily skilled artisan, the specific
ointment base to be used is one that provides for optimum delivery
for the active agent chosen for a given formulation, and,
preferably, provides for other desired characteristics as well,
e.g., emolliency or the like. As with other carriers or vehicles,
an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and
non-sensitizing. As explained in Remington: The Science and
Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Ed. (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Co.,
1995), at pages 1399-1404, ointment bases may be grouped in four
classes: oleaginous bases; emulsifiable bases; emulsion bases; and
water-soluble bases. Oleaginous ointment bases include, for
example, vegetable oils, fats obtained from animals, and semisolid
hydrocarbons obtained from petroleum. Emulsifiable ointment bases,
also known as absorbent ointment bases, contain little or no water
and include, for example, hydroxystearin sulfate, anhydrous lanolin
and hydrophilic petrolatum. Emulsion ointment bases are either
water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, and
include, for example, cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin
and stearic acid. Preferred water-soluble ointment bases are
prepared from polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight;
again, reference may be had to Remington: The Science and Practice
of Pharmacy, supra, for further information.
[0390] Useful formulations of the invention also encompass sprays.
Sprays generally provide the active agent in an aqueous and/or
alcoholic solution which can be misted onto the skin, nail, hair,
claw or hoof for delivery. Such sprays include those formulated to
provide for concentration of the active agent solution at the site
of administration following delivery, e.g., the spray solution can
be primarily composed of alcohol or other like volatile liquid in
which the drug or active agent can be dissolved. Upon delivery to
the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof, the carrier evaporates, leaving
concentrated active agent at the site of administration.
[0391] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable solid or gel phase carriers. Examples of such carriers
include but are not limited to calcium carbonate, calcium
phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose derivatives,
gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene glycols.
[0392] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise a
suitable emulsifier which refers to an agent that enhances or
facilitates mixing and suspending oil-in-water or water-in-oil. The
emulsifying agent used herein may consist of a single emulsifying
agent or may be a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric
surfactant or blend of two or more such surfactants; preferred for
use herein are nonionic or anionic emulsifiers. Such surface-active
agents are described in "McCutcheon's Detergent and Emulsifiers,"
North American Edition, 1980 Annual published by the McCutcheon
Division, MC Publishing Company, 175 Rock Road, Glen Rock, N.J.
07452, USA.
[0393] Preferred for use herein are high molecular weight alcohols
such as cetearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol,
emulsifying wax, glyceryl monostearate. Other examples are ethylene
glycol distearate, sorbitan tristearate, propylene glycol
monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monostearate (SPAN 60),
diethylene glycol monolaurate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sucrose
dioleate, sucrose stearate (CRODESTA F-160), polyoxyethylene lauryl
ether (BRIJ 30), polyoxyethylene (2) stearyl ether (BRIJ 72),
polyoxyethylene (21) stearyl ether (BRIJ 721), polyoxyethylene
monostearate (Myrj 45), polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate
(TWEEN 60), polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (TWEEN 80),
polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (TWEEN 20) and sodium oleate.
Cholesterol and cholesterol derivatives may also be employed in
externally used emulsions and promote w/o emulsions.
[0394] Especially suitable nonionic emulsifying agents are those
with hydrophile-lipophile balances (HLB) of about 3 to 6 for w/o
system and 8 to 18 for o/w system as determined by the method
described by Paul L. Lindner in "Emulsions and Emulsion", edited by
Kenneth Lissant, published by Dekker, New York, N.Y., 1974, pages
188-190. More preferred for use herein are one or more nonionic
surfactants that produce a system having HLB of about 8 to about
18.
[0395] Examples of such nonionic emulsifiers include but are not
limited to "BRIJ 72", the trade name for a polyoxyethylene (2)
stearyl ether having an HLB of 4.9; "BRIJ 721", the trade name for
a polyoxyethylene (21) stearyl ether having an HLB of 15.5, "Brij
30", the trade name for polyoxyethylene lauryl ether having an HLB
of 9.7; "Polawax", the trade name for emulsifying wax having an HLB
of 8.0; "Span 60", the trade name for sorbitan monostearate having
an HLB of 4.7; "Crodesta F-160", the trade name for sucrose
stearate" having an HLB of 14.5. All of these materials are
available from Ruger Chemicals Inc.; Croda; ICI Americas, Inc.;
Spectrum Chemicals; and BASF. When the topical formulations of the
present invention contain at least one emulsifying agent, each
emulsifying agent is present in amount from about 0.5 to about 2.5
wt %, preferably 0.5 to 2.0%, more preferably 1.0% or 1.8%.
Preferably the emulsifying agent comprises a mixture of steareth 21
(at about 1.8%) and steareth 2 (at about 1.0%).
[0396] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable emollients. Emollients are materials used for the
prevention or relief of dryness, as well as for the protection of
the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof. Useful emollients include, but
are not limited to, cetyl alcohol, isopropyl myristate, stearyl
alcohol, and the like. A wide variety of suitable emollients are
known and can be used herein. See e.g., Sagarin, Cosmetics, Science
and Technology, 2nd Edition, Vol. 1, pp. 32-43 (1972), and U.S.
Pat. No. 4,919,934, to Deckner et al., issued Apr. 24, 1990, both
of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
These materials are available from Ruger Chemical Co, (Irvington,
N.J.).
[0397] When the topical formulations of the present invention
contain at least one emollient, each emollient is present in an
amount from about 0.1 to 15%, preferably 0.1 to about 3.0, more
preferably 0.5, 1.0, or 2.5 wt %. Preferably the emollient is a
mixture of cetyl alcohol, isopropyl myristate and stearyl alcohol
in a 1/5/2 ratio. The emollient may also be a mixture of cetyl
alcohol and stearyl alcohol in a 1/2 ratio.
[0398] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable antioxidants, substances known to inhibit oxidation.
Antioxidants suitable for use in accordance with the present
invention include, but are not limited to, butylated
hydroxytoluene, ascorbic acid, sodium ascorbate, calcium ascorbate,
ascorbic palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole,
2,4,5-trihydroxybutyrophenone,
4-hydroxymethyl-2,6-di-tert-butylphenol, erythorbic acid, gum
guaiac, propyl gallate, thiodipropionic acid, dilauryl
thiodipropionate, tert-butylhydroquinone and tocopherols such as
vitamin E, and the like, including pharmaceutically acceptable
salts and esters of these compounds. Preferably, the antioxidant is
butylated hydroxytoluene, butylated hydroxyanisole, propyl gallate,
ascorbic acid, pharmaceutically acceptable salts or esters thereof,
or mixtures thereof. Most preferably, the antioxidant is butylated
hydroxytoluene. These materials are available from Ruger Chemical
Co, (Irvington, N.J.).
[0399] When the topical formulations of the present invention
contain at least one antioxidant, the total amount of antioxidant
present is from about 0.001 to 0.5 wt %, preferably 0.05 to about
0.5 wt %, more preferably 0.1%.
[0400] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable preservatives. Preservatives are compounds added to a
pharmaceutical formulation to act as an anti-microbial agent. Among
preservatives known in the art as being effective and acceptable in
parenteral formulations are benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium,
chlorohexidine, phenol, m-cresol, benzyl alcohol, methylparaben,
propylparaben, chlorobutanol, o-cresol, p-cresol, chlorocresol,
phenylmercuric nitrate, thimerosal, benzoic acid, and various
mixtures thereof. See, e.g., Wallhausser, K.-H., Develop. Biol.
Standard, 24:9-28 (1974) (S. Krager, Basel). Preferably, the
preservative is selected from methylparaben, propylparaben and
mixtures thereof. These materials are available from Inolex
Chemical Co (Philadelphia, Pa.) or Spectrum Chemicals.
[0401] When the topical formulations of the present invention
contain at least one preservative, the total amount of preservative
present is from about 0.01 to about 0.5 wt %, preferably from about
0.1 to 0.5%, more preferably from about 0.03 to about 0.15.
Preferably the preservative is a mixture of methylparaben and
proplybarben in a 5/1 ratio. When alcohol is used as a
preservative, the amount is usually 15 to 20%.
[0402] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable chelating agents to form complexes with metal cations that
do not cross a lipid bilayer. Examples of suitable chelating agents
include ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), ethylene
glycol-bis(beta-aminoethyl ether)-N,N,N',N'-tetraacetic acid (EGTA)
and
8-Amino-2-[(2-amino-5-methylphenoxy)methyl]-6-methoxyquinoline-N,N,N',N'--
tetraacetic acid, tetrapotassium salt (QUIN-2). Preferably the
chelating agents are EDTA and citric acid. These materials are
available from Spectrum Chemicals.
[0403] When the topical formulations of the present invention
contain at least one chelating agent, the total amount of chelating
agent present is from about 0.005% to 2.0% by weight, preferably
from about 0.05% to about 0.5 wt %, more preferably about 0.1% by
weight.
[0404] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable neutralizing agents used to adjust the pH of the
formulation to within a pharmaceutically acceptable range. Examples
of neutralizing agents include but are not limited to trolamine,
tromethamine, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and
acetic acid. Such materials are available from are available from
Spectrum Chemicals (Gardena, Calif.).
[0405] When the topical formulations of the present invention
contain at least one neutralizing agent, the total amount of
neutralizing agent present is from about 0.1 wt to about 10 wt %,
preferably 0.1 wt % to about 5.0 wt %, and more preferably about
1.0 wt %. The neutralizing agent is generally added in whatever
amount is required to bring the formulation to the desired pH.
[0406] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable viscosity increasing agents. These components are
diffusible compounds capable of increasing the viscosity of a
polymer-containing solution through the interaction of the agent
with the polymer. CARBOPOL ULTREZ 10 may be used as a
viscosity-increasing agent. These materials are available from
Noveon Chemicals, Cleveland, Ohio.
[0407] When the topical formulations of the present invention
contain at least one viscosity increasing agent, the total amount
of viscosity increasing agent present is from about 0.25% to about
5.0% by weight, preferably from about 0.25% to about 1.0 wt %, and
more preferably from about 0.4% to about 0.6% by weight.
[0408] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
suitable nail penetration enhancers. Examples of nail penetration
enhancers include mercaptan compounds, sulfites and bisulfites,
keratolytic agents and surfactants. Nail penetration enhancers
suitable for use in the invention are described in greater detail
in Malhotra et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 91:2, 312-323 (2002), which is
incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0409] The topical pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise
one or more suitable solvents. The ability of any solid substance
(solute) to dissolve in any liquid substance (solvent) is dependent
upon the physical properties of the solute and the solvent. When
solutes and solvents have similar physical properties the
solubility of the solute in the solvent will be the greatest. This
gives rise to the traditional understanding that "like dissolves
like." Solvents can be characterized in one extreme as non-polar,
lipophilic oils, while in the other extreme as polar hydrophilic
solvents. Oily solvents dissolve other non-polar substances by Van
der Wals interactions while water and other hydrophilic solvents
dissolve polar substances by ionic, dipole, or hydrogen bonding
interactions. All solvents can be listed along a continuum from the
least polar, i.e. hydrocarbons such as decane, to the most polar
solvent being water. A solute will have its greatest solubility in
solvents having equivalent polarity. Thus, for drugs having minimal
solubility in water, less polar solvents will provide improved
solubility with the solvent having polarity nearly equivalent to
the solute providing maximum solubility. Most drugs have
intermediate polarity, and thus experience maximum solubility in
solvents such as propylene glycol or ethanol, which are
significantly less polar than water. If the drug has greater
solubility in propylene glycol (for example 8% (w/w)) than in water
(for example 0.1% (w/w)), then addition of water to propylene
glycol should decrease the maximum amount of drug solubility for
the solvent mixture compared with pure propylene glycol. Addition
of a poor solvent to an excellent solvent will decrease the maximum
solubility for the blend compared with the maximum solubility in
the excellent solvent.
[0410] When compounds are incorporated into topical formulations
the concentration of active ingredient in the formulation may be
limited by the solubility of the active ingredient in the chosen
solvent and/or carrier. Non-lipophilic drugs typically display very
low solubility in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents and/or
carriers. For example, the solubility of some compounds in the
invention in water is less than 0.00025% wt/wt. The solubility of
the same compounds in the invention can be less than about 2% wt/wt
in either propylene glycol or isopropyl myristate. In one
embodiment of the present invention, diethylene glycol monoethyl
ether (DGME) is the solvent used to dissolve the compounds of the
invention. The compounds in the invention useful in the present
formulation are believed to have a solubility of from about 10%
wt/wt to about 25% wt/wt in DGME. In another embodiment a DGME
water cosolvent system is used to dissolve the compounds of the
invention. The solvent capacity of DGME drops when water is added;
however, the DGME/water cosolvent system can be designed to
maintain the desired concentration of from about 0.1% to about 5%
wt/wt active ingredient. Preferably the active ingredient is
present from about 0.5% to about 3% wt/wt, and more preferably at
about 1% wt/wt, in the as-applied topical formulations. Because
DGME is less volatile than water, as the topical formulation
evaporates upon application, the active agent becomes more soluble
in the cream formulation. This increased solubility reduces the
likelihood of reduced bioavailability caused by the drug
precipitating on the surface of the skin, nail, hair, claw or
hoof.
[0411] Liquid forms, such as lotions suitable for topical
administration or suitable for cosmetic application, may include a
suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle with buffers, suspending and
dispensing agents, thickeners, penetration enhancers, and the like.
Solid forms such as creams or pastes or the like may include, for
example, any of the following ingredients, water, oil, alcohol or
grease as a substrate with surfactant, polymers such as
polyethylene glycol, thickeners, solids and the like. Liquid or
solid formulations may include enhanced delivery technologies such
as liposomes, microsomes, microsponges and the like.
[0412] Additionally, the compounds can be delivered using a
sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid
hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various
sustained-release materials have been established and are well
known by those skilled in the art.
[0413] Topical treatment regimens according to the practice of this
invention comprise applying the composition directly to the skin,
nail, hair, claw or hoof at the application site, from one to
several times daily.
[0414] Formulations of the present invention can be used to treat,
ameliorate or prevent conditions or symptoms associated with
bacterial infections, acne, inflammation and the like.
[0415] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
includes a simple solution. In an exemplary embodiment, the simple
solution includes an alcohol. In an exemplary embodiment, the
simple solution includes alcohol and water. In an exemplary
embodiment, the alcohol is ethanol, ethylene glycol, propanol,
polypropylene glycol, isopropanol or butanol. In another exemplary
embodiment, the simple solution is a member selected from about 10%
polypropylene glycol and about 90% ethanol; about 20% polypropylene
glycol and about 80% ethanol; about 30% polypropylene glycol and
about 70% ethanol; about 40% polypropylene glycol and about 60%
ethanol; about 50% polypropylene glycol and about 50% ethanol;
about 60% polypropylene glycol and about 40% ethanol; about 70%
polypropylene glycol and about 30% ethanol; about 80% polypropylene
glycol and about 20% ethanol; about 90% polypropylene glycol and
about 10% ethanol.
[0416] In an exemplary embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation
is a lacquer. Please see Remington's, supra, for more information
on the production of lacquers.
[0417] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in said
pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration of from about 0.5% to
about 15%. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in
said pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration of from about
0.1% to about 12.5%. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is
present in said pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration of
from about 1% to about 10%. In an exemplary embodiment, the
compound is present in said pharmaceutical formulation in a
concentration of from about 1% to about 5%. In an exemplary
embodiment, the compound is present in said pharmaceutical
formulation in a concentration of from about 0.5% to about 5%. In
an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in said
pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration of from about 0.5% to
about 7.5%. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present in
said pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration of from about 5%
to about 7.5%. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present
in said pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration of from about
2% to about 8%. In an exemplary embodiment, the compound is present
in said pharmaceutical formulation in a concentration of from about
4% to about 9%.
VII. b) Additional Active Agents
[0418] The following are examples of the cosmetic and
pharmaceutical agents that can be added to the topical
pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention. The following
agents are known compounds and are readily available
commercially.
[0419] Anti-inflammatory agents include, but are not limited to,
bisabolol, mentholatum, dapsone, aloe, hydrocortisone, and the
like.
[0420] Vitamins include, but are not limited to, Vitamin B, Vitamin
E, Vitamin A, Vitamin D, and the like and vitamin derivatives such
as tazarotene, calcipotriene, tretinoin, adapalene and the
like.
[0421] Anti-aging agents include, but are not limited to,
niacinamide, retinol and retinoid derivatives, AHA, Ascorbic acid,
lipoic acid, coenzyme Q 10, beta hydroxy acids, salicylic acid,
copper binding peptides, dimethylaminoethyl (DAEA), and the
like.
[0422] Sunscreens and or sunburn relief agents include, but are not
limited to, PABA, jojoba, aloe, padimate-O, methoxycinnamates,
proxamine HCl, lidocaine and the like. Sunless tanning agents
include, but are not limited to, dihydroxyacetone (DHA).
[0423] Psoriasis-treating agents and/or acne-treating agents
include, but are not limited to, salicylic acid, benzoyl peroxide,
coal tar, selenium sulfide, zinc oxide, pyrithione (zinc and/or
sodium), tazarotene, calcipotriene, tretinoin, adapalene and the
like.
[0424] Agents that are effective to control or modify
keratinization, including without limitation: tretinoin,
tazarotene, and adapalene.
[0425] The compositions comprising an compound/active agent of the
invention, and optionally at least one of these additional agents,
are to be administered topically. In a primary application, this
leads to the compounds of the invention and any other active agent
working upon and treating the skin, nail, hair, claw or hoof.
Alternatively, any one of the topically applied active agents may
also be delivered systemically by transdermal routes.
[0426] In such compositions an additional cosmetically or
pharmaceutically effective agent, such as an anti-inflammatory
agent, vitamin, anti-aging agent, sunscreen, and/or acne-treating
agent, for example, is usually a minor component (from about 0.001%
to about 20% by weight or preferably from about 0.01% to about 10%
by weight) with the remainder being various vehicles or carriers
and processing aids helpful for forming the desired dosing
form.
VII. c) Testing
[0427] Preferred compounds for use in the present topical
formulations will have certain pharmacological properties. Such
properties include, but are not limited to, low toxicity, low serum
protein binding and desirable in vitro and in vivo half-lives.
Assays may be used to predict these desirable pharmacological
properties. Assays used to predict bioavailability include
transport across human intestinal cell monolayers, including Caco-2
cell monolayers. Serum protein binding may be predicted from
albumin binding assays. Such assays are described in a review by
Oravcova et al. (1996, J. Chromat. B677: 1-27). Compound half-life
is inversely proportional to the frequency of dosage of a compound.
In vitro half-lives of compounds may be predicted from assays of
microsomal half-life as described by Kuhnz and Gleschen (Drug
Metabolism and Disposition, (1998) volume 26, pages 1120-1127).
[0428] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be
determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures
or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose
lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED.sub.50 (the dose
therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio
between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and
it can be expressed as the ratio between LD.sub.50 and ED.sub.50.
Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. The
data obtained from these cell culture assays and animal studies can
be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The
dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of
circulating concentrations that include the ED.sub.50 with little
or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending
upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration
utilized. The exact formulation, route of administration and dosage
can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's
condition. (See, e.g. Fingl et al., 1975, in "The Pharmacological
Basis of Therapeutics", Ch. 1, p. 1).
VII. d) Administration
[0429] For any compound used in the method of the invention, the
therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell
culture assays, as disclosed herein. For example, a dose can be
formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating concentration
range that includes the EC.sub.50 (effective dose for 50% increase)
as determined in cell culture, i.e., the concentration of the test
compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of bacterial cell
growth. Such information can be used to more accurately determine
useful doses in humans.
[0430] In general, the compounds prepared by the methods, and from
the intermediates, described herein will be administered in a
therapeutically or cosmetically effective amount by any of the
accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar
utilities. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose
level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of
factors including the activity of the specific compound employed,
the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of
administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion,
drug combination, the severity of the particular disease undergoing
therapy and the judgment of the prescribing physician. The drug can
be administered from once or twice a day, or up to 3 or 4 times a
day.
[0431] Dosage amount and interval can be adjusted individually to
provide plasma levels of the active moiety that are sufficient to
maintain bacterial cell growth inhibitory effects. Usual patient
dosages for systemic administration range from 0.1 to 1000 mg/day,
preferably, 1-500 mg/day, more preferably 10-200 mg/day, even more
preferably 100-200 mg/day. Stated in terms of patient body surface
areas, usual dosages range from 50-91 mg/m.sup.2/day.
[0432] The amount of the compound in a formulation can vary within
the full range employed by those skilled in the art. Typically, the
formulation will contain, on a weight percent (wt %) basis, from
about 0.01-10 wt % of the drug based on the total formulation, with
the balance being one or more suitable pharmaceutical excipients.
Preferably, the compound is present at a level of about 0.1-3.0 wt
%, more preferably, about 1.0 wt %.
[0433] The invention is further illustrated by the Examples that
follow. The Examples are not intended to define or limit the scope
of the invention.
EXAMPLES
[0434] Proton NMR are recorded on Varian AS 300 spectrometer and
chemical shifts are reported as .delta. (ppm) down field from
tetramethylsilane. Mass spectra are determined on Micromass Quattro
II.
Example 1
Preparation of 3 from 1
1.1 Reduction of Carboxylic Acid
[0435] To a solution of 1 (23.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (70 mL)
under nitrogen was added dropwise a BH.sub.3 THF solution (1.0 M,
55 mL, 55 mmol) at 0.degree. C. and the reaction mixture was
stirred overnight at room temperature. Then the mixture was cooled
again with ice bath and MeOH (20 mL) was added dropwise to
decompose excess BH.sub.3. The resulting mixture was stirred until
no bubble was released and then 10% NaOH (10 mL) was added. The
mixture was concentrated and the residue was mixed with water (200
mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The residue from rotary evaporation
was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel to give
20.7 mmol of 3.
1.2 Results
[0436] Exemplary compounds of structure 3 prepared by the method
above are provided below.
1.2.a 2-Bromo-5-chlorobenzyl Alcohol
[0437] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.57 (d, J=8.7
Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 1H), 5.59 (t, J=6.0 Hz,
1H) and 4.46 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H) ppm.
1.2.b 2-Bromo-5-methoxybenzyl Alcohol
[0438] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.42 (d, J=8.7
Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J.sub.1=3 Hz, J.sub.2=3
Hz, 1H), 5.43 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (s,
3H).
Example 2
Preparation of 3 from 2
2.1. Reduction of Aldehyde
[0439] To a solution of 2 (Z=H, 10.7 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was
added sodium borohydride (5.40 mol), and the mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 1 h. Water was added, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with
brine and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was
removed under reduced pressure to afford 9.9 mmol of 3.
2.2 Results
[0440] Exemplary compounds of structure 3 prepared by the method
above are provided below.
2.2.a 2-Bromo-5-(4-cyanophenoxy)benzyl Alcohol
[0441] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 2.00 (br s,
1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 6.88 (dd, J=8.5, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz,
1H), 7.26 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.8
Hz, 2H).
2.2.b 2-Bromo-4-(4-cyanophenoxy)benzyl Alcohol
[0442] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.83 (d, 2H),
7.58 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.18 (dd, 1H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 5.48 (t,
1H) and 4.50 (d, 2H) ppm.
2.2.c 5-(4-Cyanophenoxy)-1-Indanol
[0443] M.p. 50-53.degree. C. MS (ESI+): m/z=252 (M+1). HPLC: 99.7%
purity at 254 nm and 99.0% at 220 nm. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.80 (d, 2H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H),
6.98-6.93 (m, 2H), 5.27 (d, 1H), 5.03 (q, 1H), 2.95-2.85 (m, 1H),
2.75-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.29 (m, 1H) and 1.85-1.74 (m, 1H) ppm.
2.2.d 2-Bromo-5-(tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)benzyl Alcohol
[0444] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 0.20 (s,
6H), 0.98 (s, 9H), 4.67 (br s, 1H), 6.65 (dd, J=8.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H),
6.98 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H).
[0445] Additional examples of compounds which can be produced by
this method include 2-bromo-4-(3-cyanophenoxy)benzyl alcohol;
2-bromo-4-(4-chlorophenoxyl)benzyl alcohol; 2-bromo-4-phenoxybenzyl
alcohol; 2-bromo-5-(3,4-dicyanophenoxyl)benzyl alcohol;
2-(2-bromo-5-fluorophenyl)ethyl alcohol; 2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl
alcohol; and 1-bromo-2-naphthalenemethanol.
Example 3
Preparation of 4 from 3
3.1 Protective Alkylation
[0446] Compound 3 (20.7 mmol) was dissolved in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(150 mL) and cooled to 0.degree. C. with ice bath. To this solution
under nitrogen were added in sequence N,N-diisopropyl ethyl amine
(5.4 mL, 31.02 mmol, 1.5 eq) and chloromethyl methyl ether (2 mL,
25.85 mmol, 1.25 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at
room temperature and washed with NaHCO.sub.3-saturated water and
then NaCl-saturated water. The residue after rotary evaporation was
purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel to give
17.6 mmol of 4.
3.2 Results
[0447] Exemplary compounds of structure 4 prepared by the method
above are provided below.
3.2.a 2-Bromo-5-chloro-l-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0448] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.63 (d, J=8.7
Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=2.4 & 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J=8.4 &
2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H) and 3.30 (s, 3H) ppm.
3.2.b 2-Bromo-5-fluoro-1-[1-(methoxymethoxy)ethyl]benzene
[0449] .sup.1H-NMR (300.058 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 1.43 (d,
J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 4.55 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (d, J=6.5
Hz, 1H), 5.07 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=9.7, 2.6
Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H).
3.2.c 2-Bromo-5-fluoro-1-[2-(methoxymethoxy)ethyl]benzene
[0450] .sup.1H-NMR (300.058 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 3.04 (t,
J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.77 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H),
6.82 (td, J=8.2, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J=9.4, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.48
(dd, J=8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H).
3.2.d 2-Bromo-4,5-difluoro-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0451] .sup.1H-NMR (300.058 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 3.42 (s,
3H), 4.57 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 2H).
3.2.e 2-Bromo-5-cyano-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0452] .sup.1H-NMR (300.058 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. ppm 3.43 (s,
3H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J=8.2, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.66
(d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H).
3.2.f 2-Bromo-5-methoxy-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0453] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.48 (dd,
J.sub.1=1.2 Hz, J.sub.2=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.83
(dd, J.sub.1=3 Hz, J.sub.2=3 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H), 4.5
(s, 2H), 3.74 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 3H), 3.32 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 3H) ppm.
3.2.g 1-Benzyl-1-(2-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxymethoxy)ethane
[0454] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.70-7.67 (m,
1H), 7.25-7.09 (m, 6H), 6.96-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.61 (d, 1H), 4.48 (d,
1H), 3.36-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H) and 1.63 (s, 3H) ppm.
3.2.h 2-Bromo-6-fluoro-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0455] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 3.43 (s,
3H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.76 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (t, J=9.1 Hz, 1H),
7.18 (td, J=8.2, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).
3.2.i
2-Bromo-4-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0456] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.84 (d, 2H),
7.56 (d, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.19-7.12 (m, 3H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.56
(s, 2H) and 3.31 (s, 3H) ppm.
3.2.j
2-Bromo-5-(tert-butyldimethylsiloxy)-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0457] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 0.19 (s,
6H), 0.98 (s, 9H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 6.64
(dd, J=8.5, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.5 Hz,
1H).
3.2.k
2-Bromo-5-(2-cyanophenoxy)-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0458] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 3.41 (s,
3H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 6.8-6.9 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, J=7.6,
0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (ddd, J=8.8, 7.6, 1.8 Hz,
1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=7.9, 1.8 Hz, 1H).
3.2.l 2-Bromo-5-phenoxy-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene
[0459] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm) 3.40 (s,
3H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 6.80 (dd, J=8.8, 2.9 hz, 1H), 7.01
(d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=2.9 hz, 1H),
7.35 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H).
[0460] Additional examples of compounds which can be produced by
this method include 2-bromo-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
2-bromo-5-methyl-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
2-bromo-5-(methoxymethoxymethyl)-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
2-bromo-5-fluoro-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
1-bromo-2-(methoxymethoxymethyl)naphthalene;
2-bromo-4-fluoro-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
2-phenyl-1-(2-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxymethoxy)ethane;
2-bromo-5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1-(methoxymethoxy methyl)benzene;
2-bromo-4-(3-cyanophenoxy)-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
2-bromo-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
2-bromo-4-phenoxy-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene;
2-bromo-5-(3,4-dicyanophenoxy)-1-(methoxymethoxymethyl)benzene.
Example 4
Preparation of I from 4 via 5
4.1 Metallation and Boronylation
[0461] To a solution of 4 (17.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (80 mL) at
-78.degree. C. under nitrogen was added dropwise tert-BuLi or
n-BuLi (11.7 mL) and the solution became brown colored. Then,
B(OMe).sub.3 (1.93 mL, 17.3 mmol) was injected in one portion and
the cooling bath was removed. The mixture was warmed gradually with
stirring for 30 min and then stirred with a water bath for 2 h.
After addition of 6N HCl (6 mL), the mixture was stirred overnight
at room temperature and about 50% hydrolysis has happened as shown
by TLC analysis. The solution was rotary evaporated and the residue
was dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and 6N HCl (4 mL). The solution was
refluxed for 1 h and the hydrolysis was completed as indicated by
TLC analysis. Rotary evaporation gave a residue which was dissolved
in EtOAc, washed with water, dried and then evaporated. The crude
product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel
to provide a solid with 80% purity. The solid was further purified
by washing with hexane to afford 7.2 mmol of I.
4.2 Results
[0462] Analytical data for exemplary compounds of structure I are
provided below.
4.2.a 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-chlorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C1)
[0463] M.p. 142-150.degree. C. MS (ESI): m/z=169 (M+1, positive)
and 167 (M-1, negative). HPLC (220 nm): 99% purity. .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.30 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=7.8 Hz,
1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H) and 4.96 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.b 1,3-Dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C2)
[0464] M.p. 83-86.degree. C. MS (ESI): m/z=135 (M+1, positive) and
133 (M-1, negative). HPLC (220 nm): 95.4% purity. .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.14 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),
7.45 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=7.1 Hz,
1H) and 4.97 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.c 5-chloro-3-methylbenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C3)
[0465] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 1.37 (d,
J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 5.17 (q, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd,
J=9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=8.2, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 9.14 (s, 1H).
4.2.d 6-Fluoro-1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,1-benzoxaborine
6-fluoro-3,4-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborinin-1-ol (C4)
[0466] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 2.86 (t,
J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 7.0-7.1 (m, 2H), 7.69 (dd,
J=8.2, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H).
4.2.e 5,6-Difluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
5,6-difluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C5)
[0467] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 4.94 (s,
2H), 7.50 (dd, J=10.7, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=9.7, 8.2 Hz, 1H),
9.34 (s, 1H).
4.2.f 5-Cyano-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-5-carbonitrile (C6)
[0468] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 5.03 (s,
2H), 7.76 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H),
9.53 (s, 1H).
4.2.g 1,3-Dihydro-1-hydroxy-5-methoxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-methoxybenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C7)
[0469] M.p. 102-104.degree. C. MS ESI: m/z=165.3 (M+1) and 162.9
(M-1). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 8.95 (s, 1H),
7.60 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.91
(s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.h 1,3-Dihydro-1-hydroxy-5-methyl-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-methylbenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C8)
[0470] M.p. 124-128.degree. C. MS ESI: m/z=148.9 (M+1) and 146.9
(M-1). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.05 (s, 1H),
7.58 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.91
(s, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.i 1,3-Dihydro-1-hydroxy-5-hydroxymethyl-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-(hydroxymethyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C9)
[0471] MS: m/z=163 (M-1, ESI-). .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.08 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H),
7.27 (d, 1H), 5.23 (t, 1H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 4.53 (d, 2H) ppm.
4.2.j 1,3-Dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C10)
[0472] M.p. 110-114.degree. C. MS ESI: m/z=150.9 (M-1). .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.20 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J.sub.1=6
Hz, J.sub.2=6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H)
ppm.
4.2.k 1,3-Dihydro-2-oxa-1-cyclopenta[{acute over
(.alpha.)}]naphthalene
naphtho[1,2-c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C11)
[0473] M.P. 139-143.degree. C. MS ESI: m/z=184.9 (M+1). .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd,
J.sub.1=6.9 Hz, J.sub.2=0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.95
(d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.47 (m, 3H), 5.09 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.m 1,3-Dihydro-6-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C13)
[0474] M.p. 110-117.5.degree. C. MS (ESI): m/z=151 (M-1, negative).
HPLC (220 nm): 100% purity. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta. 9.29 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.29 (td, 1H) and 4.95 (s,
2H) ppm.
4.2.n 3-Benzyl-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-3-methyl-2,1-benzoxaborole
3-benzyl-3-methylbenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C14)
[0475] MS (ESI): m/z=239 (M+1, positive). HPLC: 99.5% purity at 220
nm and 95.9% at 254 nm. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta. 8.89 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H),
7.09-7.05 (m, 3H), 6.96-6.94 (m, 2H), 3.10 (d, 1H), 3.00 (d, 1H)
and 1.44 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.o 3-Benzyl-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
3-benzylbenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C15)
[0476] MS (ESI+): m/z=225 (M+1). HPLC: 93.4% purity at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.08 (s, 1H), 7.63
(dd, 1H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.35-7.14 (m, 7H), 5.38 (dd, 1H), 3.21 (dd,
1H) and 2.77 (dd, 1H) ppm.
4.2.p 1,3-Dihydro-4-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
4-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C16)
[0477] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 5.06 (s,
2H), 7.26 (ddd, J=9.7, 7.9, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (td, J=8.2, 4.7 Hz,
1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 9.41 (s, 1H).
4.2.q
5-(4-Cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)benzonitrile
(C17)
[0478] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 4.95 (s,
2H), 7.08 (dd, J=7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d,
J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 9.22
(s, 1H).
4.2.r
6-(4-Cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yloxy)benzonitrile
(C18)
[0479] M.p. 148-151.degree. C. MS: m/z=252 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=250
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 100% purity at 254 nm and 98.7% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.26 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d,
2H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (d, 2H) and
4.99 (s, 2H) ppm
4.2.s
6-(3-Cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
3-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yloxy)benzonitrile
(C19)
[0480] M.p. 146-149.degree. C. MS: m/z=252 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=250
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 100% purity at 254 nm and 97.9% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.21 (s, 1H),
7.60-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.23 (dd,
1H) and 4.98 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.t
6-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-(4-chlorophenoxyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C20)
[0481] M.p. 119-130.degree. C. MS: m/z=261 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=259
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 100% purity at 254 nm and 98.9% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.18 (s, 1H),
7.45-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.19 (dd, 1H), 7.01 (d, 2H) and
4.96 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.u 6-Phenoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-phenoxybenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C21)
[0482] M.p. 95-99.degree. C. MS: m/z=227 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=225
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 100% purity at 254 nm and 98.4% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.17 (s, 1H),
7.43-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, 2H)
and 4.96 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.v
5-(4-Cyanobenzyloxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
4-((1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)methyl)benzonitrile
(C22)
[0483] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 4.90 (s,
2H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 6.98 (dd, J=7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=1.8 Hz,
1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J=8.5
Hz, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H).
4.2.w
5-(2-Cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
2-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)benzonitrile
(C23)
[0484] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 4.95 (s,
2H), 7.0-7.2 (m, 3H), 7.32 (td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (ddd,
J=9.1, 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J=7.9,
1.8 Hz, 1H).
4.2.x 5-Phenoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-phenoxybenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C24)
[0485] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 4.91 (s,
2H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H),
7.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (d, J=8.5 Hz,
1H), 9.11 (s, 1H).
4.2.y
5-[4-(N,N-Diethylcarbamoyl)phenoxy]-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzox-
aborole
N,N-diethyl-4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)benzamid-
e (C25)
[0486] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 1.08 (br
s, 6H), 3.1-3.5 (m, 4H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 7.0-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.37 (d,
J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H).
4.2.z
1,3-Dihydro-1-hydroxy-5-[4-(morpholinocarbonyl)phenoxy]-2,1-benzoxab-
orole
(4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)phenyl)(morpholino)-
methanone (C26)
[0487] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 3.3-3.7
(m, 8H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 7.0-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.44 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),
7.73 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H).
4.2.aa
5-(3,4-Dicyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)phthalonitrile
(C27)
[0488] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 4.97 (s,
2H), 7.13 (dd, J=7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43
(dd, J=8.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=2.6 Hz,
1H), 8.11 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 9.26 (s, 1H).
4.2.ab 6-Phenylthio-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-(phenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C28)
[0489] M.p. 121-124.degree. C. MS: m/z=243 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=241
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 99.6% purity at 254 nm and 99.6% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.25 (s, 1H), 7.72
(dd, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 2H),
7.29-7.23 (m, 3H), and 4.98 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.ac
6-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaboro-
le
6-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C29)
[0490] M.p. 97-101.degree. C. MS: m/z=311 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=309
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 100% purity at 254 nm and 100% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.20 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d,
1H), 7.37 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.21 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (d, 2H), and
4.97 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.ad
5-(N-Methyl-N-phenylsulfonylamino)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzox-
aborole
N-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfona-
mide (C30)
[0491] M.p. 85-95.degree. C. MS: m/z=304 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=302
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 96.6% purity at 254 nm and 89.8% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.23 (s, 1H),
7.72-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.56 (t, 2H), 7.50 (d, 2H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.03
(d, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H) and 3.14 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.ae
6-(4-Methoxyphenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-(4-methoxyphenoxyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C31)
[0492] M.p. 126-129.degree. C. MS: m/z=257 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=255
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 98.4% purity at 254 nm and 98.4% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.14 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d,
1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 4.93
(s, 2H) and 3.73 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.af
6-(4-Methoxyphenylthio)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-(4-methoxyphenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C32)
[0493] M.p. 95-100.degree. C. MS: m/z=272 (M+), 273 (M+1) (ESI+)
and m/z=271 (M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 100% purity at 254 nm and 99.2% at
220 nm. .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.20 (s, 1H),
7.51 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 4H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 4.93 (s, 2H) and
3.76 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.ag
6-(4-Methoxyphenylsulfonyl)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-(4-methoxyphenylsulfonyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C33)
[0494] M.p. 180-192.degree. C. MS: m/z=305 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=303
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 96.8% purity at 254 nm and 95.5% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s,
1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 1H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 5.02
(s, 2H) and 3.80 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.ah
6-(4-Methoxyphenylsulfinyl)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
6-(4-methoxyphenylsulfinyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C34)
[0495] .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.37 (s, 1H),
8.02 (d, 1H), 7.71 (dd, 1H), 7.59 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.07 (d,
2H), 5.00 (s, 2H) and 3.76 (s, 3H) ppm.
4.2.ai
5-Trifluoromethyl-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-(trifluoromethyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C35)
[0496] M.p. 113-118.degree. C. MS: m/z=203 (M+1) (ESI+) and m/z=201
(M-1) (ESI-). HPLC: 100% purity at 254 nm and 100% at 220 nm.
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.48 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d,
1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H) and 5.06 (s, 2H) ppm.
4.2.aj
4-(4-Cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-4-yloxy)benzonitrile
(C36)
[0497] For coupling reaction between 4-fluorobenzonitrile and
substituted phenol to give starting material 2, see Igarashi, S.;
et al. Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin (2000), 48(11),
1689-1697.
[0498] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) (ppm) 4.84 (s, 2H), 7.08
(d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),
7.63 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H).
4.2.ak
5-(3-Cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
3-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)benzonitrile
(C37)
[0499] For coupling between 3-fluorobenzonitrile and substituted
phenol to give starting material 2: Li, F. et al., Organic Letters
(2003), 5(12), 2169-2171.
[0500] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) (ppm) 4.93 (s, 2H),
7.0-7.1 (m, 2H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H), 7.5-7.7 (m, 3H), 7.75 (d, J=8.2
Hz, 1H).
4.2.al 5-(4-Carboxyphenoxy)-1,3
dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)benzoic acid
(C38)
[0501] To a solution of
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole obtained in C17 (430
mg, 1.71 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added 6 mol/L sodium
hydroxide (2 mL), and the mixture was refluxed for 3 hours.
Hydrochloric acid (6 mol/L, 3 mL) was added, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with
brine and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was
removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) followed by
trituration with diisopropyl ether to give the target compound (37
mg, 8%).
[0502] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 4.94 (s,
2H), 7.0-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.76 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=8.8 Hz,
2H), 9.19 (s, 1H), 12.8 (br s, 1H).
4.2.am 1-Hydroxy-1, 3
dihydro-5-[4-(tetrazole-1-yl)phenoxy]-2,1-benzoxaborole
5-(4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C39)
[0503] A mixture of 5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole
(200 mg, 0.797 mmol), sodium azide (103 mg, 1.59 mmol), and
ammonium chloride (85 mg, 1.6 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL)
was stirred at 80.degree. C. for two days. Water was added, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was
washed with water and brine, and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate.
The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate)
followed by trituration with ethyl acetate to give the target
compound (55 mg, 23%).
[0504] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 4.95 (s,
2H), 7.0-7.1 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=7.9 Hz,
1H), 8.05 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 9.18 (br s, 1H).
Example 5
Preparation of I from 2 via 6
5.1 Catalytic Boronylation, Reduction and Cyclization
[0505] A mixture of 2 (10.0 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (2.79 g,
11.0 mmol), PdCl.sub.2(dppf) (250 mg, 3 mol %), and potassium
acetate (2.94 g, 30.0 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (40 mL) was stirred at
80.degree. C. for overnight. Water was added, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with
brine and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was
removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (80 mL), then sodium periodate (5.56 g, 26.0 mmol)
was added. After stirring at room temperature for 30 min, 2N HCl
(10 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for overnight. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried on
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced
pressure, and the residue was treated with ether to afford 6.3 mmol
of the corresponding boronic acid. To the solution of the obtained
boronic acid (0.595 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added sodium
borohydride (11 mg, 0.30 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 h. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and
dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under
reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography to give 0.217 mmol of I.
5.2 Results
[0506] Analytical data for exemplary compounds of structure I are
provided below.
5.2.a 1,3-Dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C10)
[0507] Analytical data for this compound is listed in 4.2.j.
Example 6
Preparation of I from 3
6.1 One-Pot Boronylation and Cyclization
[0508] To a solution of 3 (4.88 mmol) and triisopropyl borate (1.35
mL, 5.86 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added n-butyllithium
(1.6 mol/L in hexanes; 6.7 mL, 10.7 mmol) dropwise over 15 min at
-78.degree. C. under nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was
stirred for 2 h while allowing to warm to room temperature. The
reaction was quenched with 2N HCl, and extracted with ethyl
acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried on
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced
pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography and treated with pentane to give 0.41 mmol of I.
6.2 Results
[0509] Analytical data for exemplary compounds of structure I are
provided below.
6.2.a 1,3-Dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C10)
[0510] Analytical data for this compound is listed in 4.2.j.
Example 7
Preparation of I from 3
7.1 One-Pot Boronylation and Cyclization with Distillation
[0511] To a solution of 3 (4.88 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was added
triisopropyl borate (2.2 mL, 9.8 mmol), and the mixture was heated
at reflux for 1 h. The solvent, the generated isopropyl alcohol and
excess triisopropyl borate were removed under reduced pressure. The
residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and cooled to
-78.degree. C. n-Butyllithium (3.2 mL, 5.1 mmol) was added dropwise
over 10 min, and the mixture was stirred for 1 h while allowing to
warm to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 2N HCl,
and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with
brine and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was
removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography to give 1.54 mmol of I.
7.2 Results
[0512] Analytical data for exemplary compounds of structure I are
provided below.
7.2.a 1,3-Dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C10)
[0513] Analytical data for this compound is listed in 4.2.j.
Example 8
Preparation of 8 from 7
8.1 Bromination
[0514] To a solution of 7 (49.5 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (200
mL) were added N-bromosuccinimide (8.81 g, 49.5 mmol) and
N,N-azoisobutylonitrile (414 mg, 5 mol %), and the mixture was
heated at reflux for 3 h. Water was added, and the mixture was
extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with brine
and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed
under reduced pressure to give the crude methyl-brominated
intermediate 8.
Example 9
Preparation of 3 from 8
9.1 Hydroxylation
[0515] To crude 8 (49.5 mmol) were added dimethylformamide (150 mL)
and sodium acetate (20.5 g, 250 mmol), and the mixture was stirred
at 80.degree. C. for overnight. Water was added, and the mixture
was extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed with water
and brine, and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was
removed under reduced pressure. To the residue was added methanol
(150 mL) and 1N sodium hydroxide (50 mL), and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was
concentrated to about a third of volume under reduced pressure.
Water and hydrochloric acid were added, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with
water and brine, and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent
was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography followed by trituration with
dichloromethane to give 21.8 mmol of 3.
9.2 Results
[0516] Exemplary compounds of structure 3 prepared by the method
above are provided below.
9.2.a 2-Bromo-5-cyanobenzyl Alcohol
[0517] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. ppm 4.51 (d,
J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 5.67 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.2, 2.0 Hz,
1H), 7.80 (s, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).
[0518] Additional examples of compounds which can be produced by
this method include 2-bromo-5-(4-cyanophenoxy)benzyl alcohol.
Example 10
Preparation of 9 from 2
10.1 Reaction
[0519] A mixture of 2 (20.0 mmol),
(methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (8.49 g, 24.0 mmol),
and potassium tert-butoxide (2.83 g, 24.0 mol) in
N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL) was stirred at room temperature for
overnight. The reaction was quenched with 6 N HCl, and the mixture
was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with
water (.times.2) and brine, and dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate.
The solvent was removed under reduced. To the residue were added
tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) and 6 N HCl, and the mixture was heated at
reflux for 8 h. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with
ether. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried on
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced
pressure to afford 16.6 mmol of 9.
Example 11
Preparation Method of Step 13
11.1 Reaction
[0520] A solution of I in an appropriate alcohol solvent
(R.sup.1--OH) was refluxed under nitrogen atmosphere and then
distilled to remove the alcohol to give the corresponding
ester.
Example 12
Preparation of Ib from Ia
12.1 Reaction
[0521] To a solution of Ia in toluene was added amino alcohol and
the participated solid was collected to give Ib.
12.2 Results
[0522] (500 mg, 3.3 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (37 mL) at
80.degree. C. and ethanolamine (0.20 mL, 3.3 mmol) was added. The
mixture was cooled to room temperature, then ice bath, and filtered
to give C40 as a white powder (600.5 mg, 94%).
12.2a Ethanolamine Adduct of
1,3-Dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C40)
[0523] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 2.88 (t,
J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 5.77 (br, 2H),
6.85-6.91 (m, 2H), 7.31 (td, J=7.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H).
Example 13
Formulations
[0524] Compounds of the present invention can be administered to a
patient using a therapeutically effective amount of a compound
described herein in any one of the following three lacquer
formulations and one solvent formulation. The lacquer formulation
provides good durability while the solvent formulation provides
good ease of use. These compounds can also be applied using a spray
formulation, paint-on lacquer, drops, or other. [0525] 1. 1:4
propylene glycol:ethanol; 1:10 wt/vol compound of invention; [0526]
2. 1:4 poly(vinyl methyl ether-alt-maleic acid monobutyl ester:
ethanol; 1:10 wt/vol compound of the invention; [0527] 3. 56%
ethanol; 14% water; 15% poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate); 5%
dibutyl sebacate; 10% compound of the invention; [0528] 4. 55%
ethanol; 15% ethyl acetate; 15% poly(vinyl acetate); 5% dibutyl
sebacate; 10% compound of the invention.
[0529] The preparation of these formulations is well known in the
art and is found in references such as Remington: The Science and
Practice of Pharmacy, supra.
Example 14
Antifungal MIC Testing
[0530] All MIC testing followed the National Committee for Clinical
Laboratory Standards (NCCLS) guidelines for antimicrobial testing
of yeasts (M27-A2 NCCLS) and filamentous fungi (Pfaller et al.,
NCCLS publication M38-A--Reference Method for Broth Dilution
Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi; Approved
Standard. Wayne, Pa.: NCCLS; 2002 (Vol. 22, No. 16) except the
Malassezia species which was incubated in a urea broth (Nakamura et
al., Antimicrobial Agents And Chemotherapy, 2000, 44(8) p.
2185-2186). Results of the MIC testing is provided in FIG. 1.
Example 15
Keratin Assay
[0531] Many antifungal agents strongly bind to keratin which not
only reduces their antifungal potency but also may restrict their
penetration into the nail. The affinities of the compounds for
keratin powder was determined by a method described in Tatsumi,
Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 46(12):3797-3801 (2002).
[0532] A comparison of MIC data for several compounds of the
invention against T. rubrum, with and without the presence of 5%
keratin, is provided in FIG. 1.
Example 16
(C10) Antifungal Spectrum of Activity
[0533] (C10) is a novel compound in development for use as a
topical antifungal treatment. The purpose of this study was to
determine the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) for (C10)
against 19 test strains of fungi including: Aspergillus fumigatus
(A. fumigatus), Candida Albicans (C. albicans, both fluconazole
sensitive and resistant strains), Candida glabrata (C. glabrata),
Candida krusei (C. krusei), Cryptococcus neoformans (C.
neoformans), Candida parapsilosis (C. parapsilosis), Candida
tropicalis (C. tropicalis), Epidermophyton floccosum (E.
floccosum), Fusarium solani (F. solani), Malassezia furfur (M.
furfur), Malassezia pachydermatis (M. pachydermatis), Malassezia
sympodialis (M. sympodialis), Microsporum audouinii (M. audouinii),
Microsporum canis (M. canis), Microsporum gypseum (M. gypseum),
Trichophyton mentagrophytes (T. mentagrophytes), Trichophyton
rubrum (T. rubrum), Trichophyton tonsurans (T. tonsurans). Fungal
growth was evaluated after exposure to different concentrations of
(C10). In addition, the MIC for (C10) against T. rubrum in the
presence of 5% keratin powder and the minimum fungicidal
concentration (MFC) for (C10) against T. rubrum and T.
mentagrophytes were also determined. Ciclopirox and/or terbinafine
and/or fluconazole and/or itraconazole were used as comparators and
tested in a similar manner. These studies were conducted at NAEJA
Pharmaceutical, Inc.
Materials and Methods
[0534] (C10) was obtained from Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Palo
Alto, Calif., USA). ATCC strains were obtained from ATCC (Manassas,
Va., USA). Ciclopirox-olamine was obtained from Sigma-Aldrich Co.
(St. Louis, Mo., USA). Terbinafine, fluconazole and itraconazole
were synthesized at NAEJA Pharmaceutical Inc. (Edmonton, AB,
Canada), experimental procedures and analytical data for these
standards are stored in NAEJA archives.
[0535] All MIC testing followed the National Committee for Clinical
Laboratory Standards (NCCLS) guidelines for antimicrobial testing
of yeasts and filamentous fungi (Pfaller et al., 2002) except the
Malassezia species which were incubated in a urea broth (Nakamura
et al., 2000). The microbroth dilution method was used to test the
in vitro activity of (C10) against 19 test strains of fungi.
Briefly, compounds were dissolved in DMSO and diluted in sterile
water to give a working stock. Two-fold serial dilutions of the
working stock were prepared in 96-well plates and media was added.
Media was RPMI, RPMI+MOPS, modified RPMI, or modified Urea broth.
The plates were inoculated with the fungal suspensions to give a
final inoculum size of 0.5-2.5.times.10.sup.3 cells/mL for yeasts
or 0.4-5.times.10.sup.4 CFU/mL for filamentous fungi and then
incubated for 24-168 h at 35.degree. C. The final concentration of
DMSO did not exceed 5%. The MIC was defined as the lowest
concentration that resulted in over 90% reduction of growth, as
compared to a drug-free control. The MFC was defined as the lowest
concentration that killed over 90% of the fungi, as compared to a
drug-free control.
Results and Conclusions
[0536] The results for the MIC of (C10) and reference compounds
against 19 strains of fungi are shown in FIG. 2. The results for
the MFC of C10 against 2 strains of fungi are shown in Table 2.
(C10) had MIC values ranging from 0.25-2 .mu.g/mL against all fungi
tested. Addition of 5% keratin powder to the media did not effect
the MIC against T. rubrum. (C10) had fungicidal activity against T.
rubrum and T. mentagrophytes with MFC values of 8 and 16 .mu.g/mL,
respectively. Reference compounds had MIC values in the range
defined by NCCLS.
Example 17
The Solubility, Stability and Log P Determination of Compounds of
the Present Invention by LC/MS/MS
[0537] The solubility, room temperature stability and Log P of C10
was determined by the following methodology.
Reagents and Standards:
[0538] Ethanol: 200 proof ACS Grade (EM Science, Gibbstown, N.J.,
USA); Octanol: Octyl alcohol (EM Science, Gibbstown, N.J., USA);
Acetonitrile: HPLC Grade (Burdick & Jackson, Muskegon, Mich.,
USA); Ammonium Acetate: lot 3272X49621 (Mallinckrodt, Phillipsburg,
N.J., USA); C10: lot A032-103 (Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Palo Alto,
Calif., USA); p-Nitrophenol (PNP): lot OGNO1 (TCI America,
Portland, Oreg., USA); Water: Deionized water (from Millipore
systems, Billerica, Mass., USA)
Solubility
[0539] N-Octanol and water were mutually pre-saturated by
vigorously stirring a mixture of both solvents for up to 12 h and
the mixture was allowed to separate. Solubility in each solvent was
determined by adding 10 .mu.L of 20, 40, 200, 1000 and 5000
.mu.g/mL of C10 in DMSO to the pre-saturated n-octanol or water.
After the sample was vortexed for 10 sec, the sample was
centrifuged for 10 min at ca. 3000 rpm. A visual inspection was
made to determine if the sample was clear or if a pellet had formed
on the bottom of the tube.
Log P
[0540] C10 (10 .mu.L of 5000.mu./mL) at 2.times. the final
concentration was added to 0.5 mL pre-saturated n-octanol and
mixed. An equal volume (0.5 mL) of pre-saturated water was added,
vortex mixed and then mixed on a rotating shaker for one hour and
24 h in triplicate at ca. 25.degree. C. The organic and aqueous
layers were separated by centrifugation for 5 min at ca. 2000 rpm.
Twenty five .mu.L of the octanol (top) layer were removed and
placed in a pre-labeled tube. Twenty five .mu.L of the aqueous
layer (bottom) were removed, taking care to avoid octanol
contamination, and placed in a pro-labeled tube.
Stability at Room Temperature
[0541] C10 (10 .mu.L of 5000 .mu.g/mL) was added both to 0.5 mL
n-octanol and 0.5 mL water in triplicate. Samples were mixed. At 0
h and 24 h samples were stored at ca. -20.degree. C. Twenty five
.mu.L of sample was used for analysis.
Extraction Procedure C10
[0542] For the octanol sample, 25 .mu.L of ethanol, 25 .mu.L of
water and 300 .mu.L of acetonitrile containing the internal
standard was added. For the water sample, 25 .mu.L of ethanol, 25
.mu.L of octanol and 300 .mu.L of acetonitrile containing the
internal standard [60 mL of acetonitrile add 6 .mu.L of PNP (1000
.mu.g/mL)] was added. For the calibrators 25 .mu.L of octanol, 25
.mu.L of water and 300 pL of acetonitrile containing the internal
standard was added. The sample was vortexed for 10 seconds. Two
hundred .mu.L of the organic layer were transferred into a clean
deactivated autosampler vial.
Calculations
[0543] A 1/concentration weighted linear regression was used for
the quantitation of C10. All integration were performed with peak
areas using Analyst version 1.3, Applied Biosystems. For C10, peak
area ratios analyte to internal standard PNP were used for all
quantitation.
[0544] The partition coefficient (P) was calculated according to
the equation detailed below:
P=[Sample concentration].sub.octanol/[Sample
concentration].sub.water
Log P=log.sub.10(partition coefficient)
Results:
[0545] As shown in Table 17A the solubility of C10 in both octanol
and water is very good over the concentration range tested.
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 17A Solubility of C10 in water and octanol
Targeted Conc Water Octanol (.mu.g/mL) Visual Visual 0.800 Clear
Clear 4.00 Clear Clear 20.0 Clear Clear 100 Clear Clear
[0546] Table 17B shows the results of the log P determination after
1 h and 24 h for C10. The mean log P after 1 h was 1.97 (n=3).
After 24 h the concentrations in both the octanol and water layer
remained the same. The mean log P after 24 h was 1.93 (n=3).
TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 17B Log P of C10 Conc. in Water Conc. in
Octanol Sample (.mu.g/mL) (.mu.g/mL) Log P 1 h-1 1.26 108 1.93 1
h-2 1.21 103 1.93 1 h-3 1.05 115 2.04 24 h-1 1.27 104 1.91 24 h-2
1.17 109 1.97 24 h-3 1.28 99.0 1.89
[0547] A stability study for C10 was initiated at room temperature
over 24 h without continuous mixing. Table 17C shows that C10 in
pure water and octanol is stable over 24 h.
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 17C Water and Octanol stability for C10 at
room temperature after 24 h. Percent Mean Remaining 24 h Sample
(.mu.g/mL) SD versus 0 g Water-0 h 82.5 3.72 115 Water-24 h 95.0
21.4 Octanol-0 h 115 3.06 93 Octanol-24 h 107 6.11
Example 18
Determination of Penetration of C10 into the Human Nail
[0548] Two nail penetration studies were performed based on the
protocol in Hui et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 91(1):
189-195 (2002) ("Hui protocol"). The purpose of this study was to
determine and compare the penetration and distribution of C10 in
vehicle into the human nail plate in vitro relative to 8%
ciclopirox w/w in commercial lacquer (Penlac.RTM.).
Materials and Methods
[0549] Test Article and Dosage Formulation
[0550] 8% ciclopirox w/w in commercial lacquer was manufactured by
Dermick (Berwyn, Pa.). The radiochemical purity and specific
activity of the chemical was determined as >95% and 12.5
mCi/mmol, respectively.
[0551] The study was composed of two groups. The compositions
(weight %) of the dosage formulations are as follows:
[0552] Active radiolabeled compound in four groups.
TABLE-US-00008 Dosing Test Chemical Radioactivity Groups* (.times.
14 days) (%) (per 10 .mu.L) A (C10) qd 10 0.19 .mu.Ci C
(Ciclopirox) qd 8 0.22 .mu.Ci *A = C10 group, C = Ciclopiriox
group
[0553] Human Nails
[0554] Healthy human finger nail plates were collected from adult
human cadavers and stored in a closed container at 0-4.degree. C.
Before the experiment, the nail plates were gently washed with
normal saline to remove any contamination, then re-hydrated by
placing them for three hours on a cloth wetted with normal saline.
The nail samples were randomly selected into four groups.
Dosing and Surface Washing Procedures
[0555] Dose Preparation:
[0556] Radioactivity of each group is approximately 0.19.+-.0.01
and 0.22.+-.0.03 .mu.Ci/10 .mu.L solutions respectively, for
.sup.14C10 (group A), and .sup.14C-ciclopirox (group C).
[0557] Experiment Procedure:
TABLE-US-00009 Study Group A Group C Day wash dose sample wash dose
sample 1 D D 2 W D W D 3 W D C W D C 4 W D W D 5 W D W D 6 W D C W
D C 7 W D W D 8 W D W D 9 W D C W D C 10 W D W D 11 W D W D 12 W D
C W D C 13 W D W D 14 W D W D 15 W C, N W C, N W = once per day
before dosing (9~10 AM). D = once per day (9~10 AM). C =
changing/sampling cotton ball after surface washing before topical
dosing. N = Nail sampling.
[0558] Washing Procedure
[0559] Surface washing was started in morning 10 min prior to next
dosing, the surface of the nail was washed with cotton tips in a
cycle, as follows:
[0560] a tip wetted with absolute ethanol, then
[0561] a tip wetted with absolute ethanol, then
[0562] a tip wetted with 50% IVORY liquid soap, then
[0563] a tip wetted with distilled water, then
[0564] a final tip wetted with distilled water.
[0565] The washing samples from each cycle of each nail were pooled
and collected by breaking off the cotton tip into scintillation
glass vials. Aliquots of 3.0 mL methanol were added into each vial
to extract test material. The radioactivity of each sample was
measured in a liquid scintillation counter.
Incubation System
[0566] A Teflon one-chamber diffusion cell (PermeGear, Inc.,
Hellertown, Pa.) was used to hold each nail. To approximate
physiological conditions, a small cotton ball wetted with 0.1 mL
normal saline was placed in the chamber to serve as a nail bed and
provide moisture for the nail plate. Every 3 days, 0.1 mL normal
saline was injected through the inlet into the chamber to keep the
cotton ball wet. The nail plate was placed on a ledge inside the
receptor (1.0 cm in diameter and 0.5 cm high). The ventral (inner)
surface of the nail was placed face down and rested on the wet
cotton ball. The cells were placed on a platform in a large glass
holding tank filled with saturated sodium phosphate solution to
keep the cells at a constant humidity of 40%.
Sampling Instrument
[0567] The nail sampling instrument had two parts, a nail sample
stage and a drill. The nail sampling stage consists of a copper
nail holder, three adjustments, and a nail powder capture. Three
adjustments allow movement in vertical direction. The first coarse
adjustment (on the top) was for changing the copper cell and taking
powder samples from the capture. The other two adjustments (lower)
were for sampling process. The second coarse adjustment allowed
movement of 25 mm and the fine adjustment provides movement of 0.20
mm. The nail powder capture was located between the copper cell and
the cutter. The inner shape of the capture was inverted funnel and
the end of funnel connects to a vacuum. By placing a circle filter
paper inside of the funnel, the nail powder samples were captured
on the filter paper during the sampling process.
Sampling Procedure
[0568] After completion of the incubation phase, the nail plate was
transferred from the diffusion cell to a clean copper nail holder
for sampling process. The nail plate was inverted so that the
ventral (nail bed) surface now faced up and the dorsal (outer)
dosed surfaced faced down. The copper nail holder has an opening as
it sits on top of the stage. When the sampling process initiated,
the coarse adjustment was adjusted to move the position of the
stage until the nail plate was just touching the tip of the cutter.
Then the drill was turned on and the fine adjustment was turned to
push the stage closer to the drill, removing a nail core sample.
After the above process, approximate 0.40-0.50 mm in depth and 7.9
mm in diameter nail pulverized samples were harvested from the
center of the ventral (nail bed) surface of the nail.
[0569] The powdered nail samples were collected into a glass
scintillation vial and weighted. Aliquots of 5.0 mL Packard
soluene-350 (Packard Instrument Company, Meriden, Conn.) was added
to the scintillation vial to dissolve the powder. The upper part,
the intermediate and dorsal layers of the center of the nail,
including the area of application of the dose was cut in the same
diameter as the sampled area and was then placed into a glass
scintillation vial with 5.0 mL packard soluene-350. The rest of the
nail was also placed in a glass scintillation vial with 5.0 mL
packard soluene-350.
[0570] The amount of nail sample removed was measured by the
difference in weight of the nail plate before and after drilling,
and collecting the core of powder.
Radioactivity Measurement
[0571] All radioactivity measurements were conducted with a Model
1500 Liquid Scintillation Counter (Packard Instrument Company,
Downer Grove, Ill.). The counter was audited for accuracy using
sealed samples of quenched and unquenched standards as detailed by
the instrument manual. The .sup.14C counting efficiency is equal to
or greater than 95%. All nail samples pre-treated with packard
soluene-350 were incubated at 40.degree. C. for 48 hours followed
by the addition of 10 mL scintillation cocktail (HIONIC-FLUOR,
Packard Instrument Company, Meriden, Conn.). Other samples
(standard dose, surface washing, and bedding material) were mixed
directly with Universal ES scintillation cocktail (ICN Biomedicals,
Costa Mesa, Calif.). Background control and test samples were
counted for 3 minutes each for radioactivity.
Data Analysis
[0572] All sample counts (expressed as dpm) were transcribed by
hand to a computerized spreadsheet (Microsoft Excel). The
individual and mean (.+-.S.D.) amount of test chemical equivalent
in nail, bedding material, and wash samples are presented as dpm,
.mu.Ci, percent administered dose, and mg equivalent at each time
point. The concentration of .sup.14C-labeled test chemicals were
calculated from the value based on the specific activity of each
[.sup.14C]-test chemical. The information of concentration of
non-labeled test chemical in the topical formulation was obtained
from the manufactures. Total concentration of test chemical
equivalent is the sum of the concentration of .sup.14C-labeled test
chemical and the concentration of non-labeled test chemical. The
value of total amount of test chemical equivalent in each nail
sample was calculated from those values based on radioactivity of
the sample and the ratio of total mg test chemical equivalent and
radioactivity of the test chemical. The data was further normalized
by dividing with the weight of the sample. Statistical significant
of nail samples from every two groups was analyzed by student
t-test.
Results
Characteristics of Nail Samples
[0573] For both groups (Group A group and Group C) the thickness of
whole nail plate, the depth of the ventral surface core sample
removed by cutter, the percentage of the whole nail thickness, and
the actual weight of powdered nail sample were collected. No
statistical difference is found between two groups (P>0.05).
Weight Normalized C10 and Ciclopirox Equivalent in Nail
[0574] FIG. 3 shows summarized normalized drug equivalents in each
part (layer) of nail samples. After weight normalization, the
concentration of C10 equivalent in dorsal/intermediate center,
ventral/intermediate center, and remainder nail samples was
significantly higher than that of ciclopirox equivalent (p
0.002).
C10 and Ciclopirox Equivalent in Cotton Ball Nail Supporting
Bed
[0575] FIG. 4 shows summarized C10 and ciclopirox equivalent in
supporting bed cotton ball samples. Similar to weight normalized
C10 equivalent in the nail plate samples, absolute amount of C10
equivalent per cotton ball sample in group A (after 14 day dosing)
was significantly higher than that of ciclopirox in group C (p
0.004). The difference of these two test chemicals was 250
times.
Mass Balance of Radioactivity of [.sup.14C]-C10 and
[.sup.14C]-Ciclopirox after 14-day Treatment
[0576] Table 5 shows summarized radioactive recovery from washing,
nail samples, and supporting bed cotton ball samples. Cumulative
radioactivity recoveries of carbon-14 were 88.+-.9.21, and
89.+-.1.56 percent of applied dose in group A, and group C,
respectively. 88% of the radiolabeled material was accounted
for.
CONCLUSION
[0577] In this study, penetration rate of [.sup.14C]-C10 in Anacor
topical formulation and [.sup.14C]-ciclopirox (8% w/w in commercial
lacquer) into human nail with four different dosing and washing
methods was studied.
[0578] Results show that much more amount of [.sup.14C]-C10
penetrating into the deeper parts of the nail when compared with
[.sup.14C]-ciclopirox. Tables 3 and 4 show that the amount of
[.sup.14C]-C10 equivalent in ventral/intermediate center of the
nail layer and cotton ball supporting bed in the group A was
statistically higher (p.ltoreq.0.002) than group C after a 14-day
dosing period.
Example 19
Determination of Penetration of C10 into the Human Nail
[0579] The aim of the current study was to assess and compare the
perungual absorption of C10 in a simple vehicle using MedPharm's
TurChub.RTM. model (see http://www.medpharm.co.uk; specifically
http://www.medpharm.co.uk/downloads/Skin%20and%20nail%20dec
%202003.pdf; viewed Feb. 14, 2006). in a full scale experiment. Six
replicates involving C10 were conducted and Formulations Y (8%
ciclopirox w/w in commercial lacquer) and Z (Loceryl, 5% amorolfine
w/v in commercial lacquer) were used as the reference
formulations.
[0580] The following materials were used in these experiments.
These materials were used without any modifications.
[0581] A dose of 40 L/cm.sup.2 of the test compound C10 in 50:50
propylene glycol:ethyl acetate was applied to a full thickness nail
sample each day over a total duration of five days. Both the
reference formulations were also applied at the same dose.
[0582] TurChub.RTM. Zone of Inhibition Experiment
[0583] Placebo, test item C10 in vehicle and the reference
formulations Y and Z were tested for their inhibition of
Trichophyton rubrum (T. rubrum) growth after penetration through a
full thickness human nail using a zone of inhibition
measurement.
[0584] Formulation Efficacy Testing
[0585] FIGS. 5-9 show the results obtained from the TurChub zone of
inhibition assays. It can be observed that C10 is a potent
antifungal agent, which can penetrate through a full thickness nail
to elicit its effect against the target organism T. rubrum. No
zones of inhibition were observed with reference formulations Y and
Z or with the placebo for C10. The experiment using C10 was
repeated for a second time to confirm the result and it can be
observed from FIGS. 6 and 7 that C10 shows zones of inhibition of
100%, 67%, 46%, 57%, 38% and 71% in the first experiment and 74%,
86%, 100%, 82%, 100% and 84% in the second experiment. The
measurement was taken from the nail to the first point of growth
observed.
[0586] From the results obtained using MedPharm's TurChub zone of
inhibition assay as a test system, the test item C10 was found to
be a powerful antifungal agent and demonstrated superior results
vs. the commercial reference formulations Y and Z. From these
experiments it appears that the compound is permeating through a
full thickness nail barrier to exhibit the antifungal activity.
Example 20
Determination of Penetration of C10 into the Human Nail: Dose
Response
[0587] The optimal dose-response range for penetration into the
human nail was determined to be between 1% and 15%. The experiments
to determine the optimal dose-response was conducted as
follows.
[0588] Tests at different test compound concentrations were
conducted on nails derived from the same cadaver. Cadaver nails
were hydrated overnight, cut into 4 equally sized squares and
placed onto individual poloxomer supports. Test articles were
formulated in a lacquer at 1%, 2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, 10% and 15% w/v. A
40 .mu.L/cm.sup.2 dose is applied to the center of the nail piece
and the nails are left for 24 hrs. Nails are removed from the
poloxomer support. Poloxomer support is analyzed for quantity of
compound using LC/MS/MS.
Example 21
Preparation of pyridinyloxaboroles
21a. Metallation and Boronylation
[0589] To a solution of 3-bromo-4-hydroxymethylpyridine (10.7 mmol)
and B(OMe).sub.3 (2.73 mL, 11.9 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL) at
-78.degree. C. under nitrogen was added dropwise n-BuLi (13.6 mL,
21.8 mmol). The cooling bath was then removed. The mixture was
warmed gradually with stirring for 30 min and then stirred with a
water bath for 2 h. Brine was then added and the pH adjusted to 7
using 6N HCl. The mixture was washed with THF (.times.2) and the
aqueous layer (containing product) was evaporated to dryness. The
residue was washed with THF and the product was extracted into
ethanol (.times.2). Ethanol was removed in vacuo, water was added
to the residue and removed in vacuo. Toluene was added and removed
in vacuo. The resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether
and the product was collected by filtration to afford C12.
21 b.
7-Hydroxy-2,1-oxaborolano[5,4-c]pyridine[[1,2]oxaborolo[3,4-c]pvridi-
n-1(3H)-ol] (C12)
[0590] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. ppm 5.00 (s,
2H), 7.45 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H),
9.57 (s, 1H). ESI-MS m/z 134 (M-H).sup.-,
C.sub.6H.sub.6BNO.sub.2=135.
Example 22
Cyclic Borinic Esters
[0591] Additional compounds can be produced by the methods
described herein. By choosing the appropriate starting material
such as 1 or 3, Examples 1-7 can be used to formulate the following
compounds. Where available, melting point characterization is
provided for these compounds.
22. Results
[0592] Analytical data for exemplary compounds of structure I are
provided below.
22a Ethyl
2-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)acetate
(C41)
##STR00174##
[0594] M.P. 134-137.degree. C. Exemplary starting material: ethyl
2-(4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)acetate.
22b 2-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)acetic
acid (C42)
##STR00175##
[0596] M.P. 163-166.degree. C. Exemplary starting material: ethyl
2-(4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)acetate. The title compound is
obtained after saponification of the corresponding ester.
22c 6-(thiophen-2-ylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C43)
##STR00176##
[0598] M.P. 99-104.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(thiophen-2-ylthio)phenyl)methanol.
22d 6-(4-fluorophenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C44)
##STR00177##
[0600] M.P. 135-138.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-fluorophenylthio)phenyl)methanol.
22e
1-(3-((1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)methyl)pheny-
l)pentan-1-one (C45)
##STR00178##
[0602] M.P. 96-98.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
1-(3-((4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)pentan-1-one.
22f
2-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)-1-(piperidin-1--
yl)ethanone (C46)
##STR00179##
[0604] M.P. 158-163.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
2-(4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)-1-(piperidin-1-yl)ethanone.
22g
2-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)-1-(4-(pyrimidin-
-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanone (C47)
##STR00180##
[0606] M.P. 190-195.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
2-(4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)-1-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)-
ethanone.
22h 6-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1
yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C48)
##STR00181##
[0608] M.P. 135-138.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-(pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22i 6-nitrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C49)
##STR00182##
[0610] M.P. 163-171.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol. See JACS 82, 2172, 1960 for
preparation.
22j 6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C50)
##STR00183##
[0612] M.P. 145-148.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-nitrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22k 6-(dimethylamino)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C51)
##STR00184##
[0614] M.P. 120-123.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22l N-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)benzamide
(C52)
##STR00185##
[0616] M.P. 186-193.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22m 6-(4-phenylpiperazin-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C53)
##STR00186##
[0618] M.P. 159-161.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-phenylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22o 6-(1H-indol-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C55)
##STR00187##
[0620] M.P. 135-140.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(1H-indol-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22p 6-morpholinobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C56)
##STR00188##
[0622] M.P. 128-132.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-morpholinophenyl)methanol.
22q
6-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)nicotinonitrile
(C57)
##STR00189##
[0624] M.P. 193-198.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-(4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)nicotinonitrile.
22r 5-fluoro-6-nitrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C58)
##STR00190##
[0626] M.P. 162-167.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
5-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22s 5-bromo-6-(hydroxymethyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C59)
##STR00191##
[0628] M.P.>257.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2,5-dibromo-4-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)methanol.
22t
3,7-dihydro-1,5-dihydroxy-1H,3H-Benzo[1,2-c:4,5-c']bis[1,2]oxaborole
(C60)
##STR00192##
[0630] M.P.>250.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2,5-dibromo-1,4-phenylene)dimethanol.
22u
1-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)-3-phenylurea
(C61)
##STR00193##
[0632] M.P. 213-215.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22v
N-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)benzenesulfonamide
(C62)
##STR00194##
[0634] M.P. 175-184.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22w N-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)acetamide
(C63)
##STR00195##
[0636] M.P. 176-185.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22x 7-(hydroxymethyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C64)
##STR00196##
[0638] M.P. 241-250.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-1,3-phenylene)dimethanol.
22y 7-methylbenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C65)
##STR00197##
[0640] M.P. 107-111.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-3-methylphenyl)methanol.
22z 6-(3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C66)
##STR00198##
[0642] M.P. 159-163.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22aa
3-(1-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)-1H-indol-3-ylt-
hio)propanenitrile (C67)
##STR00199##
[0644] M.P. 135-141.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
3-(1-(3-bromo-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)-1H-indol-3-ylthio)propanenitrile.
22bb 6-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C68)
##STR00200##
[0646] M.P. 120-124.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
[0647] 22cc 5,6-methylenedioxybenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
(C69)
##STR00201##
[0648] M.P. 185-189.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(6-bromobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)methanol.
22dd 6-amino-5-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C70)
##STR00202##
[0650] M.P. 142-145.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-nitro-5-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22ee 6-(benzylamino)-5-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C71)
##STR00203##
[0652] M.P. 159-164.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-amino-5-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22ff
6-(5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-
-ol (C72)
##STR00204##
[0654] M.P. 135-141.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(5-methoxy-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22gg
3-(1-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)-5-methoxy-1H-i-
ndol-3-ylthio)propanenitrile (C73)
##STR00205##
[0656] M.P. 149-154.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
3-(1-(3-bromo-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)-5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-ylthio)propan-
enitrile.
22hh
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-7-yloxy)benzonitrile
(C74)
##STR00206##
[0658] M.P. 148-153.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
4-(2-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)benzonitrile.
22ii 6-(5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C75)
##STR00207##
[0660] M.P. 149-154.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(5-chloro-1H-indol-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22jj
3-(5-chloro-1-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)-1H-in-
dol-3-ylthio)propanenitrile (C76)
##STR00208##
[0662] M.P.>225.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
3-(1-(3-bromo-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)-5-chloro-1H-indol-3-ylthio)propane-
nitrile.
22kk 6-(benzylamino)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C77)
##STR00209##
[0664] M.P. 126-133.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22ll 6-(dibenzylamino)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C78)
##STR00210##
[0666] M.P. 115-123.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-aminobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22 mm 7-(4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C79)
##STR00211##
[0668] M.P. decomposition at 215.degree. C. Exemplary starting
material:
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-7-yloxy)benzonitrile.
22nn
6-(5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)--
ol (C80)
##STR00212##
[0670] M.P. 145-151.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(5-chloro-3-(phenylthio)-1H-indol-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22pp
6-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C82)
##STR00213##
[0672] M.P. NA .degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)phenyl)methanol.
22qq 7-(benzyloxy)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C83)
##STR00214##
[0674] M.P. NA .degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(3-(benzyloxy)-2-bromophenyl)methanol.
22rr
4-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-ylthio)pyridinium
chloride (C84)
##STR00215##
[0676] M.P. NA .degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(pyridin-4-ylthio)phenyl)methanol.
22ss 6-(pyridin-2-ylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C85)
##STR00216##
[0678] M.P. NA .degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(pyridin-2-ylthio)phenyl)methanol.
[0679] 22tt 7-fluorobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C86)
##STR00217##
[0680] M.P. 120-124.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-3-fluorophenyl)methanol.
22uu 6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C87)
##STR00218##
[0682] M.P. 98-105.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)methanol.
22vv 6-(4-chlorophenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C88)
##STR00219##
[0684] M.P. 157-161.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-chlorophenylthio)phenyl)methanol.
22ww 6-(4-chlorophenylsulfinyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C89)
##STR00220##
[0686] M.P. 154-161.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-(4-chlorophenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22xx 6-(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C90)
##STR00221##
[0688] M.P. 157-163.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-(4-chlorophenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22yy
N-(1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yl)-N-(phenylsulfonyl-
)benzenesulfonamide (C91)
##STR00222##
[0690] M.P. 142-152.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
N-(4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)-N-(phenylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide.
22zz
6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C92)
##STR00223##
[0692] M.P. 111-113.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylthio)phenyl)methanol.
22aaa
6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylsulfinyl)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C93)
##STR00224##
[0694] M.P. 79-88.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol.
22bbb 6-(4-(methylthio)phenylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol
(C94)
##STR00225##
[0696] M.P. 117-120.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(4-(methylthio)phenylthio)phenyl)methanol.
22ccc 6-(p-tolylthio)benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1(3H)-ol (C95)
##STR00226##
[0698] M.P. 139-144.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
(2-bromo-4-(p-tolylthio)phenyl)methanol.
22ddd
3-((1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-5-yloxy)methyl)benzon-
itrile (C96)
##STR00227##
[0700] M.P. 147-150.degree. C. Exemplary starting material:
3-((4-bromo-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy)methyl)benzonitrile.
Example 23
Alternative Preparation of 4 from 3
[0701] A 22.0 L 3-neck flask was equipped with a stir motor,
N.sub.2 inlet, addition funnel, heating mantle, and condenser. The
flask was charged with 3500 g (17.1 mol) of 2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl
alcohol followed by the addition of 3556 g of tetrahydrofuran and
16.4 g (0.17 mol) of methanesulfonic acid. Next, 400 g (4.7 mol) of
3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran was added at 10.degree. C. This step is
exothermic so no additional charges should be made until exotherm
subsides. The temperature was increased to 27.degree. C., stirred
for 15 min and then charged with 400 g (4.7 mol) of
3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran at 24.degree. C. Again the temperature
increased (24.degree. C. to 38.degree. C.). The mixture was stirred
for 15 min. Once the exotherm subsided, the flask was again charged
with 400 g (4.7 mol) of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran at 35.degree. C. The
temperature again increased to 47.degree. C. over a 20 min period.
Once the exotherm subsided, the mixture was stirred for 15 min.
Finally the remaining 400 g (4.7 mol) of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran was
added at 44.degree. C. The temperature increased to 51.degree. C.
After stirring for one hour, a sample was removed to check for
removal of starting material. Upon reaction completion, contents
were cooled to 20.+-.5.degree. C.
Example 24
##STR00228##
[0702] Alternative Preparation of 5 from 4
[0703] To a 22.0 L 3-neck flask equipped with a stir motor, N.sub.2
inlet, addition funnel, cooling bath, and condenser was charged 436
g (17.96 mol) of magnesium turnings. 5334 g of tetrahydrofuran was
then added followed by 291 g (0.51 mol) of diisobutylaluminum
hydride (DIBAL) (25% wt) in toluene. The mixture was stirred for 60
min at 20.+-.5.degree. C. Some gas evolution was seen. Next,
260-430 g.about.3-5% (by weight if solution of 4 was dropped to
drums) of 4 in THF was added. The mixture was stirred for 15-30 min
at which time a slight exotherm should be seen
(.DELTA.T=10-15.degree. C.). Once the exotherm was observed, the
reaction mixture was cooled to 5.+-.5.degree. C. To this mixture,
the remaining 8.22-8.39 kg of 4 in THF was added at a rate such
that the temperature was kept below 30.degree. C. (t=3 h). The
reaction was stirred at 20-25.degree. C. for 30 min, at which time
an aliquot was removed, quench with 3 N HCl (10 mL), and
analyzed.
[0704] Upon completion, the contents were cooled to
-25.+-.5.degree. C. A solution of trimethylborate in THF was
prepared by mixing 2665 g (25.7 mol) of trimethyl borate and 6666 g
of tetrahydrofuran. This solution can be prepared in a drum with
stirring.
[0705] Next, the 9331 g of trimethyl borate in THF was added at a
rate such that the temperature was kept between -35 and -20.degree.
C. (t=2.5 h). The mixture became very thick so THF was added. After
stirring at -25.+-.5.degree. C. for 10 min, 50 mL aliquot was
removed, quenched with 25 mL of 3N HCl, and submitted for CoR.
Stirring continued at -25.+-.5.degree. C. for 1 h, and then the
mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, where it was
stirred for at least 12 h. Pull two samples (one at 6 h and the
other at 12 h).
Results:
[0706] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 1.45-1.75
(m, 6H), 3.53 (s, 6H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 4.69 (t, J=3 Hz,
1H), 4.97 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 ((td,
J=8.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=10.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (t, J=7.8
Hz, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H).
Example 25
Alternative Preparation of I from 5
##STR00229##
[0708] To the reaction mixture above was added 5.3 kg of USP water.
After stirring for 30 min, the mixture was charged 5.3 kg of acetic
acid. Gas evolution was seen. After stirring for 30 min, an aliquot
was removed for analysis. Mixture was then heated to reflux for
36-48 hours. During the reflux period, 12-13 L of THF were
removed.
[0709] When the reaction was complete, the contents were cooled by
the reactor to .ltoreq.40.degree. C. by setting jacket and by
charging 10.5 kg of USP water. THF was removed until distillate did
not remain. Contents of the reactor were transferred to Rosenmund
filter dryer and allowed to cool to 20.+-.5.degree. C. Reactor was
rinsed with water, filtered, and then washed again with 10.5 kg of
USP water. The flask was charged with 10.5 kg of 10% ACN in water
(v/v) and agitated for 1 h. After filtering, the cake was washed
with 10.5 kg of 10% ACN in water (v/v), and then charged with 10.5
kg 10% ACN in water (v/v). The contents were agitated for 1 h. The
contents were subsequently washed with 10.5 kg of USP water,
charged with 7.0 L of 5% Methyl t-Butyl Ether (MTBE)/Heptane (v/v),
agitated for 1 h, filtered, charged with 7.0 L of 5% MTBE/Heptanes
(v/v) and again agitated for 1 h. After filtering, the contents
were charged again with 7.0 L of heptane and filtered. Solids were
dried at .ltoreq.45.degree. C. to constant weight. Solids were
recrystallized from toluene:heptane 75:25.
Example 26
Alternative Preparation of C10-Intermediate
##STR00230##
[0710]
[[4-Fluoro-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boronic
acid
[0711] 2-Bromo-5-fluorobenzyl alcohol (5 g, 24.4 mmol) was
dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL). To this solution was added
3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (3.2 mL, 36.6 mmol) and
(1S)-(+)-10-camphorsulfonic acid (117 mg, 0.5 mmol) and stirred at
RT under nitrogen for 4 h. Saturated sodium bicarbonate was added
to quench the reaction. It was extracted using dichloromethane and
the organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium
sulfate, then concentrated in vacuo to give
[1-bromo-4-fluoro-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]benzene
as a colorless oil (7 g, 100%).
[0712]
[1-Bromo-4-fluoro-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]benzene
(1.8 g, 6.2 mmol) was dissolved in THF and cooled to -78.degree. C.
under nitrogen. To this solution was added n-butyllithium (1.6M in
hexane)(6.2 mL, 9.3 mmol) dropwise, then added triisopropyl borate
(2.2 mL, 9.3 mmol). The mixture was slowly warmed to RT and stirred
for 3 h. Water was added to quench the reaction. It was then
extracted using ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. After column chromatography
(silica gel; hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1 to 2:1) purification,
[[4-Fluoro-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boronic
acid was obtained as a white solid (1.1 g, 70%).
[0713] Results:
[0714] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 1.45-1.74
(m, 6H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 4.58 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.64
(t, J=3 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (td, J=8.4, 2.7 Hz,
1H), 7.13 (dd, J=10.8, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H).
Example 27
Alternative Preparation of C10-Intermediate
##STR00231##
[0715]
[[4-Fluoro-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boronic
acid dimethyl ester
[0716]
[[4-Fluoro-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boronic
acid (100 mg) was dissolved in dry methanol, the solution was
distilled repeatedly to remove water. The resulting residue was
immediately characterized by NMR and was found to be a mixture
containing dimethyl ester and monomethyl ester.
[[4-Fluoro-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boronic
acid dimethyl ester
[0717] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 1.45-1.75
(m, 6H), 3.43 (s, 6H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 4.69 (t, J=3 Hz,
1H), 4.97 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 ((td,
J=8.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=10.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (t, J=7.8
Hz, 1H).
[[4-Fluoro-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boronic
acid monomethyl ester
[0718] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 1.45-1.75
(m, 6H), 3.53 (s, 6H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 4.69 (t, J=3 Hz,
1H), 4.97 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 ((td,
J=8.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=10.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (t, J=7.8
Hz, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H).
Example 28
Alternative Preparation of C10-Intermediate
##STR00232##
[0719] [(4-Fluoro-2-methoxymethoxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid
[0720] [1-Bromo-4-fluoro-6-methoxymethoxymethyl]benzene (525 mg, 2
mmol) was dissolved in THF and cooled to -78.degree. C. under
nitrogen. To this solution was added n-butyllithium (1.6M in
hexane)(1.5 mL, 2.4 mmol) dropwise, then added triisopropyl borate
(0.7 mL, 2.4 mmol). The mixture was slowly warmed to RT and stirred
for 3 h. Water was added to quench the reaction. It was then
extracted using ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. After recrystallization from
hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1
[(4-Fluoro-2-methoxymethoxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid was obtained
as a white solid (340 mg, 75%).
[0721] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 3.28 (s,
3H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 7.04 (td, J=9.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23
(dd, J=11.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H).
Example 29
Alternative Preparation of C17-Intermediate
##STR00233##
[0722]
[[4-[4-cyanophenoxy]-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl-
]boronic acid
[0723] 2-Bromo-5-(4-cyanophenoxy)benzyl alcohol (10.4 g, 34.2 mmol)
was dissolved in dichloromethane (110 mL). To this solution was
added 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (9.2 mL, 101 mmol) and
(1S)-(+)-10-camphorsulfonic acid (156 mg, 0.67 mmol) and stirred at
RT under nitrogen for 3 h. Methanesulfonic acid (50 .mu.L, 0.77
mmol) was then added and reaction was stirred overnight. Saturated
sodium bicarbonate was added to quench the reaction. It was
extracted using ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with
brine and dried over sodium sulfate, then concentrated in vacuo to
give
[1-bromo-4-(4-cyanophenoxy)-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]benze-
ne as a colorless oil (13.3 g quant.).
[0724]
[1-Bromo-4-(4-cyanophenoxy)-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl-
]benzene (13.3 g, 34.2 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 mL),
triisopropyl borate (8.5 mL, 37 mmol) was added and the reaction
was cooled to -78.degree. C. under nitrogen. To this solution was
added n-butyllithium (1.6M in hexane)(22 mL, 35.2 mmol) dropwise.
The mixture was slowly warmed to RT and stirred overnight. THF was
removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. It
was then washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated in vacuo. After column chromatography (silica gel;
hexane:ethyl acetate 2:1) purification of a portion of crude,
[[4-(4-cyanophenoxy)-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boron-
ic acid was obtained as a clear oil (500 mg, 4%).
[0725] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6+D.sub.2O) 6 (ppm)
1.35-1.75 (m, 6H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 4.58 (d, J=13.2 Hz,
1H), 4.59 (s, 1H), 4.77 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J=8.1, 2.2
Hz, 1H), 7.05 (m, 3H), 7.54 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.8 Hz,
2H).
##STR00234##
[0726] Also isolated was
[[4-(4-pentanoylphenoxy)-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]b-
oronic acid as a clear oil (500 mg, 4%). .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6+D.sub.2O) 6 (ppm)), 0.85 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.75
(m, 10H), 2.93 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 4.58
(d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d,
J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H).
Example 30
Alternative Preparation of C17-Intermediate
##STR00235##
[0727]
[[4-[4-cyanophenoxy]-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl-
]boronic acid dimethyl ester
[0728] Using the same method as in C10 Example IIE, a mixture of
mono- and dimethyl esters of
[[4-(4-cyanophenoxy)-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boron-
ic acid were synthesized.
[0729] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 1.35-1.80
(m, 6H), 3.40-3.50 (m, 7H), 3.60-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=12.7 Hz,
1H), 4.60-4.80 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.80-7.90 (m, 2H).
[[4-[4-cyanophenoxy]-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]boroni-
c acid monomethyl ester
[0730] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 1.35-1.80
(m, 6H), 3.40-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.55
(d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.80 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.53 (d,
J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.90 (m, 2H), 8.77 (s, 1H).
##STR00236##
[0731] Using the same method as above, a mixture of mono- and
dimethyl esters of
[[4-(4-pentanoylphenoxy)-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methy-
l]phenyl]boronic acid were synthesized.
[[4-(4-pentanoylphenoxy)-2-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]bo-
ronic acid dimethyl ester
[0732] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 0.87 (t,
J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.25-1.80 (m, 10H), 2.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H),
3.40-3.50 (m, 7H), 3.60-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H),
4.60-4.80 (m, 2H), 6.90-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.36 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H),
7.95-8.05 (m, 2H).
[[4-(4-pentanoylphenoxy)-6-[(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy]methyl]phenyl]bo-
ronic acid monomethyl ester
[0733] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. (ppm) 0.87 (t,
J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.25-1.80 (m, 10H), 2.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H),
3.40-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=12.8
Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.80 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, J=7.9 Hz,
1H), 7.95-8.05 (m, 2H), 8.75 (s, 1H).
Example 31
Alternative Preparation of C10-Intermediate
##STR00237##
[0735] To a pre-recorded NMR tube containing a solution of
2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl alcohol (16 mg, 0.078 mmol) in CDCl.sub.3
(0.75 mL) was injected triisopropyl borate (0.036 mL, 2 eq, 0.156
mmol) and the solution was sonicated briefly for 30 second at room
temperature. .sup.1H NMR determination indicated there were 74.3
mol % of the desired alcohol-borate intermediate, 19.3 mol % of an
unknown intermediate and 6.3 mol % of unreacted alcohol.
Results:
[0736] .sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) of
(2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl)diisopropyl borate: .delta.=7.45 (dd, J=8.7
Hz, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=9.6 Hz, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (td,
J.sub.t=8.1 Hz, J.sub.d=3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.44 (septet,
J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.18 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 12H) ppm. .sup.1H NMR
(CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) of an unknown intermediate: .delta.=7.47-7.42
(1H overlap with product peaks), 7.16 (dd, 1H, partially overlap
with product peak), 6.91-6.81 (1H, overlap with product peak), 4.94
(s, 2H), and other unknown peaks due to overlapping. .sup.1H NMR
(CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) of 2-bromo-5-fluorobenzyl alcohol
pre-recorded before mixing: .delta.=7.48 (dd, J=9.0 Hz, J=5.4 Hz,
1H, overlap with product peaks after mixing with triisopropyl
borate), 7.26 (dd, J=9.3 Hz, J=3.3 Hz, 1H, intensity decreased but
resolved after mixing), 6.88 (td, J.sub.t=8.3 Hz, J.sub.d=3.0 Hz,
1H, overlap with product peaks after mixing), 4.71 (s, 2H, CH.sub.2
intensity decreased but resolved after mixing), 2.04 (s, 1H, OH
disappeared after mixing with triisopropyl borate) ppm.
Example 32
Alternative Preparation of C17-Intermediate
##STR00238##
[0738] The procedure described in Example II I was followed for
.sup.1H NMR characterization of the current alcohol-borate
intermediate. .sup.1H NMR determination indicated there were 72.7
mol % of the desired alcohol-borate intermediate
[2-bromo-5-(4-cyanophenoxy)benzyl]diisopropyl borate, 20.7 mol % of
an unknown intermediate and 6.5 mol % of unreacted alcohol. .sup.1H
NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) of
[2-bromo-5-(4-cyanophenoxy)benzyl]diisopropyl borate: .delta.=7.61
(d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H),
7.03 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (dd, J=8.7 Hz, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s,
2H), 4.35 (septet, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.11 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 12H) ppm.
Example 33
Alternative Preparation
##STR00239##
[0740] The procedure described in Example II I was followed for
.sup.1H NMR characterization of the current alcohol-borate
intermediate. .sup.1H NMR determination indicated there were 73.5
mol % of the desired alcohol-borate intermediate
[2-bromo-4-(4-chlorophenylthio)benzyl]diisopropyl borate, 20.2 mol
% of an unknown intermediate and 6.2 mol % of unreacted alcohol.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, 300 MHz) of
[2-bromo-4-(4-chlorophenylthio)benzyl]diisopropyl borate:
.delta.=7.48 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (s,
4H), 7.25 (dd, J=8.3 Hz, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.42 (septet,
J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 12H) ppm.
Example 34
C10-Adenosine Complex
##STR00240##
[0742] A mixture of
1,3-dihydro-5-fluoro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C10, 0.76 g, 5
mmol), adenosine (1.34 g, 5 mmol) and sodium acetate (0.41 g, 5
mmol) in dry DMF (100 mL) was stirred at 100.degree. C. for 3 h
under nitrogen atmosphere. The homogeneous solution was rotary
evaporated at 50.degree. C. under high vacuum. The residue was
mixed with methylene chloride, sonicated and filtered under
nitrogen atmosphere to give the desired complex as white solid that
was pumped overnight (2.2 g, yield 100%). .sup.1H NMR indicated
there were 5.7 mol % of unreacted adenosine, 5.5 mol % of unreacted
C10, and the reaction conversion was more than 94%. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6, 300 MHz): .delta.=8.33 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H),
7.35-7.14 (broad m, 1H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 6.80 (broad m, 1H), 6.73 (d,
J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (broad d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (very broad s,
1H), 4.71 (dd, J=5.7 Hz, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.42 (dd,
J=6.3 Hz, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (broad s, 1H), 3.64 (dd, J=12 Hz,
J=3.6 Hz, 1H) and 3.52 (dd, J=12 Hz, J=5.1 Hz, 1H) ppm; M.p:
started soften at 115.degree. C. due to residue solvents, remained
as soften solid and started decomposing at 230.degree. C.; HPLC:
91.8% at 220 nm (adenosine was 5.3%); MS: m/z=423 (M-, ESI-), 392
(M-CH.sub.2OH, ESI+).
Example 35
C17-Adenosine Complex
##STR00241##
[0744] The procedure described above was adapted for the
preparation of the title complex by replacing (C10) with
5-(4-cyanophenoxy)-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C17,
1.25 g, 5 mmol). White solid product (2.7 g, yield 100%) was
obtained after pumping overnight. .sup.1H NMR indicated there were
3.5 mol % of unreacted adenosine, 3.5 mol % of unreacted C17, and
the reaction conversion was more than 96%. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6, 300 MHz): 5=8.35 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d,
J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.36 (broad m, 1H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 7.00 (d,
J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (broad m, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.01 (broad s,
1H), 5.10 (very broad s, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J=6.0 Hz, J=3.9 Hz, 1H),
4.54 (s, 2H), 4.45 (dd, J=6.0 Hz, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (broad s,
1H), 3.65 (dd, J=12 Hz, J=3.3 Hz, 1H) and 3.54 (dd, J=12 Hz, J=4.8
Hz, 1H) ppm; M.p: started soften at 120.degree. C. due to residue
solvents, remained as soften solid and started decomposing at
230.degree. C.; HPLC: 92.1% at 220 nm (adenosine was 3.8%).
Example 36
C28-Adenosine Complex
##STR00242##
[0746] The procedure for the synthesis of C10-adenosine complex was
adapted for the preparation of the title complex by replacing (C10)
with 6-phenylthio-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C28,
1.21 g, 5 mmol). White solid product (2.8 g, yield 100%) was
obtained after pumping overnight. .sup.1H NMR indicated there was 5
mol % of unreacted C28, and the reaction conversion was 95%.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6, 300 MHz): .delta.=8.29 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s,
1H), 7.53 (broad s, 1H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.04 (m, 7H), 6.05-5.96
(broad m, 1H), 5.15 (very broad s, 1H), 4.73-4.70 (m, 1H), 4.58 (s,
2H), 4.46 (broad s, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (broad m, 1H), 3.63 (dd, J=11.7
Hz, J=3.3 Hz, 1H) and 3.52 (dd, J=11.7 Hz, J=4.8 Hz, 1H) ppm; M.p:
started soften at 110.degree. C. due to residue solvents, remained
as soften solid and started decomposing at 238.degree. C. HPLC:
91.3% at 220 nm (adenosine was 3.8%).
Example 37
C2-Adenosine Complex
##STR00243##
[0748] The procedure for the synthesis of C10-adenosine complex was
adapted for the preparation of the title complex by replacing (C10)
with 1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole (C2, 0.67 g, 5 mmol).
Cream solid product (2.18 g, yield 100%) was obtained after pumping
overnight. .sup.1H NMR indicated there was 4.5 mol % of unreacted
C2, and the reaction conversion was more than 94%. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6, 300 MHz): .delta.=8.33 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H),
7.42-7.20 (broad m, 1H), 7.30 (s, 2H), 7.03-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.02 (d,
J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (very broad s, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J=5.7 Hz, J=4.2
Hz, 1H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.46 (dd, J=6.0 Hz, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.10
(broad q, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (dd, J=12 Hz, J=2.7 Hz, 1H) and 3.52
(dd, J=11.7 Hz, J=4.8 Hz, 1H) ppm; M.p: started soften at
115.degree. C. due to residue solvents, remained as soften solid
and started decomposing at 233.degree. C. HPLC: 91.6% at 220 nm
(adenosine was 5.9%).
Example 38
Synthesis of Methyl .beta.-D-ribofuranoside
##STR00244##
[0750] 5 g of D-Ribose was dissolved in 100 mL of methanol and
cooled to 0.degree. C. 0.5 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid was
added and the solution was stored at -20.degree. C. for 48 hrs.
Solution was neutralized by passage through a bed of sodium
carbonate and evaporated under vacuum to a viscous oil. Crude
material was purified on a silica column eluting with 10% methanol
in ethyl acetate to yield 2.1 grams of methyl
.beta.-D-ribofuranoside.
[0751] .sup.1H NMR 300 MHz (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 4.97-4.99 (d,
J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.76-4.79 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.62 (m, 2H),
3.76-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.50
(m, 1H), 3.26-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.19 (s, 3H)
Example 39
General Procedure for Complex Formation
##STR00245##
[0753] 300 mg of methyl .beta.-D-ribofuranoside was dissolved in 20
ml of dimethylformamide. To this solution was added 1 eq of boronic
ester and 0.5 eq of finely powdered sodium carbonate. Reaction
mixture was heated to 100.degree. C. and stirred for 3 hours then
stripped of solvent under vacuum. Residue was co-evaporated 2 times
with ethyl acetate then sonicated in dichloromethane and filtered
to yield an off-white solid.
C10-Methylribose Complex
##STR00246##
[0755] .sup.1H NMR 300 MHz (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 7.28 (bs, 1H),
6.68-6.77 (m, 2H), 4.71 (s, 1H), 4.52-4.55 (m, 3H), 4.26-4.28 (d,
J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.19 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.95-4.00 (t, J=6.8 Hz,
1H), 3.31-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.19 (s, 3H).
C17-Methylribose Complex
##STR00247##
[0757] .sup.1H NMR 300 MHz (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 7.73-7.76 (d,
J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.99 (d, J=6.9 Hz,
2H), 6.72-6.75 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 4.70 (s, 1H),
4.49-4.51 (m, 3H), 4.23-4.25 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.16 (d, J=5.4
Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.26 (t, J=6.0, 1H), 3.19 (s, 3H),
3.13-3.14 (d, J=2.1, 1H).
##STR00248##
C2-Methylribose Complex
[0758] .sup.1H NMR 300 MHz (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 7.31 (bs, 1H),
6.87-6.95 (m, 3H), 4.70 (s, 1H), 4.46-4.50 (m, 3H), 4.20-4.22 (d,
J=5.7, 1H), 4.12-4.14 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94-3.99 (t, J=7.8 Hz,
1H), 3.30-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.19 (s, 3H)
C28-Methylribose Complex
##STR00249##
[0760] .sup.1H NMR 300 MHz (DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 7.48 (bs, 1H),
7.21-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.12 (m, 4H), 6.98-7.01 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),
4.65 (s, 1H), 4.47-4.58 (m, 3H), 4.22-4.24 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H),
4.13-4.15 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.93 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.28-3.32
(t, J=6.5, 1H), 3.13-3.16 (m, 4H).
Example 40
Mechanism of Action
[0761] The purpose of this study is to determine the mechanism of
action (MOA) of C10 in the model fungi Saccharomyces
cerevisiae.
40.1 Methods
[0762] The haploid Saccharomyces cerevisiae strain ATCC 201388 was
used in the selection of C10 resistant mutants. Spontaneous and
EMS-induced resistant mutants were isolated from YPD agar plates
containing 4.times., 8.times., 16.times.MIC of C10. All minimal
inhibitory concentrations (MIC) were determined using NCCLS
protocol M27 with the exception of using YPD or synthetic defined
media. All yeast and molecular genetic manipulations were
essentially performed as described by Guthrie C., et al., Methods
in Enzymology, 350: Part B, (2002).
40.2 Results and Conclusions
[0763] A total of 11 C10 resistant mutants were isolated from S.
cerevisiae, all mutants were dominant and showed an 8 to 64-fold
increase in the MIC to C10. Further characterization of these
mutants showed that they were not resistant to several known
antifungals including amphotericin B, cerulenin, itraconazole,
aculeacin A, terbinafine, tunicamycin, ciclopirox, cyclohexamide
and nikkomycin Z. All 11 mutations in the C10 resistant mutants
were mapped to 9 amino acid residues in the editing domain of
CDC60, the essential cytoplasmic leucyl-tRNA synthetase, one of 40
aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases in S. cerevisiae. Furthermore, S.
cerevisiae strains bearing multiple copies of CDC60 on a 2 .mu.M
plasmid were eight times more resistant to C10. The combination of
mutant and over-expression data predicts that CDC60 is the target
for C10. The fact that all mutations were present in the editing
domain of CDC60 indicates that C10 inhibits CDC60 via a novel
mechanism.
[0764] The lack of a genomic sequence or any genetic tools for
Trichophyton spp. makes it difficult to study the mechanism of
action of C10 in either Trichophyton species, therefore, the model
fungi Saccharomyces cerevisiae was used.
40.3 Materials and Methods
40.3a Chemicals, Strains and Plasmids
[0765] C10 (5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole, was
obtained from Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Palo Alto, Calif.,
USA). All S. cerevisiae strains and plasmids were obtained from
ATCC (Manassas, Va., USA). The haploid Saccharomyces cerevisiae
strain ATCC201388 (MATa his3.DELTA.1 leu2.DELTA.0 met5.DELTA.0
ura3.DELTA.0) was used for generating mutants, while ATCC 200901
(MATa leu2.DELTA.0 lys2.DELTA.0 ura3.DELTA.0) was used to mate with
C10 resistant mutants to determine genetic dominance of the
mutation. The yeast-E. coli shuttle plasmid pRS315 (Sikorski R S et
al., Genetics 122: 19-27, (1989)), which has CEN6, leu2, ampR
genes, and is a low copy plasmid in yeast was used in the
construction of the genomic library. In the over-expression
experiment, the shuttle vector pRS425 (Christianson T W et al.,
Gene 110(1):119-22 (1992)), which has the leu2 and ampR genes, and
is a high copy plasmid in yeast, was used.
40.3b Isolation of Spontaneous Resistant Mutants
[0766] The haploid S. cerevisiae strain ATCC201388 was grown
overnight in YPD broth (BD, NJ USA) at 30.degree. C. and 1 mL of
cells was plated out onto YPD agar plates (YPD broth+1.5%
Bacto-agar, BD, NJ USA) containing either 1.6, 3.2 or 6.4 .mu.g/mL
C10 (equivalent to 4.times., 8.times., 16.times.MIC of C10).
Resistant mutants appeared after 2 d incubation at 30.degree. C.
Frequency of resistance was determined by dividing the number of
resistant mutants by the total number of cells plated as determined
by plating dilutions of the overnight culture on YPD plates.
40.3c EMS (ethylmethane sulfonate) mutagenesis
[0767] A 2.5 mL of the overnight culture, which was grown in YPD
media, was centrifuged at 700.times.g for 5 minutes. The cell
pellet was resuspended in 10 mL 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer,
pH 7.0. The cell suspension was centrifuged again and the cell
pellet was resuspended in phosphate buffer to obtain a cell density
of 5.times.10.sup.7 cells/mL as determined by counting the cells
using a Petroff Hausser Counting Chamber (Horsham, Pa. USA). The
cell suspension was shaken with 300 .mu.L of EMS (Alfa Aesar, Ward
Hill, Mass., USA) for 30 min. at 30.degree. C. The mutagenesis was
stopped by adding 10% (w/v) sodium thiosulfate (Sigma-Aldrich, St.
Louis, Mo., USA), and the cells were pelleted by centrifugation at
700.times.g for 5 min. and resuspended in 1 mL sterile H.sub.2O.
This was repeated once more before the cells were plated on YPD
agar plates containing 1.6 .mu.g/mL of C10.
40.3d Determination of MICs
[0768] The minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) was essentially
performed following the NCCLS guidelines outlined in the M27
protocol with the exception of using YPD or synthetic defined media
(SDM).
40.3e Yeast Mating Experiment
[0769] The haploid mutants derived from S. cerevisiae ATCC201388
were mixed with S. cerevisiae ATCC 200901, and were incubated on
YPD agar plates at 30.degree. C. for 4 h. The cell mixture was
streaked out on synthetic defined media agar (BD, NJ USA) without
the amino acids lysine and methionine, which are selective for
diploids.
40.3f Construction of Plasmid Genomic DNA Library
[0770] Genomic DNA from mutant strains was isolated using the
DNeasy tissue kit from Qiagen (Valencia, Calif., USA). Genomic DNA
fragments of 4-10 kb were generated by partial digestion with Mbo I
from Fermantas (Hanover, Md., USA), followed by purification using
the Wizard.RTM.SV gel and PCR Clean-Up system (Promega, Madison
Wis. USA). The purified DNA fragments were ligated into pRS315
digested with BamH I (Fermantas, Hanover Md. USA) using T4 DNA
ligase (Fermantas, Hanover Md. USA). The ligation mixture was
dialyzed against water using the VSWP 0025 filters (Millipore,
Billerica, Mass., USA) before it was electroporated into
Escherichia coli E.cloni SUPREME cells (Lucigen, Middleton, Wis.,
USA) following the protocol of the manufacturer. Transformants were
plated out on LB plates with 200 .mu.g/ml carbinicillin and
incubated overnight at 37.degree. C. The transformants were pooled
and the plasmid DNA was isolated using Qiagen miniprep kit
(Valencia, Calif., USA). The plasmid library was transformed into
S. cerevisiae (Gietz, R D et al., Methods in Enzymology 305: 87-96
(2002)).
40.3g Sequencing
[0771] All sequencing was performed by Sequetech Corporation
(Mountain View, Calif. USA).
40.3g(1) Mapping Mutations
[0772] To further map the mutations to specific domains in CDC60,
the following three pairs of primers were used 5'
gcgaaaagaaacctaacgcatattc 3' and 5'ctatcgtgatccatacaagcttgac 3',5'
cgatagacaatccggtgaaggtgttac 3' and 5' catcccaaggcaatctggtacctaacc
3', and 5' gaaaaatacttagttgagtctttatca 3' and 5'
caccatgaggcatcttgaaatattctc 3'.
40.3h Cloning and Over-Expressing Wild Type CDC60 in S.
cerevisiae
[0773] A 4.0 kb BamH I-Sal I DNA fragment containing the entire
CDC60 open reading frame (ORF) and 700 bp of upstream sequence was
amplified using KOD DNA polymerase, S. cerevisiae genomic DNA
(Novagen, Madison, Wis., USA), and the primers GAG GGA TCC GGT TAG
TTT TAG TTC GCG AGT GAC CTG and GAG GTC GAC GAT TTC TGG TTG CTG TTT
ATT GAT CTT (Operon, Alameda, Calif., USA). This DNA fragment was
then cloned into the 2 .mu.M multi-copy plasmid pRS425, and
transformed into S. cerevisiae ATCC201388 (Gietz, R D et al.,
Methods in Enzymology 305: 87-96 (2002)).
40.4 Results and Discussions
40.4a Isolation of Resistant Mutants
[0774] From 5.times.10.sup.9 cells, 600 spontaneous C10 resistant
mutants were isolated, which makes the frequency of resistance
1.2.times.10.sup.-7 at 4.times.MIC. Similar frequencies of
resistance were obtained for 8.times. and 16.times.MIC. We also
used EMS to isolate C10 resistance mutants. Use of EMS increased
the mutagenic frequency by 4,000 fold. The MICs of 8 spontaneous
mutants and 3 EMS generated mutants were tested. All the mutants
showed an 8 to 64-fold increase in resistance to C10 (Table 1).
TABLE-US-00010 TABLE 1 MICs of Spontaneous and EMS induced C10
mutants S. cerevisiae MIC (.mu.g/mL) Haploid Strains Cerulenin C10
ATCC201388 1 0.5 (A) 0.5 4 (B) 0.5 16 (C) 0.5 16 (D) 0.5 32 (E) 0.5
16 (F) 0.5 32 (G) 0.5 32 (H) 0.5 32 (I) 1 32 (J) 1 32 (K) 1 32
40.4b C10 Resistant Mutations do not Confer Resistance to Other
Antifungals
[0775] To further characterize these resistant mutants, three C10
resistant mutants were tested against various antifungal agents
with known mechanisms of action. The C10 resistant mutants did not
show any resistance to these compounds (Table 2), which suggests
that C10 acts very differently from these antifungal agents.
TABLE-US-00011 TABLE 2 C10 mutants are not resistant to other
antifungals Antifungal MIC (.mu.g/mL) Agents ATCC201388 (C) (G) (H)
C10 0.5 16 16 16 Amphotericin B 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125
Cyclohexamide <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 Cerulenin 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 Itraconazole 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 Aculeacin A 4 4 4 4
Cicloprirox 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Terbinafine 4 4 4 4 Nikkomycin Z 64 64
64 64 Tunicamycin 8 8 8 8
40.4c Resistance to C10 is Dominant
[0776] In order to identify the gene that gives rise to C10
resistance, it was first determined whether the mutation was either
dominant or recessive. The parental S. cerevisiae strain and three
mutants were selected and mated with S. cerevisiae ATCC 200901. The
MIC of the diploids generated from the C10 mutants were found to be
64-fold greater than the diploid generated from the parental strain
(Table 3), which suggests that the mutations are dominant, and
therefore, plasmid libraries were constructed from these three
haploid C10 resistant mutants.
TABLE-US-00012 TABLE 3 C10 mutants are dominant Diploid MIC
(.mu.g/mL) (mutant strain/ATCC200901) C10 ATCC201388/ATCC200901 0.5
(C)/ATCC200901 32 (G)/ATCC200901 32 (H)/ATCC200901 32
40.4d the CDC60 Gene Confers Resistance to C10
[0777] Plasmid libraries from the three mutants were transformed
into S. cerevisiae ATCC201388 and selected on SDM minus leucine
agar with 1 .mu.g/mL of C10. Plasmid DNA was isolated from C10
resistant transformants and electroporated into E. coli 10G cells.
The plasmid DNAs from the resulting E. coli carbenicillin resistant
transformants were then transformed into S. cerevisiae ATCC201388
to confirm that the plasmids bore the gene for C10 resistance. One
plasmid from each library that conferred C10 resistance was
sequenced and analyzed using a BLASTN search against the S.
cerevisiae genome database
(http://seq.yeastgenome.org/egi-bin/nph-blast2sgd). The CDC60 gene
was the only open reading frame identified in the cloned inserts
from two plasmids derived from two of the plasmid libraries. Two
genes were revealed, CDC60 and PET20, in the cloned insert from the
remaining plasmid library. This suggests that these C10 resistant
mutations are located in the CDC60 gene, which encodes for the
cytoplasmic leucyl-tRNA synthetase. CDC60 (leucyl tRNA synthetase)
is one of 20 essential aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases (ARS) that attach
amino acids to the 2' or 3' end of tRNAs.
40.4e C10 Resistance Mutations Reside in the Editing Domain of
CDC60
[0778] DNA sequence analysis of the plasmids derived from the three
mutants showed that there was a single amino acid substitution in
CDC60 from each of the three mutants (Table 4). An additional eight
mutants were analyzed by amplifying CDC60 by colony PCR and
transforming the resulting product into S. cerevisiae ATCC201388.
All transformants were resistant to C10 and subsequent sequence
analysis showed that all of them contained a single amino acid
change within the editing domain of CDC60 (Table 4). The function
of the ARS is to charge the correct tRNA with the correct amino
acid. In leucyl-tRNA synthetases the active site for the editing
mechanism is located in a separate domain, which is called the
connective polypeptide 1(CP1), from the synthetic active site
(Schmidt E. et al, Biochemistry 34(35):11204-10 (1995)). All of the
amino acid substitutions from 11 mutants were located in this CP1
domain, demonstrating a link between the editing function of the
enzyme and inhibitory activity of C10.
40.4f Over-Expression of Wild Type CDC60 in S. cerevisiae
[0779] Since all 11 C10 resistant mutants have single amino acid
substitutions in the editing domain of leucyl-tRNA synthetase
(Table 4), it strongly suggests that CDC60 is the target for C10.
If leucyl-tRNA synthetase is the target, increasing the copies of
CDC60 should increase resistance to C10. To test this hypothesis,
the wild type CDC60 gene was cloned onto a multi-copy plasmid
pRS425, and transformed into S. cerevisiae ATCC201388. As shown in
Table 5, the MIC for this strain is eight times higher than the
same strain bearing pRS425.
TABLE-US-00013 TABLE 4 Amino acid (AA) substitutions in C10
resistant mutants Resistant AA substitution mutants in CDC60 (H)
T314M (G) L315V (K) T319I (C) C326F (E) C326R (D) G405V (A) N415D
(I) S416L (J) D487N (F) D487G (B) R316I
TABLE-US-00014 TABLE 5 CDC60 overexpression increases C10
resistance MIC (.mu.g/mL) Compound pRS425 Plasmid control CDC60 on
pRS425 (20 copies) Fluconazole 2 2 1 0.125 1
Example 41
[0780] Experiments to isolate mutant leucyl tRNA transferase
molecules that were also resistant to C10.
[0781] The haploid wild type Saccharomyces cerevisiae strain ATCC
201388 (MATa his3.DELTA.1 leu2.DELTA. 0 met5.DELTA. 0 ura3.DELTA.
0) was used for selection of clones showing resistance to C10.
[0782] Mutations in the leucyl tRNA transferase were isolated in
two ways. In one set of experiments, EMS was used as a chemical
mutagenic agent. 2.5 mL of an overnight culture was washed 2.times.
with 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, and resuspended in
10 mL of the buffer to reach approximately 5.times.10.sup.7
cells/ml. 3004 EMS (Alfa Aesar, Ward Hill, Mass.) was added to the
cells, which were then incubated for 30 min at 30.degree. C. with
shaking. The mutagenesis process was halted with the addition of
10% (w/v) sodium thiosulfate (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA).
At the end of the mutagenesis cycle, the cells were washed 2.times.
with water and then plated out on YPD agar plates containing
C10.
[0783] In the second method, spontaneous mutant clones were
isolated from YPD plates containing large concentrations of C10.
Wild type haploid S. cerevisiae strain ATCC201388 (MATa
his3.DELTA.1 leu2.DELTA. 0 met5.DELTA.0 ura3.DELTA. 0) was grown
overnight in Difco YPD broth (1% yeast extract, 2% Bacto Peptone,
2% glucose) at 30.degree. C. to reach .about.1.0.times.10.sup.8
cells/ml. Cells were concentrated 10.times. in YPD broth, and 100
.mu.L was plated out onto each of 30 YPD agar (Difco YPD broth+1.5%
Bacto agar) plates containing 1.6, 3.2, 6.4 .mu.g/ml C10
(equivalent to 4.times., 8.times., and 16.times. minimal inhibitory
concentration of C10). Resistant mutants appeared after 2 days of
incubation at 30.degree. C. Frequency of resistance was determined
by counting the number of the mutants, and the total number of
cells.
[0784] The minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) test was
performed using NCCLS protocol. Yeast mating experiment was
conducted following the procedure in Methods in Enzymology by
Guthrie, C etc.
[0785] The genomic plasmid library for each clone was constructed
using the yeast-E. coli shuttle vector pRS315 and transformed into
S. cerevisiae ATCC201388. Transformants were selected on synthetic
defined media with 0.2 ug/ml C10 minus leucine. All sequencing work
was done by Sequeteq. Blast search was performed using
Saccharomyces genome database. Yeast Transformation was carried out
using LiAc/PEG method. Over-expression of CDC60 construct was made
by using S. cerevisiae genomic DNA, and two primers
5'GAGGGATCCGGTTAGT TTTAGTTCGCGAGTGACC TG
3',5'GAGGTCGACGATTTCTGGTTGCT GTTTATTGATCTT 3'.
[0786] A total of 23 C10 resistant mutants were isolated from S.
cerevisiae. All mutants were dominant and had 8-64 fold increased
resistance to C10 over wildtype in the minimal inhibitory
concentration test. Further characterization of these mutants
showed that they were not cross resistant to any anti-fungal agents
with known mechanism of action.
Determination of Dominance/Recessiveness
[0787] In order to identify the resistant gene in mutant strain, we
first determined whether the mutation is dominant or recessive. The
mutant was mated with a wild type strain with opposite mating type
to make mutant diploid. There were two sets of genes in the
resulting mutant diploid cells, one from resistant mutant, and the
other one from the C10-sensitive wild type. If the mutant diploid
was resistant to C10, the muted gene was dominant. To map the
mutation, we constructed a plasmid library from the mutant strain,
and transformed the library into the C10-sensitive wild type strain
to select for the resistant phenotype. If the mutant diploid was
sensitive to C10, the muted gene would be identified as recessive.
A12, F4, H4 was mated with a wild type strain, respectively, as
control; the parental strain was also mated with the same strain.
Minimal inhibitory concentrations of both wild type diploid and 3
mutant diploids are shown in Table 3. Compared to wild type
diploid, all 3 mutant diploids were resistant to C10, indicating
that the resistant mutation in these 3 mutants is dominant.
Genetic Mapping of Mutation
[0788] All the mutations in the 23 isolated C10 resistant mutants
were mapped to 11 residues in the editing domain of CDC60, the
cytoplasmic leucyl-tRNA synthetase.
[0789] To identify the mutation in the resistant mutant, we
constructed 3 plasmid genomic libraries from mutant A12, F4 and H4,
respectively. Plasmids with random genomic DNA fragment insert,
size from 4-10 kb, were transformed back into parental wild type
strain. Transformants with plasmids carrying resistant genes were
selected on SDM-leu agar plates with addition of C10. Plasmids were
then isolated and sent for sequencing. Nucleotide sequence of the
insert was BLAST searched against S. cerevisiae genome database,
and the results revealed that there was a single ORF present in the
insert of both plasmids isolated from F4 and H4 plasmid library.
This ORF was identified as CDC60, the cytoplasmic leucyl tRNA
synthetase, one of the 20 essential cytoplasmic aminoacyl-tRNA
synthetases in S. cerevisiae (there are 20 more in mitochondrial).
In addition to CDC60, there was a second ORF pet20 present in the
plasmid isolated from A12 plasmid library, which encoded the
protein required for respiratory growth and stability of the
mitochondrial genome. To confirm that the CDC60 from these 3
mutants conferred resistance to C10, we re-transformed the 3
plasmids back to parental wild type strain. Compared to the control
transformation of the plasmid without CDC60, ones with CDC60 from
A12, F4, H4 gave >1,000 more resistant colonies on YPD agar
containing C10, confirming that CDC60 from the 3 mutant strains
contributed to C10 resistance.
Sequence in CDC60 from Each of the Mutants Contains Single Amino
Acid Substitution
[0790] In order to identify whether there were any amino acid
substitutions, the whole ORF of CDC60 from resistant plasmids A12,
F4, and H4 was sequenced. Comparing the sequence with wild type
CDC60 showed that there was a single amino acid substitution in
each of the 3 CDC60 (Table 4). In addition, sequence analysis of
CDC60 from the rest of 20 resistant mutants showed that each
contains a single amino acid change within CDC60. DNA PCR fragments
containing each mutation were transform back into wild type strain.
These transformations conferred resistance, indicating that the
resistance of all the mutants was due to the single amino acid
substitution in CDC60.
[0791] CDC60 (leucyl tRNA synthetase) is one of the aminoacyl-tRNA
synthetases (ARS) that belong to a family of essential enzymes that
attach amino acids to the 2', or 3' end of tRNAs, the charged tRNAs
are then used in protein synthesis. The aminoacylation of tRNA is a
two-step reaction: a) activation of amino acids with ATP by forming
aminoacyl adenylates and b) transferring of the aminoacyl residue
from the aminoacyl adenylate to the cognate tRNA substrate. The
accuracy of aminoacylation depends on both the specific recognition
of amino acids during their activations (coarse sieve) and the pre-
or post transferring editing (fine sieve). Some of the ARS have
evolved editing mechanism that specifically hydrolyzes structurally
close related misactivated amino acids. Leucyl tRNA synthetase is
one of such enzymes that can discriminate leucine from isoleucine,
and valine. The region that carries out this editing function is
called connective polypeptide 1(CP1), it's a large insertion that
interrupts the active site between the third and fourth b strands
of the Rossman fold. All of the 11 amino acid substitutions from 23
mutants were located in this CP1 region, suggesting that there
might be a link between the editing function of the enzyme and
inhibition activity of C10.
Example 42
Assay for Determining that C10 Inhibits the Editing Domain of tRNA
Synthetase in a Bacteria
[0792] This example sets forth a representative assay for
determining whether a particular compound inhibits the editing
domain of an ARS in a bacterium.
[0793] The [.sup.3H]-isoleucine mischarged tRNAleu was synthesized
by incubating 1 .mu.M of Saccharomyces cerevisiae editing defective
Cdc60p (C326F) in 500 .mu.L of 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 60 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 4 mM ATP, 1 mM DTT, 0.02% (w/v) BSA, 4 mg/mL crude E.
coli tRNA tRNA (Roche), 0.1 mM isoleucine and 5 mCi
L-[4,5-3H]isoleucine (100 Ci/mmole, GE Healthcare) and 20% (v/v)
DMSO for 1 hour at 30.degree. C. The reaction was stopped by adding
10 .mu.L of 10% (v/v) acetic acid followed by two acidic phenol
(Sigma) extractions. The mischarged tRNA in the top aqueous phase
was removed and precipitated by adding two volumes of 96% (v/v)
ethanol and incubating at -20.degree. C. for 30 minutes. The
precipitate was pelleted by centrifugation at 13,200.times.g for 30
minutes and the mischarged tRNA pellet was washed twice with 70%
(v/v) ethanol and then resuspended in 50 mM potassium phosphate
buffer pH 5.2.
[0794] The reaction was terminated after 2 hours incubation at
30.degree. C. by the addition of acetic acid to 0.17% (v/v). The
isoleucylated crude tRNA.sup.Leu was purified by extracting twice
with acidic phenol-chloroform extractions (pH 4.3), followed by
ethanol precipitation. The tRNA pellet was washed twice with 70%
ethanol, dried and then resuspended in 50 mM potassium phosphate
(pH 5.0) and stored at -20.degree. C. An aliquot was precipitated
with 10% (w/v) TCA to quantify ile-tRNA.sup.Leu.
[0795] Post-transfer editing hydrolysis assays were carried out at
30.degree. C. in 50 mM Hepes (pH 8), 10 mM MgCl.sub.2, 30 mM KCl,
with .sup.3H-isoleucine-tRNA crude (.about.0.3 .mu.Ci/mL). Each
reaction was initiated by addition of the 150 nM enzyme. At each
time point three 20 .mu.L aliquots of the reaction mixture was
added to 200 .mu.L of 10% (w/v) TCA in a Millipore filter plate and
precipitated for 20 minutes at 4.degree. C. The precipitate was
filtered and washed three times with 200 .mu.L of 5% (w/v) TCA,
then dried and 20 .mu.L Supermix scintillation cocktail was added.
The Millipore filter plates were counted in the MicroBeta Trilux.
The IC.sub.50 was determined by the amount of inhibitor that
inhibited 50% activity, 100% post-transfer editing was calculated
by taking the activity of the no enzyme control from the wild-type
enzyme activity.
[0796] Compare the minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of a tolC
Escherichia coli strain bearing a pUC derived plasmid with and
without an leuS gene insert.
[0797] If the MIC of the strain bearing the extra copies of leuS is
greater than 2-fold more than the control strain then pour LB agar
plates with four times the concentration of the MIC of the
compound.
[0798] Plate 1.times.10.sup.10 E. coli on ten plates containing
4.times.MIC of the compound. Incubate for 1-2 days at 37.degree. C.
and pick ten colonies and restreak on 4.times.MIC LB agar plates to
confirm resistance.
[0799] Take one large colony from each of the ten E. coli resistant
mutants and resuspend in 50 .mu.L of PCR buffer.
[0800] Amplify the editing domain of CDC60 using a proof-reading
PCR enzyme and the following primers, ggcaccgtggacgtacgacaacatcgc
and gggaaacaccccagtcgcgcaggcgg.
[0801] Purify the 980 bp PCR product using either Qiagen or Promega
PCR cleanup kits.
[0802] Sequence amplify the mutant DNA and compared it to
wild-type. If the mutant DNA bears mutations in the editing domain
the inhibitor affects leucyl-tRNA synthetase via the editing
domain.
Example 43
[0803] Assay for Determining that C10 Inhibits the Editing Domain
of tRNA Synthetase in a Fungi
[0804] This example details an exemplary assay for determining
whether a selected compound inhibits the editing domain of an ARS
in a fungus.
[0805] The [.sup.3H]-isoleucine mischarged tRNAleu was synthesized
by incubating 1 .mu.M of Saccharomyces cerevisiae editing defective
Cdc60p (C326F) in 500 .mu.L of 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 60 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 4 mM ATP, 1 mM DTT, 0.02% (w/v) BSA, 16 .mu.M brewer's
yeast tRNA (Roche), 0.1 mM isoleucine and 5 mCi
L-[4,5-3H]isoleucine (100 Ci/mmole, GE Healthcare) and 20% (v/v)
DMSO for 1 hour at 30.degree. C. The reaction was stopped by adding
10 .mu.L of 10% (v/v) acetic acid followed by two acidic phenol
(Sigma) extractions. The mischarged tRNA in the top aqueous phase
was removed and precipitated by adding two volumes of 96% (v/v)
ethanol and incubating at -20.degree. C. for 30 minutes. The
precipitate was pelleted by centrifugation at 13,200.times.g for 30
minutes and the mischarged tRNA pellet was washed twice with 70%
(v/v) ethanol and then resuspended in 50 mM potassium phosphate
buffer pH 5.2.
[0806] The reaction was terminated after 2 hours incubation at
30.degree. C. by the addition of acetic acid to 0.17% (v/v). The
isoleucylated crude tRNA.sup.Leu was purified by extracting twice
with acidic phenol-chloroform extractions (pH 4.3), followed by
ethanol precipitation. The tRNA pellet was washed twice with 70%
ethanol, dried and then resuspended in 50 mM potasium phosphate (pH
5.0) and stored at -20.degree. C. An aliquot was precipitated with
10% (w/v) TCA to quantify ile-tRNA.sup.Leu.
[0807] Post-transfer editing hydrolysis assays were carried out at
25.degree. C. in 50 mM Hepes (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl.sub.2, 30 mM KCl,
with .sup.3H-isoleucine-tRNA crude (.about.0.3 .mu.Ci/mL). Each
reaction was initiated by addition of the 150 nM enzyme. At each
time point three 20 .mu.L aliquots of the reaction mixture was
added to 200 .mu.L of 10% (w/v) TCA in a Millipore filter plate and
precipitated for 20 min. at 4.degree. C. The precipitate was
filtered and washed three times with 200 .mu.L of 5% (w/v) TCA,
then dried and 20 .mu.L Supermix scintillation cocktail was added.
The Millipore filter plates were counted in the MicroBeta Trilux.
The IC.sub.50 was determined by the amount of inhibitor that
inhibited 50% activity, 100% activity was calculated by taking the
activity of the no enzyme control from the wild-type enzyme
post-transfer editing activity.
Example 44
Equilibrium Dialysis
[0808] Equilibrium dialysis experiments were performed in
1.times.AARS buffer containing 50 mM Hepes-KOH (pH 8.0), 30 mM
MgCl.sub.2 and 30 mM KCl. Experiments were performed using 5 k MWCO
DispoEquilibrium Dialyzer apparatus (Harvard Apparatus, Holliston,
Mass.). On one side of the dialysis membrane (side A),
[methylene-.sup.14C] C10, 2.04 GBq/mmol (Amersham) was added at
concentrations ranging from 1 to 200 .mu.M in 20 .mu.L. On the
opposite side of the membrane (side B), 30 .mu.M recombinant Cdc60p
(Saccharomyces cerevisiae cytoplasmic LeuRS) and 10 mM AMP
(adenosine 5'-monophosphate, Sigma) was added in 20 .mu.L. Samples
were incubated at room temperature (21.degree. C.) while shaking
for 4.5 hrs to establish C10 equilibrium across the membrane. At
equilibrium, C10 on each side of the dialysis membrane was
quantified by scintillation counting using a Wallac MicroBeta
Trilux model 1450 liquid scintillation counter. The amount of C10
bound to Cdc60p was determined by subtracting [C10].sub.A from
[C10].sub.B.
PPi Exchange Assay
[0809] The PPi exchange assay was performed in 1.times.AARS buffer
containing 50 mM Hepes-KOH (pH 8.0), 30 mM MgCl.sub.2 and 30 mM KCl
supplemented with 2 mM ATP and [.sup.32P] PPi (10.sup.5
cpm/.mu.mol), 2 mM leucine and 7 nM recombinant Cdc60p. Experiments
were also performed in the presence or absence of C10 (15 .mu.M)
and tRNA (16 .mu.M). After a 20 minute incubation at 30.degree. C.,
reactions were initiated by the addition of ATP. At various time
intervals, 45 .mu.L of reaction mixture was added to 100 .mu.L of
2% perchloric acid and 0.1 M Na.sub.4P.sub.2O.sub.7 to quench the
reaction. Radioactive ATP was then absorbed to activated charcoal
by the addition of 30 .mu.L of a 5% suspension of acid-washed Norit
A. This mixture was filtered though GF/C glass filters and washed
2.times. with 200 .mu.L of distilled water then lx with 200 .mu.L
of 95% ethanol. Filters were dried and scintillation counted using
a Wallac MicroBeta Trilux model 1450 liquid scintillation
counter.
Synthesis of Tritiated Mischarged tRNA.sub.leu
[0810] The [.sup.3H]-isoleucine mischarged tRNAleu was synthesized
by incubating 1 .mu.M of Saccharomyces cerevisiae editing defective
Cdc60p (C326F) in 500 .mu.L of 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 60 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 4 mM ATP, 1 mM DTT, 0.02% (w/v) BSA, 16 .mu.M brewer's
yeast tRNA (Roche), 0.1 mM isoleucine and 5 mCi
L-[4,5-3H]isoleucine (100 Ci/mmole, GE Healthcare) and 20% (v/v)
DMSO for 1 hour at 30.degree. C. The reaction was stopped by adding
10 .mu.L of 10% (v/v) acetic acid followed by two acidic phenol
(Sigma) extractions. The mischarged tRNA in the top aqueous phase
was removed and precipitated by adding two volumes of 96% (v/v)
ethanol and incubating at -20.degree. C. for 30 minutes. The
precipitate was pelleted by centrifugation at 13,200.times.g for 30
minutes and the mischarged tRNA pellet was washed twice with 70%
(v/v) ethanol and then resuspended in 50 mM potassium phosphate
buffer pH 5.2.
Post-Transfer Editing Assay
[0811] The [.sup.3H]-isoleucine mischarged tRNAleu substrate, 40
nM, was added to 50 mM Hepes-KOH pH 8.0, 30 mM KCl, 30 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 0.02% (w/v) BSA, 1 mM DTT, 2.4 nM S. cerevisiae Cdc60p
at 30.degree. C. to start the reaction and 20 .mu.L aliquots, taken
at set time points, were added to ice cold 200 .mu.L 10% (w/v)
trichloroacetic acid (TCA). The TCA precipitates were washed twice
with 200 .mu.l ice cold 5% (w/v) TCA and filtered through a
Multiscreen HTS HA filter (Millipore). Optiphase (Perkin Elmer)
scintillation cocktail was added to the filters and the TCA
precipitate was counted in a Wallac MicroBeta Trilux model 1450
liquid scintillation counter.
Example 45
Assay for Determining that Compounds Inhibit ARS Synthesis
Activity
[0812] Aminoacylation assays were perfomed to determine the rate of
net leucine/tRNA.sup.Leu synthesis by leucyl tRNA synthetase.
Experiments were performed in 500 ul reaction mixtures containinglx
AARS buffer (50 mM Hepes-KOH (pH 8.0), 30 mM MgCl.sub.2 and 30 mM
KCl) supplemented with 20 uM [14C]-leucine (Perkin-Elmer, 11.32
GBq/mmol.), 16 uM crude yeast tRNA, 0.02% BSA, 1 mM dithiothreitol,
2 nM recombinant yeast LeuRS (CDC60) and 2 mM ATP. Reactions were
performed at 30 deg Celsius. At time zero reactions were started by
the addition of ATP. At various time intervals, 20 ul aliquots were
added to 150 ul of 10% trichloroacetic acid (TCA) within a single
well of a 96-well nitrocelluse membrane filterplate (Millipore
Multiscreen HTS, MSHAN4B50). Each well was then washed 3.times.
with 100 ul of 5% TCA. Filterplates were then dried under a heat
lamp and the precipitated [14C]-leucine/tRNA.sup.Leu complexes were
quantified by liquid scintillation counting using a Wallac
MicroBeta Trilux model 1450 liquid scintillation counter. The
inhibitory effects of boron-containing compounds, was determined by
addition of up to a 100 uM of the compound in the reaction mixture
for 20 minutes prior to the addition of ATP.
Example 46
Test Article and Dosage Formulation
[0813] C10 (5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole),
5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-phenyl-2,1-benzoxaborole, C1
(5-chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-2,1-benzoxaborole), and
5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-(3-hydroxymethylphenyl)-2,1-benzoxaborole
were obtained from Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Palo Alto,
Calif.). [.sup.14C]-C10 was synthesized by Amersham Biosciences UK
Limited (Buckinghamshire HP& 9NA, UK) radiochemical purity and
specific activity of >99.3% and 55 mCi/mmol, respectively.
[0814] Penlac.TM. nail lacquer (ciclopirox 8% topical solution) was
manufactured by Dermik (Berwyn, Pa.). [.sup.14C]-Ciclopirox
(pyridinone-6-(.sup.14C)-ciclopirox) was synthesized by PerkinElmer
Life and Analytical Sciences (Boston, Mass.). The radiochemical
purity and specific activity of the chemical was >95% and 12.5
mCi/mmol, respectively.
Experiment 1: Screening Four Oxaborole Compounds
[0815] C10, 5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-phenyl-2,1-benzoxaborole, C1,
and
5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-(3-hydroxymethylphenyl)-2,1-benzoxaborole,
formulated at 10% w/v in ethanol, were tested. A single aliquot (10
.mu.lA) of each formulation was dosed to the top of human nail
plates using the nail penetration procedure described below, and
allowed to stand for 3-days. The dosed area was washed, and then
the cotton ball bed supporting the nail and the nail samples were
collected at the end of the incubation period, stored at 4.degree.
C. and analyzed for drug using LC/MS/MS.
Experiment 2: Effect of Vehicle on C10 Nail Penetration
[0816] The following formulations, all containing 10% C10 were
tested. Formulation A: 70% ethanol, 20% poly (vinyl methyl ether
alt maleic acid monobutyl ester (v/v); Formulation B: 6% ethanol,
14% water, 15% poly (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), 5% dibutyl
sebacate (v/v); Formulation C: 55% ethanol, 15% ethyl acetate, 15%
poly (vinyl acetate), 5% dibutyl sebacate (v/v); Formulation D: 20%
propylene glycol, 70% ethanol (v/v). Using the nail penetration
procedure described below, aliquots (10 .mu.L) of the dose
formulations were applied to human nail plates once per day for 14
days with a daily wash before dosing. The cotton ball bed
supporting the nail was collected from each cell chamber and
replaced with a new one at day 5, 10, and 15 after the first dose.
The nail samples were collected at the end of the 14-day dose
period, stored at 4.degree. C. and analyzed for drug by
LC/MS/MS.
Experiment 3: Penetration of C10 Following a 14-Day Multiple Dose
Treatment
[0817] Two test articles, C10, 10% in propylene glycol and ethanol
(1:4, v/v) and ciclopirox, 8% in Penlac.TM. nail lacquer were
compared for their penetration rate into and through the human nail
plate. Trace amounts of carbon-14 radiolabelled C10 and ciclopirox
were added to their respective formulations the day before the
first dose. Using the nail penetration procedure described below,
aliquots (10 .mu.l) of the dose formulations were applied to human
nail plates once per day for 14 days with a washing before each
dose. The cotton ball bed supporting the nail was collected from
each cell chamber and replaced with a new one every 72 hours after
the first dose (days 3, 6, 9, 12, and 15). The nail samples were
collected at the 14-day dose period. The radioactivity of all
samples was analyzed and compared.
Nail Penetration Procedure
[0818] Details of the nail incubation have been previously
described.sup.9,10. Briefly, a healthy finger nail plate was
mounted in a one-chamber diffusion cell (FIG. 1, Permegear, Inc.,
Hellertown, Pa.) with the nail surface (top center) open to the air
and the inner surface in contact with a small cotton ball acting as
a supporting nail bed. The supporting cotton ball under the nail
was wetted by normal saline providing moisture for the nail plate,
and the degree of hydration was monitored and controlled during the
experiment. The incubation period started 24 hours prior to the
first dose, and ended 24 hours after the final dose. Aliquots (10
.mu.L) were applied to the surface of the nail plate once
daily.
[0819] Dosed surface area washing was conducted at the end of
incubation period (for single dose study), or each morning before
dosing starting on the second day (multiple dose study). The dosed
surface area of the nail was washed with cotton tips in a cycle, as
follows: two times with ethanol, then with 50% Ivory.RTM. liquid
soap (Procter & Gamble, Cincinnati, Ohio), then two times with
distilled water. The washing samples from each cycle were pooled
and the radioactivity was measured. After completion of the dosing
and the incubation phase, the nail plate was transferred to a
cutting holder for sampling. Under the controlled humidity and
temperature, we did not observe any abnormal situations such as the
nail plate color change, hydration changes, or fungal growth during
the 14-day dosing period. The nail plate was secured in position so
that the outer dorsal-dosed surface faced the holder. The cutting
holder was moved to bring the plate surface just barely in contact
with the cutter tip. The drill was then started and a fine
adjustment moved the stage toward the cutter tip, removing a powder
sample from the nail. In this way, a hole approximately 0.3-0.4 mm
in depth and 7.9 mm in diameter was drilled in each nail, enabling
the harvest of powder sample from the center of each nail's ventral
surface. These samples are referred to as samples taken from the
"ventral/intermediate nail plate center". Then the nail outside the
dosing area (and also the sampling area) was cut away and saved as
the "remainder nail plate". The layer above the powder sampling
area was also saved as "the dorsal/intermediate center". All the
nail plate samples were individually collected into a glass
scintillation vial and weighed.
Quantitative Analysis of Oxaboroles
[0820] LC/MS/MS (API3000, Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.)
was used to quantitate the amounts of non-radiolabeled oxaboroles,
C10,5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-phenyl-2,1-benzoxaborole, C1, and
5-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-(3-hydroxymethylphenyl)-2,1-benzoxaborole in
samples from the nail penetration studies. For the cotton ball
analysis eleven calibration standards were prepared fresh in normal
saline. A volume of 100 .mu.L of each standard was spiked onto a
fresh cotton ball with final calibration standard concentrations of
0, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, and 2560 .mu.g/mL.
Acetonitrile (Burdick & Jackson, Muskegon, Mich.) containing
the internal standard p-nitrophenol (PNP) was added to all cotton
balls. The cotton ball samples and any residual solvent were
transferred to centrifuge filter tubes. After centrifugation, the
filtrate from the cotton ball samples was transferred to
autosampler vials and analyzed by LC/MS/MS. For the ciclopirox
samples, the filtrate was first derivatized with dimethylsulfate
according to a previously described method before analysis by
LC/MS/MS (Myoung and Choi, 2003). Samples with calculated
concentrations above the highest calibration standard were diluted
10- or 20-fold with acetonitrile containing internal standard
p-Nitrophenol (TCI America, Portland, Oreg.). For the nail
analysis, two separate calibration curves were prepared, one for
nail powder analysis and one for top of the nail analysis. Each
curve contained eleven calibration standards. Standards were first
prepared in dimethylsulfoxide. A volume of 10 .mu.L of each
standard was spiked onto keratin powder (6.5 mg for nail powder
curve and 17 mg for top of the nail curve). Nail samples were
digested with 1N NaOH overnight at 45.degree. C. The next morning,
before extraction with methylenechloride, the pH of the samples was
adjusted to pH 3. After extraction, the organic layer was
transferred and evaporated. Samples were reconstituted in
acetonitrile and analyzed by LC/MS/MS using an Eclipse XDB-C18 5
.mu.m, 2.1.times.50 mm column (Agilent, Wilmington, Del.) and a
gradient mobile phase from 5 mM ammonium acetate and
acetonitrile.
Radioactivity Measurement
[0821] All radioactivity measurements were conducted with a Model
1500 Liquid Scintillation Counter (Packard Instrument Company,
Downer Grove, Ill.). The counter was audited for accuracy using
sealed samples of quenched and unquenched standards as detailed by
the instrument manual. The .sup.14C counting efficiency is equal to
or greater than 95%. All nail samples pre-treated with Packard
soluene-350 were incubated at 40.degree. C. for 48 hours followed
by the addition of 10 mL scintillation cocktail (HIONIC-FLUOR,
Packard Instrument Company, Meriden, Conn.). Other samples
(standard dose, surface washing, and bedding material) were mixed
directly with Universal ES scintillation cocktail (ICN Biomedicals,
Costa Mesa, Calif.). Background control and test samples were
counted for radioactivity for 3 minutes each.
Calculations and Data Analysis
[0822] Quantitation of non-radioactive compounds was based on peak
area ratios of compound to internal standard. The method of
regression for the calibration curves was selected based on the
best fit. Linear and quadratic regression was used with 1/x or 1/x
squared weighting. All integrations were performed using Analyst
version 1.3 (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.). The
concentrations of compound in the cotton balls were converted to
absolute amounts by taking the sample volume of 100 .mu.l into
account. The amount of compound in the nail powder and top of the
nail were adjusted for their respective weights and reported in
.mu.g/mg.
[0823] The individual and mean (.+-.S.E.) amount of test chemical
equivalent in nail, bedding material, and wash samples are
presented as dpm, .mu.Ci, percent administered dose, and mg
equivalent at each time point. The concentration of
.sup.14C-labeled test chemicals were calculated from the value
based on the specific activity of each [.sup.14C]-labeled test
chemical. The information of concentration of non-labeled test
chemical in the topical formulation was obtained from the
manufacturers. The total concentration of test chemical equivalent
is the sum of the concentration of .sup.14C-labeled test chemical
and the concentration of non-labeled test chemical. The value of
the total amount of test chemical equivalent in each nail sample
was calculated from those values based on the radioactivity of the
sample and the ratio of total mg test chemical equivalent and
radioactivity of the test chemical. The data was further normalized
by dividing by the weight of the sample. Statistical significant of
nail samples from every two groups was analyzed by student
t-test.
[0824] It is understood that the examples and embodiments described
herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various
modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to
persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit
and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims.
All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are
hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all
purposes.
Sequence CWU 1
1
681258PRTSaccharomyces cerevisiae 1Thr Pro Gln Glu Tyr Ile Gly Val
Lys Ile Glu Ala Leu Glu Phe Ala 1 5 10 15 Asp Asp Ala Ala Lys Ile
Ile Asp Ser Ser Ser Asp Leu Asp Lys Ser 20 25 30 Lys Lys Phe Tyr
Phe Val Ala Ala Thr Leu Arg Pro Glu Thr Met Tyr 35 40 45 Gly Gln
Thr Cys Cys Phe Val Ser Pro Thr Ile Glu Tyr Gly Ile Phe 50 55 60
Asp Ala Gly Asp Ser Tyr Phe Ile Thr Thr Glu Arg Ala Phe Lys Asn 65
70 75 80 Met Ser Tyr Gln Lys Leu Thr Pro Lys Arg Gly Phe Tyr Lys
Pro Ile 85 90 95 Val Thr Val Pro Gly Lys Ala Phe Ile Gly Thr Lys
Ile His Ala Pro 100 105 110 Gln Ser Val Tyr Pro Glu Leu Arg Ile Leu
Pro Met Glu Thr Val Ile 115 120 125 Ala Thr Lys Gly Thr Gly Val Val
Thr Cys Val Pro Ser Asn Ser Pro 130 135 140 Asp Asp Tyr Ile Thr Thr
Lys Asp Leu Leu His Lys Pro Glu Tyr Tyr 145 150 155 160 Gly Ile Lys
Pro Glu Trp Ile Asp His Glu Ile Val Pro Ile Met His 165 170 175 Thr
Glu Lys Tyr Gly Asp Leu Thr Ala Lys Ala Ile Val Glu Glu Lys 180 185
190 Lys Ile Gln Ser Pro Lys Asp Lys Asn Leu Leu Ala Glu Ala Lys Lys
195 200 205 Ile Ala Tyr Lys Glu Asp Tyr Tyr Thr Gly Thr Met Ile Tyr
Gly Pro 210 215 220 Tyr Lys Gly Glu Lys Val Glu Gln Ala Lys Asn Lys
Val Lys Ala Asp 225 230 235 240 Met Ile Ala Ala Gly Glu Ala Phe Val
Tyr Asn Glu Pro Glu Ser Gln 245 250 255 Asp Pro
2280PRTSaccharomyces cerevisiae 2Met Thr Pro Gln Glu Tyr Ile Gly
Val Lys Ile Glu Ala Leu Glu Phe 1 5 10 15 Ala Asp Asp Ala Ala Lys
Ile Ile Asp Ser Ser Ser Asp Leu Asp Lys 20 25 30 Ser Lys Lys Phe
Tyr Phe Val Ala Ala Thr Leu Arg Pro Glu Thr Met 35 40 45 Tyr Gly
Gln Thr Cys Cys Phe Val Ser Pro Thr Ile Glu Tyr Gly Ile 50 55 60
Phe Asp Ala Gly Asp Ser Tyr Phe Ile Thr Thr Glu Arg Ala Phe Lys 65
70 75 80 Asn Met Ser Tyr Gln Lys Leu Thr Pro Lys Arg Gly Phe Tyr
Lys Pro 85 90 95 Ile Val Thr Val Pro Gly Lys Ala Phe Ile Gly Thr
Lys Ile His Ala 100 105 110 Pro Gln Ser Val Tyr Pro Glu Leu Arg Ile
Leu Pro Met Glu Thr Val 115 120 125 Ile Ala Thr Lys Gly Thr Gly Val
Val Thr Cys Val Pro Ser Asn Ser 130 135 140 Pro Asp Asp Tyr Ile Thr
Thr Lys Asp Leu Leu His Lys Pro Glu Tyr 145 150 155 160 Tyr Gly Ile
Lys Pro Glu Trp Ile Asp His Glu Ile Val Pro Ile Met 165 170 175 His
Thr Glu Lys Tyr Gly Asp Leu Thr Ala Lys Ala Ile Val Glu Glu 180 185
190 Lys Lys Ile Gln Ser Pro Lys Asp Lys Asn Leu Leu Ala Glu Ala Lys
195 200 205 Lys Ile Ala Tyr Lys Glu Asp Tyr Tyr Thr Gly Thr Met Ile
Tyr Gly 210 215 220 Pro Tyr Lys Gly Glu Lys Val Glu Gln Ala Lys Asn
Lys Val Lys Ala 225 230 235 240 Asp Met Ile Ala Ala Gly Glu Ala Phe
Val Tyr Asn Glu Pro Glu Ser 245 250 255 Gln Asp Pro Gln Asp Pro Asn
Ser Ser Ser Val Asp Lys Leu Ala Ala 260 265 270 Ala Leu Glu His His
His His His 275 280 3185PRTEscherichia coli 3Glu Gly Val Glu Ile
Thr Phe Asn Val Asn Asp Tyr Asp Asn Thr Leu 1 5 10 15 Thr Val Tyr
Thr Thr Arg Pro Asp Thr Phe Met Gly Cys Thr Tyr Leu 20 25 30 Ala
Val Ala Ala Gly His Pro Leu Ala Gln Lys Ala Ala Glu Asn Asn 35 40
45 Pro Glu Leu Ala Ala Phe Ile Asp Glu Cys Arg Asn Thr Lys Val Ala
50 55 60 Glu Ala Glu Met Ala Thr Met Glu Lys Lys Gly Val Asp Thr
Gly Phe 65 70 75 80 Lys Ala Val His Pro Leu Thr Gly Glu Glu Ile Pro
Val Trp Ala Ala 85 90 95 Asn Phe Val Leu Met Glu Tyr Gly Thr Gly
Ala Val Met Ala Val Pro 100 105 110 Gly His Asp Gln Arg Asp Tyr Glu
Phe Ala Ser Lys Tyr Gly Leu Asn 115 120 125 Ile Lys Pro Val Ile Leu
Ala Ala Asp Gly Ser Glu Pro Asp Leu Ser 130 135 140 Gln Gln Ala Leu
Thr Glu Lys Gly Val Leu Phe Asn Ser Gly Glu Phe 145 150 155 160 Asn
Gly Leu Asp His Glu Ala Ala Phe Asn Ala Ile Ala Asp Lys Leu 165 170
175 Thr Ala Met Gly Val Gly Glu Arg Lys 180 185
4185PRTPropionibacterium acnes 4Glu Gly Ala Tyr Val Asp Phe Thr Ile
Asp Gly His Lys Glu Pro Val 1 5 10 15 Arg Val Phe Thr Thr Arg Pro
Asp Thr Leu Tyr Gly Ala Thr Phe Met 20 25 30 Val Val Ala Pro Asp
Ser Ala Leu Ala Gln Glu Ile Val Ser Asp Glu 35 40 45 Ala Arg Pro
Ala Phe Glu Thr Tyr Leu Asp Glu Val Lys Lys Lys Ser 50 55 60 Glu
Ile Glu Arg Gln Ala Thr Asp His Glu Lys Thr Gly Val Pro Leu 65 70
75 80 Gly Val Glu Ala Thr Asn Pro Val Asn Gly Ala Lys Val Pro Val
Trp 85 90 95 Ala Gly Asp Tyr Val Leu Ala Asp Tyr Gly Thr Gly Ala
Val Met Ala 100 105 110 Val Pro Ala His Asp Gln Arg Asp Leu Asp Phe
Ala Arg Thr Tyr Gly 115 120 125 Ile Asp Val Ile Pro Val Ile Asp Thr
Gly Glu Ala Asp Pro Arg Glu 130 135 140 Ser Gly Val Ala Thr Thr Gly
Asp Gly Val Tyr Gln Asn Ser Gly Phe 145 150 155 160 Leu Asn Gly Ile
Ala Thr Lys Ala Glu Ala Ile Ala Lys Met Cys Glu 165 170 175 Phe Leu
Asp Glu Lys Gly Ile Gly Glu 180 185 5194PRTPseudomonas aeruginosa
5Gly Met Glu Ile Gly Phe Pro Tyr Asp Gln Ala Ser Ile Gly His Ala 1
5 10 15 Gly Gln Leu Lys Val Phe Thr Thr Arg Pro Asp Thr Leu Met Gly
Ala 20 25 30 Thr Tyr Val Ala Val Ala Ala Glu His Pro Leu Ala Thr
Gln Ala Ala 35 40 45 Gln Asn Asp Pro Gln Leu Gln Ala Phe Ile Asp
Glu Cys Lys Arg Gly 50 55 60 Gly Val Ala Glu Ala Asp Ile Ala Thr
Gln Glu Lys Lys Gly Met Ala 65 70 75 80 Thr Ser Leu Phe Val Glu His
Pro Leu Thr Gly Asp Lys Leu Pro Val 85 90 95 Trp Val Ala Asn Tyr
Val Leu Met Asn Tyr Gly Glu Gly Ala Val Met 100 105 110 Ala Val Pro
Gly His Asp Glu Arg Asp Phe Glu Phe Ala Asn Lys Tyr 115 120 125 Gly
Leu Pro Ile Arg Gln Val Ile Ala Lys Val Glu Gly Asp Asp Asp 130 135
140 Phe Glu Ser Ser Val Trp Lys Glu Trp Tyr Gly Ala Lys Asp Glu Ser
145 150 155 160 Val Leu Thr Val Asn Ser Gly Lys Tyr Asp Asn Leu Gly
Tyr Gln Ala 165 170 175 Ala Phe Asp Ala Ile Gly Ala Asp Leu Glu Ala
Lys Gly Leu Gly Gln 180 185 190 Ala Arg 6183PRTBacillus anthracis
6Glu Gly Ala Glu Val His Phe Asn Ile Asp Gly Thr Asp Glu Lys Phe 1
5 10 15 Thr Val Phe Thr Thr Arg Pro Asp Thr Leu Phe Gly Ala Ser Tyr
Cys 20 25 30 Val Leu Ala Pro Glu His Ala Leu Val Ala Asp Ile Thr
Thr Ala Asp 35 40 45 Gln Lys Glu Ala Val Glu Ala Tyr Ile Asn Ser
Val Lys Met Lys Ser 50 55 60 Asp Leu Glu Arg Thr Glu Leu Ala Lys
Glu Lys Thr Gly Val Phe Thr 65 70 75 80 Gly Ala Tyr Ala Val Asn Pro
Val Asn Gly Glu Lys Leu Pro Ile Trp 85 90 95 Ile Ala Asp Tyr Val
Leu Ala Thr Tyr Gly Thr Gly Ala Val Met Ala 100 105 110 Val Pro Ala
His Asp Glu Arg Asp Tyr Glu Phe Ala Ser Thr Phe Asn 115 120 125 Leu
Pro Met Lys Glu Val Val Lys Gly Gly Asp Ile Thr Lys Glu Ala 130 135
140 Tyr Thr Gly Asp Gly Ala His Val Asn Ser Ala Phe Leu Asp Gly Leu
145 150 155 160 Asn Lys Glu Glu Ala Ile Ala Lys Met Ile Glu Trp Leu
Glu Val Thr 165 170 175 Ser Ala Gly Asn Gln Lys Val 180
7183PRTStaphylococcus aureus 7Glu Gly Ala Lys Val Thr Phe Lys Ile
Glu Gln Ser Asp Gln Asn Ile 1 5 10 15 Glu Val Phe Thr Thr Arg Pro
Asp Thr Ile Tyr Gly Thr Ser Phe Leu 20 25 30 Val Leu Ser Pro Glu
His Pro Leu Val Asn Glu Ile Thr Thr Ser Asp 35 40 45 Lys Glu Gln
Glu Val Lys Leu Tyr Gln Asn Glu Ala Ser Lys Lys Ser 50 55 60 Asp
Leu Glu Arg Thr Asp Leu Ala Lys Glu Lys Thr Gly Val Phe Thr 65 70
75 80 Gly Thr Phe Ala Ile Asn Pro Leu Ser Gly Asp Lys Leu Pro Ile
Trp 85 90 95 Ile Ala Asp Tyr Val Leu Ser Thr Tyr Gly Thr Gly Ala
Val Met Ala 100 105 110 Val Pro Gly His Asp Glu Arg Asp His Glu Phe
Ala Thr Lys Phe Asn 115 120 125 Leu Pro Ile Ile Glu Val Ile Glu Gly
Gly Glu Val Gln Lys Tyr Ala 130 135 140 Tyr Thr Gly Glu Gly Lys His
Ile Asn Ser Gly Glu Leu Asp Gly Leu 145 150 155 160 Glu Asn Glu Ala
Ala Ile Ser Lys Ala Ile Glu Leu Leu Glu Ser Lys 165 170 175 Gly Ala
Gly Glu Lys Lys Val 180 8182PRTStreptococcus pyogens 8Gly Ala Asn
Val Thr Phe Lys Val Lys Asp Thr Asp Lys Asn Phe Thr 1 5 10 15 Val
Phe Thr Thr Arg Pro Asp Thr Leu Phe Gly Ala Thr Tyr Ala Val 20 25
30 Leu Ala Pro Glu His Ala Leu Val Asp Ala Ile Thr Thr Ala Asp Gln
35 40 45 Ala Glu Ala Val Ala Asp Tyr Lys Arg Gln Ala Ser Leu Lys
Ser Asp 50 55 60 Leu Ala Arg Thr Asp Leu Ala Lys Glu Lys Thr Gly
Val Trp Thr Gly 65 70 75 80 Ser Tyr Ala Ile Asn Pro Val Asn Gly Lys
Glu Ile Pro Val Trp Ile 85 90 95 Ala Asp Tyr Val Leu Ala Ser Tyr
Gly Thr Gly Ala Ile Met Ala Val 100 105 110 Pro Ala His Asp Glu Arg
Asp Trp Glu Phe Ala Lys Gln Phe Asn Leu 115 120 125 Asp Ile Ile Pro
Val Leu Glu Gly Gly Asn Val Glu Glu Ala Ala Phe 130 135 140 Thr Glu
Asp Gly Leu His Ile Asn Ser Gly Phe Leu Asp Gly Leu Asp 145 150 155
160 Lys Ala Ser Ala Ile Ala Lys Met Val Glu Trp Leu Glu Ala Glu Gly
165 170 175 Val Gly Asn Glu Lys Val 180 9187PRTThermus thermophilus
9Glu Gly Ala Glu Ile Leu Phe Pro Val Glu Gly Lys Glu Val Arg Ile 1
5 10 15 Pro Val Phe Thr Thr Arg Pro Asp Thr Leu Phe Gly Ala Thr Phe
Leu 20 25 30 Val Leu Ala Pro Glu His Pro Leu Thr Leu Glu Leu Ala
Ala Pro Glu 35 40 45 Lys Arg Glu Glu Val Leu Ala Tyr Val Glu Ala
Ala Lys Arg Lys Thr 50 55 60 Glu Ile Glu Arg Gln Ala Glu Gly Arg
Glu Lys Thr Gly Val Phe Leu 65 70 75 80 Gly Ala Tyr Ala Leu Asn Pro
Ala Thr Gly Glu Arg Ile Pro Ile Trp 85 90 95 Thr Ala Asp Tyr Val
Leu Phe Gly Tyr Gly Thr Gly Ala Ile Met Ala 100 105 110 Val Pro Ala
His Asp Gln Arg Asp Tyr Glu Phe Ala Arg Lys Phe Gly 115 120 125 Leu
Pro Ile Lys Lys Val Ile Glu Arg Pro Gly Glu Pro Leu Pro Glu 130 135
140 Pro Leu Glu Arg Ala Tyr Glu Glu Pro Gly Ile Met Val Asn Ser Gly
145 150 155 160 Pro Phe Asp Gly Thr Glu Ser Glu Glu Gly Lys Arg Lys
Val Ile Ala 165 170 175 Trp Leu Glu Glu Lys Gly Leu Gly Lys Gly Arg
180 185 10186PRTMycobacterium tuberculosis 10Phe Glu Val Asp Ile
Glu Val Phe Thr Thr Arg Pro Asp Thr Leu Phe 1 5 10 15 Gly Ala Thr
Tyr Leu Val Leu Ala Pro Glu His Asp Leu Val Asp Glu 20 25 30 Leu
Val Ala Ala Ser Trp Pro Ala Gly Val Asn Pro Leu Trp Thr Tyr 35 40
45 Gly Gly Gly Thr Pro Gly Glu Ala Ile Ala Ala Tyr Arg Arg Ala Met
50 55 60 Ala Ala Lys Ser Asp Leu Glu Arg Gln Glu Ser Arg Glu Lys
Thr Gly 65 70 75 80 Val Phe Val Gly Ser Tyr Ala Ile Asn Pro Ala Asn
Gly Glu Pro Val 85 90 95 Pro Ile Phe Ile Ala Asp Tyr Val Leu Ala
Gly Tyr Gly Thr Gly Ala 100 105 110 Ile Met Ala Val Pro Gly His Asp
Gln Arg Asp Trp Asp Phe Ala Arg 115 120 125 Ala Phe Gly Leu Pro Ile
Val Glu Val Ile Ala Gly Gly Asn Ile Ser 130 135 140 Glu Ser Ala Tyr
Thr Gly Asp Gly Ile Leu Val Asn Ser Asp Tyr Leu 145 150 155 160 Asn
Gly Met Ser Val Pro Ala Ala Lys Arg Ala Ile Val Asp Arg Leu 165 170
175 Glu Ser Ala Gly Arg Gly Arg Ala Arg Ile 180 185 11251PRTCandida
albicans 11Tyr Val Gly Ile Lys Ile Arg Leu Thr Asp Val Ala Pro Gln
Ala Gln 1 5 10 15 Glu Leu Phe Lys Lys Glu Ser Leu Asp Val Lys Glu
Asn Lys Val Tyr 20 25 30 Leu Val Ala Ala Thr Leu Arg Pro Glu Thr
Met Tyr Gly Gln Thr Cys 35 40 45 Cys Phe Val Ser Pro Lys Ile Asp
Tyr Gly Val Phe Asp Ala Gly Asn 50 55 60 Gly Asp Tyr Phe Ile Thr
Thr Glu Arg Ala Phe Lys Asn Met Ser Phe 65 70 75 80 Gln Asn Leu Thr
Pro Lys Arg Gly Tyr Tyr Lys Pro Leu Phe Thr Ile 85 90 95 Asn Gly
Lys Thr Leu Ile Gly Ser Arg Ile Asp Ala Pro Tyr Ala Val 100 105 110
Asn Lys Asn Leu Arg Val Leu Pro Met Glu Thr Val Leu Ala Thr Lys 115
120 125 Gly Thr Gly Val Val Thr Cys Val Pro Ser Asp Ser Pro Asp Asp
Phe 130 135 140 Val Thr Thr Arg Asp Leu Ala Asn Lys Pro Glu Tyr Tyr
Gly Ile Glu 145 150 155 160 Lys Asp Trp Val Gln Thr Asp Ile Val Pro
Ile Val His Thr Glu Lys 165 170 175 Tyr Gly Asp Lys Cys Ala Glu Phe
Leu Val Asn Asp Leu Lys Ile Gln 180 185 190 Ser Pro Lys Asp Ser Val
Gln Leu Ala Asn Ala Lys Glu Leu Ala Tyr 195 200 205 Lys Glu Gly Phe
Tyr Asn Gly Thr Met Leu Ile Gly Lys Tyr Lys Gly 210 215 220 Asp Lys
Val Glu Asp Ala Lys Pro Lys Val Lys Gln Asp Leu Ile Asp 225 230
235
240 Glu Gly Leu Ala Phe Val Tyr Asn Glu Pro Glu 245 250
12256PRTAspergillus fumigatus 12Tyr Thr Ala Met Lys Leu Gln Val Lys
Glu Trp Ala Pro Glu Ile Ala 1 5 10 15 Glu Leu Val Lys Gly Lys Ile
Glu Asp Asp Ala Lys Val Tyr Phe Val 20 25 30 Pro Ala Thr Leu Arg
Pro Glu Thr Met Tyr Gly Gln Thr Cys Cys Phe 35 40 45 Leu Gly Pro
Lys Ile Lys Tyr Gly Ile Phe Arg Val Lys Glu Lys Glu 50 55 60 Tyr
Tyr Ile Val Thr Lys Arg Ala Ala Trp Asn Met Ala Phe Gln Gly 65 70
75 80 Ile Phe Phe Asp Ser Glu His Phe Pro Lys Thr Gln Asp Glu Leu
Pro 85 90 95 Leu Val Leu Glu Ala Pro Gly Ser Ala Phe Val Gly Thr
Leu Val Asn 100 105 110 Ala Pro Leu Ser Phe His Thr Glu Gly Val Arg
Ile Leu Pro Met Glu 115 120 125 Gly Val Ser Ala Thr Lys Gly Thr Gly
Val Val Thr Ser Val Pro Ser 130 135 140 Asp Ser Pro Asp Asp Tyr Ala
Thr Leu Val Asp Leu Ala Lys Lys Pro 145 150 155 160 Glu Tyr Tyr Gly
Ile Lys Lys Glu Trp Ala Glu Leu Glu Ile Phe Pro 165 170 175 Leu Ile
Glu Thr Pro Thr Tyr Gly Asn Leu Thr Ala Pro Thr Leu Val 180 185 190
Lys Lys Leu Lys Ile Asn Ser Pro Lys Asp Val Asn Gln Leu Ala Gln 195
200 205 Ala Lys Glu Leu Ala Tyr Gly Glu Ala Tyr Tyr Lys Gly Thr Met
Leu 210 215 220 Val Gly Glu Phe Lys Gly Glu Pro Val Ser Ala Ala Lys
Glu Lys Ile 225 230 235 240 Arg Lys Ser Leu Tyr Glu Ser Gly Asp Ala
Phe Pro Phe Ala Asp Pro 245 250 255 13256PRTTrichophyton rubrum
13Tyr Thr Ala Met Lys Leu Lys Val Lys Glu Trp Ser Pro Lys Ala Lys 1
5 10 15 Glu Ile Ile Gln Gly Lys Ile Glu Lys Asp Ala Asn Val Tyr Phe
Val 20 25 30 Pro Ala Thr Leu Arg Pro Glu Thr Met Tyr Gly Gln Thr
Cys Cys Phe 35 40 45 Val Gly Pro Ala Ile Ser Tyr Gly Ile Phe Lys
Val Lys Glu Lys Glu 50 55 60 Tyr Tyr Val Val Thr Lys Arg Ala Ala
Trp Asn Met Ala Phe Gln Gly 65 70 75 80 Ile Phe Phe Asp Val Asn Asn
Leu Pro Lys Ser Gln Asp Glu Leu Pro 85 90 95 Pro Val Val Glu Ala
Pro Gly Ser Ala Leu Ile Gly Thr Leu Val Asn 100 105 110 Ala Pro Leu
Ser Phe His Lys Glu Gly Val Arg Ile Leu Pro Met Glu 115 120 125 Thr
Val Ser Ala Asn Lys Gly Thr Gly Val Val Ser Cys Val Pro Ser 130 135
140 Asp Ser Pro Asp Asp Phe Ala Thr Ile Ser Asp Leu Ala Lys Lys Ala
145 150 155 160 Asp Tyr Tyr Gly Ile Gln Lys Glu Trp Ala Glu Leu Glu
Ile His Pro 165 170 175 Leu Ile Glu Thr Pro Thr Tyr Gly Asn Leu Thr
Ala Pro Ala Leu Val 180 185 190 Lys Gln Leu Lys Ile Asn Ser Pro Lys
Asp Thr Val Gln Leu Ala Gln 195 200 205 Ala Lys Asp Leu Ala Tyr Thr
Glu Gly Phe Tyr Lys Gly Lys Met Leu 210 215 220 Val Gly Glu Phe Lys
Gly Glu Pro Val Gln Thr Ala Lys Glu Lys Val 225 230 235 240 Arg Asn
Ser Leu Ile Lys Ser Gly Asp Ala Phe Pro Phe Ala Asp Pro 245 250 255
14253PRTHomo sapiens 14Val Gly Pro Gln Glu Tyr Thr Leu Leu Lys Leu
Lys Val Leu Glu Pro 1 5 10 15 Tyr Pro Ser Lys Leu Ser Gly Leu Lys
Gly Lys Asn Ile Phe Leu Val 20 25 30 Ala Ala Thr Leu Arg Pro Glu
Thr Met Phe Gly Gln Thr Asn Cys Trp 35 40 45 Val Arg Pro Asp Met
Lys Tyr Ile Gly Phe Glu Thr Val Asn Gly Asp 50 55 60 Ile Phe Ile
Cys Thr Gln Lys Ala Ala Arg Asn Met Ser Tyr Gln Gly 65 70 75 80 Phe
Thr Lys Asp Asn Gly Val Val Pro Val Val Lys Glu Leu Met Gly 85 90
95 Glu Glu Ile Leu Gly Ala Ser Leu Ser Ala Pro Leu Thr Ser Tyr Lys
100 105 110 Val Ile Tyr Val Leu Pro Met Leu Thr Ile Lys Glu Asp Lys
Gly Thr 115 120 125 Gly Val Val Thr Ser Val Pro Ser Asp Ser Pro Asp
Asp Ile Ala Ala 130 135 140 Leu Arg Asp Leu Lys Lys Lys Gln Ala Leu
Arg Ala Lys Tyr Gly Ile 145 150 155 160 Arg Asp Asp Met Val Leu Pro
Phe Glu Pro Val Pro Val Ile Glu Ile 165 170 175 Pro Gly Phe Gly Asn
Leu Ser Ala Val Thr Ile Cys Asp Glu Leu Lys 180 185 190 Ile Gln Ser
Gln Asn Asp Arg Glu Lys Leu Ala Glu Ala Lys Glu Lys 195 200 205 Ile
Tyr Leu Lys Gly Phe Tyr Glu Gly Ile Met Leu Val Asp Gly Phe 210 215
220 Lys Gly Gln Lys Val Gln Asp Val Lys Lys Thr Ile Gln Lys Lys Met
225 230 235 240 Ile Asp Ala Gly Asp Ala Leu Ile Tyr Met Glu Pro Glu
245 250 15259PRTTrypanosoma brucei 15Tyr Thr Val Val Lys Leu Lys
Val Lys Asn Pro Leu Glu Gln Pro Ala 1 5 10 15 Leu Ala Pro Phe Ser
Glu Ile Ile Gly Asn Arg Ser Val Ile Leu Pro 20 25 30 Gly Ala Thr
Leu Arg Pro Glu Thr Val Ile Gly Gln Thr Asn Cys Trp 35 40 45 Val
Ser Pro Asn Phe Ser Tyr Met Ala Tyr Ser Ile Leu Asn Gly Thr 50 55
60 Gly Glu Glu Glu Ile Tyr Ile Met Thr Ser Arg Ala Ala Arg Asn Leu
65 70 75 80 Ala Tyr Gln Asn Phe Thr Val Asn Gly Lys Thr Gly Val Asp
Pro Ser 85 90 95 Pro Leu Phe Glu Val Asp Gly Ala Lys Leu Ile Gly
Leu Pro Leu Ser 100 105 110 Ala Pro Leu Cys Pro Tyr Asp Thr Ile Tyr
Thr Leu Pro Met Gln Ser 115 120 125 Ile Ile Glu Thr Lys Gly Thr Gly
Val Val Met Ser Val Pro Ala Asp 130 135 140 Ser Pro Asp Asp Tyr Ile
Asn Tyr Val Gln Leu Val Asn Lys Pro Asp 145 150 155 160 Tyr Arg Ala
Lys Leu Gly Leu Lys Asp Glu Trp Val Ala Asn Lys Ile 165 170 175 Val
Ser Leu Ile Glu Val Pro Gly Glu Met Gly Arg Glu Ser Ala Lys 180 185
190 Tyr Met Cys Glu Lys Leu Lys Ile Asn Gly Pro Asn Ala Thr Asp Leu
195 200 205 Leu Glu Glu Ala Lys Lys Val Ile Tyr Gln Ala Gly Phe Tyr
Gln Gly 210 215 220 Val Met Ile Ala Gly Pro Phe Ala Gly Glu Lys Val
Ser Ala Ala Lys 225 230 235 240 Val Lys Thr Val Lys Leu Leu Glu Glu
Gln Asn Ala Ala Ile Arg Tyr 245 250 255 Tyr Glu Pro
1685DNASaccharomyces cerevisiae 16gggagtttgg ccgagtggtt taaggcgtca
gatttaggct ctgatatctt cggatgcaag 60ggttcgaatc ccttagctct cacca
851774DNASaccharomyces cerevisiae 17gaaactataa ttcaattggt
tagaatagta ttttgataag gtacaaatat aggttcaatc 60cctgttagtt tcat
741885DNASaccharomyces cerevisiaemodified_base(10)..(10)m2g
18gguuguuugg ccgagcggdc daaggcgccu gauucaagcu cagguaucgu aagaugcaag
60agtucgaauc ucuuagcaac cacca 851987DNAHaloferax
volcaniimodified_base(15)..(15)fa7d7G 19gcgaggguag cuaagucagg
aaaaagcggc ggacucaaga uccgcucccg uagggguccg 60uggguucaaa ucccuccccu
cgcacca 872087DNAPhage T4modified_base(8)..(8)s4U 20gcgagaaugg
ucaaauuggu aaaggcacag cacuuaaaau gcugcggaau gauuuccuug 60ugggtucgag
ucccacuucu cgcacca 872185DNAPhage T5modified_base(17)..(17)d
21ggggcuaugc uggaacuggu agacaauacg gccuuagauu ccguagcuua aaugcguggg
60agtucgaguc ucccuagccc cacca 852287DNABacillus
subtilismodified_base(17)..(17)d 22gcgggugugc gggaauuggu agaccggcua
gauucaggau cuagggucuu uauggaccug 60agggtucaag ucccuucacc cgcacca
872387DNAEscherichia colimodified_base(8)..(8)s4U 23gcccggaugg
uggaaucggu agacacaagg gauuaaaaau cccucggcgu ucgcgcugug 60cgggtucaag
ucccgcuccg gguacca 872487DNASalmonella
typhimodified_base(16)..(16)d 24gcgaaggugg cggaauuggu agacgcgcua
gcuucaggug uuaguguccu uacggacgug 60ggggtucaag uccccccccu cgcacca
872585DNARhodospirillum rubrummodified_base(16)..(16)d 25gccuuuguag
cggaauggua acgcggcaga cucaaaaucu gcuuugguaa cccagguggu 60agtucgacuc
uccccaaagg cacca 852687DNAAnacystis
nidulansmodified_base(17)..(17)d 26gggcaagugg cggaauuggu agacgcagca
gacucaaaau cugccgcuag cgauagugug 60ugggtucgag ucccaccuug cccacca
872787DNAAnacystis nidulansmodified_base(17)..(17)d 27gcggaacugg
cggaauuggu agacgcgcua gauucagguu cuagugguuu cacgacuguc 60cgggtucaag
ucccggguuc cgcacca 872886DNABacillus
stearothermophilusmodified_base(8)..(8)s4u 28gccgaugugg cggaauuggc
agacgcgcac gacucaaaau cgugugggcu uugcccgugu 60gggtucgacu cccaccaucg
gcacca 862984DNAGlycine maxmodified_base(17)..(17)gm 29gccuuggugg
ugaaauggua gccacgcgag acucaaaauc ucgugcuaca gagcguggag 60gtucgagucc
ucuucaaggc acca 843088DNAGlycine maxmodified_base(18)..(18)gm
30ggggauaugg cgaaauuggu agacgcuacg gacuuaaaau ccgucgacuu aagaaaucau
60gagggtucaa gucccucuau ccccacca 883183DNAGlycine
maxmodified_base(18)..(18)gm 31gccgcuaugg ugaaauuggu agacacgcug
cucuuaggaa gcagugcuag agcaucucgg 60tucgaguccg aguagcggca cca
833285DNAPhaseolus vulgarismodified_base(18)..(18)gm 32ggcuugaugg
ugaaauuggu agacacgcga gacucaaaau cucgugcuaa agagcgugga 60ggtucgaguc
cucuucaagu cacca 853388DNAPhaseolus
vulgarismodified_base(18)..(18)gm 33ggggauaugg cgaaauuggu
agacgcuacg gacuuaaaau ccgucgacuu aauaaaucau 60gagggtucaa gucccucuau
ccccacca 883483DNAPhaseolus vulgarismodified_base(18)..(18)gm
34gccgcuaugg ugaaauuggu agacacgcug cucuuaggaa gcagugcuag agcaucucgg
60tucgaguccg aguagcggca cca 833583DNASpinacia
oleraceamodified_base(18)..(18)gm 35gccgcuaugg ugaaauuggu
agacacgcug cucuuaggaa gcagugcgag agcaucucgg 60tucgaguccg aguagcggca
cca 833685DNANeurospora crassamodified_base(16)..(16)d 36auccgaguga
uggaauggua gacauaacau gcuuaaaaca ugugggcuuc aagcugugaa 60ggtucaaguc
cuucuucgga uacca 853787DNANeurospora crassamodified_base(16)..(16)d
37auaggugugc uggaauuggu agacagguuc cguuuaggcc ggaaugguuu aaaaacugua
60caagtucaag ucuugucauc uauacca 873885DNASaccharomyces
cerevisiaemodified_base(16)..(16)d 38gcuauuuugg uggaauuggu
agacacgaua cucuuaagau guauuacuuu acaguaugaa 60ggtucaaguc cuuuaaauag
cacca 853986DNASolanum tuberosummodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c
39gucaggaugg ccgagugguc uaaggcgcca gacuaaguuc uggucuucgu aagagggcgu
60gggtucaaau cccacuucug acacca 864086DNAPhaseolus
vulgarismodified_base(10)..(10)m2g 40gucaggaugg ccgagugguc
uaaggcgcca gacuaaguuc uggucuucga gagagggcgu 60gggtucaaau cccacuucug
acacca 864186DNAPhaseolus vulgarismodified_base(10)..(10)m2g
41gucaggaugg ccgagugguc uaaggcgcca gacuaaguuc uggucuucga aagagggcgu
60gggtucaaau cccacuucug acacca 864282DNAPhaseolus
vulgarismodified_base(10)..(10)m2g 42gauaguuugg ccgagugguc
uaaggcgcca gauuaggcuc ugguccgaaa gggcgugggt 60ucaaauccca cagcugucac
ca 824385DNAPhaseolus vulgarismodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c
43gcugguuugg ccgagagguu aaggcggaag acuaagaucu ucugcaguca acugcgcaug
60ggtucgaacc ccauagccag cacca 854473DNARattus
norvegicusmodified_base(8)..(8)m1a 44cuuuuauagg auagaaguaa
uccauugguc uuaggaacca aaaaccuugg ugcaacucca 60aauaaaagua cca
734585DNACandida albicansmodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c 45gauacgaugg
ccgagugguu aaggcgaagg augcagguuc cuuugggcau ugcccgcgca 60ggtucgaacc
cugcucgugu cgcca 854685DNASaccharomyces
cerevisiaemodified_base(10)..(10)m2g 46gguuguuugg ccgagcgguc
uaaggcgccu gauucaagcu cagguaucgu aagaugcaag 60agtucgaauc ucuuagcaac
cacca 854785DNASaccharomyces cerevisiaemodified_base(10)..(10)m2g
47gggaguuugg ccgagugguu uaaggcguca gauuuaggcu cugauaucuu cggaugcaag
60ggtucgaauc ccuuagcucu cacca 854885DNACandida
cylindraceamodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c 48ggcucucugg ccgagugguc
uaaggcgcua ggguaagguc cuagucucuu cggaggcgcg 60agtucgaacc ucgcgggagu
cacca 854986DNAPhaseolus vulgarismodified_base(10)..(10)m2g
49gucaggaugg ccgagugguc uaaggcgcca gacuaaguuc uggucuucga gagagggcgu
60gggtucaaau cccacuucug acacca 865086DNAPhaseolus
vulgarismodified_base(10)..(10)m2g 50gucaggaugg ccgagugguc
uaaggcgcca gacuaaguuc uggucuucga aagagggcgu 60gggtucaaau cccacuucug
acacca 865182DNAPhaseolus vulgarismodified_base(10)..(10)m2g
51gauaguuugg ccgagugguc uaaggcgcca gauuaggcuc ugguccgaaa gggcgugggu
60ucaaauccca cagcugucac ca 825285DNAPhaseolus
vulgarismodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c 52gcugguuugg ccgagagguu
aaggcggaag acuaagaucu ucugcaguca acugcgcaug 60ggtucgaacc ccauagccag
cacca 855386DNASolanum tuberosummodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c
53gucaggaugg ccgagugguc uaaggcgcca gacuaaguuc uggucuucgu aagagggcgu
60gggtucaaau cccacuucug acacca 865487DNACucumis
sativusmodified_base(10)..(10)m2g 54gucaggaugg ccgagugguc
uaaggcgcca gacuuaaguu cugguccucu aaggagggcg 60ugggtucaaa ucccacuucu
gacacca 875585DNACaenorhabditis elegansmodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c
55ggagagaugg ccgagcgguc uaaggcgcug guuuaaggca ccagucccuu cgggggcgug
60ggtucgaauc ccacucucuu cacca 855689DNAMycoplasma
capricolummodified_base(8)..(8)unidentified methylated uridine
56ccccaagugg cggaauaggu agacgcauug gacuuaaaau ccaacgggcu uaauauccug
60ugccgguuca aguccggccu uggggacca 895785DNAMycoplasma
capricolummodified_base(17)..(17)d 57gccuuuuugg cggaauuggc
agacgcauua gacucaaaau cuaacgaaga aauucguauc 60gguucgaauc cgauaaaggg
cacca 855886DNAHaloferax volcaniimodified_base(15)..(15)fa7d7g
58gcgcggguag ccaaguggcc aaaggcgcag cgcuuaggac gcuguggugu agaccuucgc
60agguucgaac ccugucccgc gcacca 865988DNAHaloferax
volcaniimodified_base(15)..(15)fa7d7g 59gcgggggugg cugagccagg
ccaaaagcgg cggacuuaag auccgcuccc guagggguuc 60gcgaguucga aucucguccc
ccgcacca 886088DNAHaloferax volcaniimodified_base(15)..(15)fa7d7g
60gcguggguag ccaagccagg ccaacggcgc agcguugagg gcgcuguccu guagaggucc
60gccgguucaa auccgguccc acgcacca 886188DNAHaloferax
volcaniimodified_base(15)..(15)fa7d7g 61gcagggauag ccaagucugg
ccaacggcgc agcguucagg gcgcugucuc auaggagucc 60gcagguucaa auccugcucc
cugcacca
886287DNAHaloferax volcaniimodified_base(15)..(15)fa7d7g
62gcgaggguag cuaagucagg aaaaagcggc ggacucaaga uccgcucccg uagggguccg
60uggguucaaa ucccuccccu cgcacca 876387DNAEscherichia
colimodified_base(16)..(16)p 63gcgaaggugg cggaauuggu agacgcgcua
gcuucaggug uuaguguccu uacggacgug 60ggggtucaag uccccccccu cgcacca
876487DNAEscherichia colimodified_base(16)..(16)d 64gccgaggugg
uggaauuggu agacacgcua ccuugaggug guagugccca auagggcuua 60cgggtucaag
ucccguccuc gguacca 876587DNASaccharomyces
cerevisiaemodified_base(10)..(10)m2g 65ggaggguugg ccgagugguc
uaaggcggca gacuuaagau cuguuggacg guuguccgcg 60cgagtucgaa ccucgcaucc
uucacca 876685DNATorulopsis utilismodified_base(10)..(10)m2g
66ggaucuuugg ccgagcgguu uaaggcgcuc gacucaagau cgaguaucgu aagaugcaug
60agtucgaauc ucauaggauc cacca 856785DNACandida
cylindraceamodified_base(10)..(10)m2g 67ggccguuugg ccgagugguc
uaaggcgucu gacucaagau cagaucucgu aagaggcgug 60ugtucgaacc acacagcggu
cacca 856885DNACandida cylindraceamodified_base(12)..(12)ac4c
68gguucucugg ccgagugguc uaaggcgcau gguuaagguc caugucucuu cggaggcgcg
60agtucgaacc ucgcgggaau cacca 85
* * * * *
References